Mbala District Integrated Development Plan 2024–2034

1.0 PART ONE: INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND ................................................................................... 15

1.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................................... 15

1.2 Location.................................................................................................................................................. 15

1.3 Climate/Rainfall Trends.......................................................................................................................... 16

1.4 Topology of Mbala District ..................................................................................................................... 17

1.5 Vegetation .............................................................................................................................................. 17

1.6 Soils Types of Mbala District .................................................................................................................. 19

1.7 Hydrology ............................................................................................................................................... 20

1.8 Forests and Protected Areas .................................................................................................................. 21

1.9 Traditional Leadership ........................................................................................................................... 22

2.0 PART TWO: PLANNING SURVEY AND ISSUES REPORT ........................................................................... 23

2.1 DEMOGRAPHIC ANALYSIS ...................................................................................................................... 23

2.1.1 Population and Population Growth ........................................................................................... 23

2.1.2 Population Characteristics ......................................................................................................... 25

2.1.3 Projected Population and Likely Characteristics ........................................................................ 25

2.1.4 Projected Population .................................................................................................................. 26

2.1.5 Settlement patterns ................................................................................................................... 27

2.1.6 Urbanising Centers ..................................................................................................................... 28 on of Existing Population Trends on Land Use and Spatial Development Patterns ............................ 29

2.2 SECTORAL THEMATIC ANALYSIS ............................................................................................................ 30

2.2.1 SECTOR: AGRICULTURE ....................................................................................................................... 30

2.2.1.1 Key Government Priorities Being and to Be Implemented at the Local Level (Review of Policies and Plans) ............................................................................................................................... 30

2.2.1.2 Description of the Existing State of Development .................................................................. 32

2.2.1.3 Environment and Climate Change ........................................................................................... 36 2.2.1.4 Impact of Changes Anticipated Over the Next Ten Years ....................................................... 36 2.2.1.5 The Impact of Continuation of Existing Trends on Land Use and Population Distribution ..... 36

2.2.1.7 Problem Tree for Mbala District (Agriculture) ........................................................................ 38

2.2.2 SECTOR: FISHERIES AND LIVESTOCK DEVELOPMENT .......................................................................... 38

2.2.2.1 Key Government Priorities Being and to Be Implemented at A Local Level (Review of Policies and Plans) ............................................................................................................................................ 38

2.2.2.2 Description of the Existing State of Development .................................................................. 41 2.2.2.4 Impact of Changes Anticipated Over the Next Ten Years ....................................................... 48

2.2.2.6 The Impact of the Continuation of Existing Trends on Land Use and Population Distribution Patterns ............................................................................................................................................... 52

2.2.2.7 Environment and Climate Change Analysis ............................................................................. 52 2.2.2.9 Problem Tree for Mbala District (Fisheries & Livestock Sectors) ............................................ 53

2.2.3 SECTOR: TOURISM .............................................................................................................................. 55

2.2.3.1 Key Government Priorities being and to be Implemented at A Local Level (Review of Existing Policies and Plans) ............................................................................................................................... 55

2.2.3.2 Description of the Existing State of Development .................................................................. 56

2.2.3.8 Impact of Changes Anticipated Over Ten Years ...................................................................... 63

2.2.3.9 The Impact of the Continuation of Existing Trends on Land Use and Population Distribution Patterns ............................................................................................................................................... 65

2.2.3.10 Environment and Climate Change Analysis ........................................................................... 65

2.2.3.12 Problem Analysis ................................................................................................................... 66

2.2.4 SECTOR: HEALTH ................................................................................................................................. 68

2.2.4.1 Key Government Priorities being implemented at Local Level (Review of Policies and Plans) ............................................................................................................................................................ 68 Page vi of 356

2.2.4.2 Description of the Existing State of Development .................................................................. 69 2.2.4.3.3 Impact of Changes Anticipated Over Ten Years ................................................................... 77

2.2.4.4 The Impact of the Continuation of Existing Trends on Land Use and Population Distribution Patterns ............................................................................................................................................... 79

2.2.4.5 Environment and Climate Change Analysis ..................................................................................... 79

2.2.4.6 Problem Analysis for Health Sector ......................................................................................... 80

2.2.5 SECTOR: EDUCATION AND SKILLS DEVELOPMENT.............................................................................. 83

2.2.5.1 Key Government Policies, Laws and Framework .................................................................... 83 .2.5.2 Description of the Existing State of Development .................................................................... 87 2.2.5.5 Impact of Changes Anticipated Over the Next Ten Years ....................................................... 95

2.2.5.7 The Impact of the Continuation of Existing Trends on Land Use and Population Distribution Patterns Contribute to the development of society. .......................................................................... 98

2.2.5.8 Environment and Climate Change Analysis ............................................................................. 98

2.2.6 SECTOR: HOUSING AND SOCIAL SERVICES .......................................................................................... 99

2.2.6.1 Key Government Priorities being and to be Implemented at A Local Level (Review of Policies and Plans) ............................................................................................................................................ 99

2.2.6.2 Existing State of Development .............................................................................................. 100 2.2.6.6 The Impact of Environmental and Climate Change Issues on the Sector ............................. 101

2.2.6.8 Impact of changes anticipated over Ten Years ..................................................................... 102

2.2.7 SECTOR: WATER AND SANITATION ................................................................................................... 107

2.2.7.1 Key Government Policies, Laws and Framework .................................................................. 108

2.2.7.2 Description of the Existing State of Development ................................................................ 113 2.2.7.4 Quality of Service Including Key Indicators of Performance ................................................. 122 2.2.7.5 Impact of Changes Anticipated Over the Next Ten Years ..................................................... 122

2.2.7.6 Population Change – Future Demand for Services and Facilities .................................................. 123 2.2.7.7.1 Increased Demand for Water Resources ........................................................................... 123 2.2.7.7.2 Pressure on Sanitation Systems ......................................................................................... 123 2.2.7.7.5 Environmental Impacts ...................................................................................................... 124

2.2.7.10 Environment and Climate Change Analysis ......................................................................... 128 2.2.7.10.2 The Impact of Environmental and Climate Change Issues on the Sector ........................ 128

2.2.7.11 Water Sector Problem Tree ................................................................................................ 129

2.2.8 SECTOR: SOCIAL WELFARE ................................................................................................................ 130

2.2.8.1 Key Government Priorities being and to be Implemented at the Local Level (Review of Policies and Plans) ............................................................................................................................. 130

2.2.8.2 Description of the Existing State of Development ................................................................ 133 2.2.8.3 Impact of Changes Anticipated Over the Next Ten Years ..................................................... 135

2.2.8.4 The Impact of the Continuation of Existing Trends on Land Use and Population Distribution Patterns. ............................................................................................................................................ 136

2.2.8.5 Environment and Climate Change Analysis. .......................................................................... 136

2.2.8.6 Problem Tree Analysis ........................................................................................................... 136

2.2.9 SECTOR: COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT ............................................................................................. 137

2.2.9.1 Key Government Priorities being and to be Implemented at the Local Level (Review of Policies and Plans) ............................................................................................................................. 138

2.2.9.2 Description of the Existing State of Development ................................................................ 140 2.2.9.3 Impact of Changes Anticipated Over the Next Ten Years ..................................................... 144

2.2.9.4 The Impact of the Continuation of Existing Trends on Land Use and Population Distribution Patterns ............................................................................................................................................. 146

2.2.9.5 Environment and Climate Change Analysis ........................................................................... 146

2.2.9.6 Community Development Problem Tree .............................................................................. 147

2.2.10 SECTOR: PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT ......................................................................................... 148

2.2.10.1 Key Government Priorities Being and to Be Implemented at the Local Level (Review of Policies and Plans) ............................................................................................................................. 148

2.2.10.2 Description of the Existing State of Development .............................................................. 149 2.2.10.3 Impact of Changes Anticipated Over the Next Ten Years ................................................... 151

2.2.10.4 The Impact of the Continuation of Existing Trends on Land Use and Population Distribution Patterns ............................................................................................................................................. 152 Page vii of 356

2.2.10.5 Environment and Climate Change Analysis ......................................................................... 153 2.2.10.5.2 The Impact of Environmental and Climate Change Issues on the Sector ........................ 153

2.2.10.6 Problem Tree ....................................................................................................................... 153

2.2.11 SECTOR: FORESTS, ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT ........................................ 154

2.2.11.1 Key Government Priorities Being and To Be Implemented At A Local Level (Review of Policies and Plans) ............................................................................................................................. 154

2.2.11.2 Description of the Existing State Of Development .............................................................. 154

2.2.11.3 Description of the Existing State of Development .............................................................. 158 2.2.11.4 Impact of Changes Anticipated Over the Next Ten Years ................................................... 159

2.2.11.5 Environment and Climate Change Analysis ......................................................................... 160

2.2.12 SECTOR: TRANSPORT, COMMUNICATION AND ENERGY ................................................................ 163

2.2.12.1 Description of the existing state of development ............................................................... 163 2.2.12.2 Impact of Changes Anticipated Over the Next Ten Years ................................................... 173

2.2.12.3 The Impact of the Continuation of Existing Trends on Land Use and Population Distribution Patterns ............................................................................................................................................. 175

2.2.12.4 Environment and Climate Change Analysis ......................................................................... 176

2.2.13 SECTOR: SECURITY (ZAMBIA POLICE) .............................................................................................. 180 2.2.12.13.1 Key Government Priorities Being and to Be Implemented at the Local Level (Review of Policies and Plans) ............................................................................................................................. 180

2.2.13.2 Description of the Existing State Of Development .............................................................. 180

2.2.13.3 Environment and Climate Change Analysis ......................................................................... 183

2.2.14 LAND ADMINISTRATION AND STATE OF DEVELOPMENT LAND USE PLANNING ............................ 183

2.2.14.1 Key Government Priorities being and to be Implemented at a Local Level (Review of Policies and Plans) .......................................................................................................................................... 183

2.2.14.2 Description of the Existing State of Development .............................................................. 184 2.2.14.3 Impact of Changes Anticipated over the Next Ten Years .................................................... 187

2.2.14.4 The Impact of the Continuation of Existing Trends on Land Use and Population Distribution Patterns ............................................................................................................................................. 188

2.2.14.5 Environment and Climate Change Analysis ......................................................................... 189

2.2.14.6 PROGRAMME FOR THE PREPARATION OF LOCAL AREA PLANS AND OTHER DETAILED PLANNING ACTIVITIES ....................................................................................................................... 189

2.2.15 SECTOR: CROSS CUTTING ISSUES .................................................................................................... 191

2.2.15.1 Key Government Priorities being and to be Implemented at a Local Level (Review of Policies and Plans) .......................................................................................................................................... 191 2.2.15.2 Impact of Changes Anticipated over the Next Ten years .................................................... 194

2.2.15.3 Cross-Cutting problem Tree ................................................................................................ 200 ISSUES ARISING RELATING TO GENDER GROUPS AND VULNERABLE GROUPS .......................................... 200 1. Fisheries and Livestock .................................................................................................................. 200 2. Tourism ......................................................................................................................................... 200 3. Health ............................................................................................................................................ 201 4. Housing ......................................................................................................................................... 201 5. Education ...................................................................................................................................... 202 6. Water ............................................................................................................................................ 202 7. Social Welfare ............................................................................................................................... 202 8. Public Health ................................................................................................................................. 203 9. Land Use ........................................................................................................................................ 203 10. Community Development ........................................................................................................... 203 12. Transport, Communication and Energy ...................................................................................... 203 ISSUES ARISING FROM THE PUBLIC PARTICIPATION PROCESS .................................................................. 204 1. Agriculture ..................................................................................................................................... 204 2. Fisheries and Livestock .................................................................................................................. 205 3. Tourism ......................................................................................................................................... 207 4. Health ........................................................................................................................................... 208 5. Education ...................................................................................................................................... 209 Summary of issues for Education and Skills Development - DEBS .................................................... 209 6. Social Welfare ............................................................................................................................... 210 Page viii of 356 7. Public Health ................................................................................................................................. 210 8. Forestry ......................................................................................................................................... 211 9. Land Use ........................................................................................................................................ 211 10. Cross Cutting Issues ..................................................................................................................... 211 11. Housing....................................................................................................................................... 211 12. Water .......................................................................................................................................... 211 13. Community Development .......................................................................................................... 212 14. Transport, Communication and Energy ...................................................................................... 213

3.0 PART THREE: DEVELOPMENT FRAMEWORK ........................................................................................ 214

3.1 SUMMARY OF CORE-ISSUES................................................................................................................. 215

3.1.1 AGRICULTURE ........................................................................................................................... 218

3.1.2 FISHERIES AND LIVESTOCK DEVELOPMENT ............................................................................. 219

3.1.4 WATER AND SANITATION......................................................................................................... 221

3.1.3 TOURISM .................................................................................................................................. 225

3.1.4 EDUCATION .............................................................................................................................. 233

3.1.5 HEALTH ..................................................................................................................................... 236

3.1.6 SOCIAL WELFARE ...................................................................................................................... 238

3.1.7 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT .................................................................................................. 240

3.1.8 FORESTRY ................................................................................................................................. 242

3.1.9 HOUSING AND SOCIAL SERVICES ............................................................................................. 246

3.2 IMPLEMENTATION PLAN...................................................................................................................... 248

3.2.1 Agricultural Sector .................................................................................................................... 248

3.2.2 FISHERIES AND LIVESTOCK DEVELOPMENT ............................................................................. 250

3.2.3 EDUCATION .............................................................................................................................. 254

3.2.4 HEALTH ..................................................................................................................................... 259

3.2.5 HOUSING AND SOCIAL SERVICES ............................................................................................. 269

3.2.6 WATER AND SANITATION......................................................................................................... 275

3.2.7 SOCIAL WELFARE ...................................................................................................................... 279

3.2.8 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT .................................................................................................. 287

3.2.9 FORESTS, ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT ................................................ 291

3.2.10 TOURISM ................................................................................................................................ 295

4.0 PART FOUR: SPATIAL DEVELOPMENT FRAMEWORK .......................................................................... 309 LOCAL AUTHORITY FINANCIAL PLAN ......................................................................................................... 314

5.0 PART 5: MONITORING AND EVALUATION FRAMEWORK ..................................................................... 319

5.1.1 FISHERIES AND LIVESTOCK DEVELOPMENT ............................................................................. 319

5.1.2 TOURISM .................................................................................................................................. 324

5.1.3 HEALTH ..................................................................................................................................... 342

5.1.4 EDUCATION AND SKILLS DEVELOPMENT ................................................................................. 346

5.1.5 WATER AND SANITATION......................................................................................................... 348

5.1.6 SOCIAL WELFARE ...................................................................................................................... 349

5.1.7 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT .................................................................................................. 352

5.1.8 FORESTS, ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT ................................................ 354 List of Figures Figure 1: Map Showing the Location of Mbala District ................................................................................ 16 Figure 2: Map Showing the District Elevation Map of Mbala ...................................................................... 17 Figure 3: Map Showing the Vegetation Type of Mbala District ................................................................... 19 Figure 4: Soil Type of Mbala District ............................................................................................................ 20 Figure 5: Hydrology and Drainage of the District ......................................................................................... 21 Figure 6: Population Distribution per Ward-2022 ....................................................................................... 24 Figure 7: Population Distribution by age ..................................................................................................... 26 Figure 8: Projected Population Growth ....................................................................................................... 27 Figure 9: Mbala Urbanising Centres ............................................................................................................. 29 Figure 10: Area under Mature Cassava ........................................................................................................ 33 Page ix of 356 Figure 11: Tourist Sites in Mbala District ..................................................................................................... 61 Figure 12: Health Facilities in Mbala District ............................................................................................... 70 Figure 13: Location of Primary Schools in Mbala ......................................................................................... 85 Figure 14: Location of Secondary Schools in Mbala..................................................................................... 86 Figure 15: Hydrology Map.......................................................................................................................... 114 Figure 16: Map of Boreholes in Mbala District .......................................................................................... 115 List of Tables Table 1: Inventory of Protected Forests ...................................................................................................... 22 Table 2: Population Density-2022 ................................................................................................................ 24 Table 3: Mbala District Projected District Total Populations ....................................................................... 25 Table 4: Population projections for Northern Province ............................................................................... 25 Table 5: Government Policies, Laws and Framework – Agriculture Sector ................................................. 31 Table 6: National Strategies – Agriculture Sector ........................................................................................ 31 Table 7: Programs - Agriculture Sector ........................................................................................................ 31 Table 8: Selected Crop Production............................................................................................................... 32 Table 9: Agricultural Extension Blocks ......................................................................................................... 33 Table 10: Staffing levels in Camps................................................................................................................ 34 Table 11: Agriculture Extension Services to Farmers ................................................................................... 34 Table 12: Availability and state of service provision in the agricultural sector ........................................... 37 Table 13: Problem Tree for Mbala District (Agriculture) ............................................................................. 38 Table 14: Existing Policies - Fisheries and Livestock Sector ......................................................................... 39 Table 15: Existing Laws - Fisheries and Livestock Sector ............................................................................. 39 Table 16: Existing Strategies - Fisheries and Livestock Sector ..................................................................... 40 Table 17: Existing Plans - Fisheries and Livestock Sector ............................................................................. 40 Table 18: Existing Programs - Fisheries and Livestock Sector ...................................................................... 41 Table 19: Livestock Infrastructure in Mbala ................................................................................................ 41 Table 20: Extension Staff - Fisheries and Livestock Sector .......................................................................... 43 Table 21: Camp Extension Houses – Fisheries and Livestock Sector ........................................................... 43 Table 22: Livestock Population Mbala ......................................................................................................... 44 Table 23: Knapsack Sprayers distribution .................................................................................................... 44 Table 24: FMD and CBPP Vaccinations in Mbala (2022-2023) ..................................................................... 45 Table 25: Dog Rabies vaccination (2022-2023) ............................................................................................ 45 Table 26: Fish harvest (2022-2023) .............................................................................................................. 46 Table 27: Dairy cattle restocking (2018-2021) ............................................................................................. 46 Table 28: Farming of improved pastures in Mbala (2022-2023) ................................................................. 47 Table 29: Establishment of Rangelands (2022-24)....................................................................................... 47 Table 30: Artificial Insemination Training (2022-23).................................................................................... 47 Table 31: Livestock Service Centres Tier 1 & 2 ............................................................................................ 48 Table 32: Population projections for Northern Province ............................................................................. 48 Table 33: Livestock Projects – Mbala ........................................................................................................... 49 Table 34: Problem Tree for Mbala District (Fisheries & Livestock Sectors) ................................................. 53 Table 35: Policies and Plans - Tourism Sector .............................................................................................. 55 Table 36: Tourism and heritage sites Per Ward ........................................................................................... 58 Table 37: Existing and Proposed Investment and Development Programmes - Tourism Sector ................ 64 Table 38: Local and international tourist’s comparisons ............................................................................. 66 Table 39: Problem Analysis for Tourism Sector ........................................................................................... 66 Table 40: Policies and Plans – Health Sector ............................................................................................... 68 Table 41: Health Facilities per Ward ............................................................................................................ 69 Table 42: District Population by Age and Sex .............................................................................................. 72 Table 43: Key Performance Indicators for Mother and Child Health ........................................................... 75 Table 44: Population Change - Future Demands for service and Facilities .................................................. 77 Table 45: Utilisation Rates ........................................................................................................................... 78 Page x of 356 Table 46: Existing and Proposed Investment and Development Programmes - Health Sector ................... 78 Table 47: Problem Analysis for Health Sector .............................................................................................. 80 Table 48: Government Policies, Laws and Framework - Education Sector .................................................. 83 Table 49: National Strategies - Health Sector .............................................................................................. 84 Table 50: Distribution of Schools by Ward................................................................................................... 85 Table 51: Enrolment Analysis in Mbala District ........................................................................................... 86 Table 52: Teacher/Ratio in Mbala District ................................................................................................... 87 Table 53: International Conventions and Agreements - Education Sector .................................................. 87 Table 54: Enrolment/Staffing Level Analysis in Mbala District .................................................................... 88 Table 55: Examination Performance Analysis (2020 - 2022) ....................................................................... 88 Table 56: Desk Distribution Analysis in Mbala District ................................................................................ 89 Table 57: Staffing Level Analysis in Mbala District ....................................................................................... 90 Table 58: Schools with Boreholes in Mbala ................................................................................................. 90 Table 59: Schools with Open Wells in Mbala ............................................................................................... 92 Table 60: Schools without water in Mbala .................................................................................................. 93 Table 61: Schools with Ablution Blocks/Waterborne Toilets in Mbala ........................................................ 93 Table 62: Organizations offering Education Services ................................................................................... 94 Table 63: Literacy Levels in Mbala ............................................................................................................... 97 Table 64: Education Problem Tree in Mbala ................................................................................................ 99 Table 65: Policy for Housing and Social Services Department ..................................................................... 99 Table 66: Mbala District Population Growth Rate ..................................................................................... 102 Table 67: Social Facilities in Mbala ............................................................................................................ 103 Table 68: Proposed Number of Sporting Facilities in Mbala ...................................................................... 104 Table 69: Housing and Social Services Problem Analysis ........................................................................... 105 Table 70: Water and Sanitation - Policies and Priorities ............................................................................ 108 Table 71: Government Laws - Water and Sanitation ................................................................................. 109 Table 72: National/District Strategies - Water and Sanitation .................................................................. 109 Table 73: International Conventions and Agreements - Water and Sanitation ......................................... 113 Table 74: Piped water coverage in urban - Water and Sanitation ............................................................. 116 Table 75: Water Coverage in Rural Areas .................................................................................................. 116 Table 76: Distribution of Boreholes by Ward............................................................................................. 118 Table 77: District Sanitation Status. ........................................................................................................... 119 Table 78: Distribution of Dams and Weirs by Ward .................................................................................. 120 Table 79: Existing Development Programmes - Water and Sanitation ...................................................... 125 Table 80: Potential Dam sites in Mbala District ......................................................................................... 126 Table 81: Water Sector Problem Tree in Mbala District ............................................................................ 129 Table 82: Government Policies, Laws and Framework in Social Welfare .................................................. 130 Table 83: National Strategies in Water and Sanitation .............................................................................. 131 Table 84: International Conventions and Agreements - Water and Sanitation ......................................... 132 Table 85: Social Cash Transfer Demographics in Mbala District ................................................................ 133 Table 86: Social cash transfer (SCT)/ Emergency Cash Transfer (ECT) beneficiaries Enrolment Analysis.. 135 Table 87: Problem Tree Analysis under Social Welfare ............................................................................. 136 Table 88: Services provided by Community Development. ....................................................................... 138 Table 89: Government Policies and Framework under Social Welfare ..................................................... 139 Table 90: National Strategies for Social Welfare ....................................................................................... 140 Table 91: International Conventions and Agreements for Social Welfare................................................. 140 Table 92: Services provided under Community Development .................................................................. 141 Table 93: Number of Sub Centres in Mbala District .................................................................................. 142 Table 94: Transportation Available under Community Development ....................................................... 143 Table 95: Houses Connected to Mechanised Water System under Community Development in Mbala District ................................................................................................................................................ 143 Table 96: Community Development Problem Tree ................................................................................... 147 Page xi of 356 ABBREVIATIONS / ACRONYMS ANC - Antenatal Care AIDS-Acquired Immuno-deficiency Syndrome ASF-African Swine Fever BOMA - British Overseas Military Administration BSSP- Basic Social Protection Programmes CAA - Central African Authority CATSP –Comprehensive Agriculture Transformation Support Program CBPP – Contagious Bovine Pleural Pneumonia CDF – Constituency Development Fund CEDAW –Convention on the Elimination of all forms of discrimination against women CHAs-Community Health Assistants CRC- Convention on the Rights of the Child CPD – Chronic Pulmonary Disease CPD –Continuous Professional development CRB – Class Room Block CSO –Central Statistics office CWACS- Community Welfare Assistant Communities CWSSCO- Chambeshi Water Supply & Sanitation DHO – District Health Office DWA –Department of Water Affairs 8NDP - Eighth National Development Plan ECT – Emergency Cash Transfer ECE - Early Childhood Education ECF – East Coast Fever Control ESLIP - Enhanced Smallholder Livestock Infrastructure Project FMD – Foot & Mouth Disease FISP – Farmer Input Support Program FRA - Food Reserve Agency Page xii of 356 GDP – Gross Domestic Product GRZ – Government of the Republic of Zambia HCACS- Health Centre Advisory Committee HFCAS – Health Facility Catchment Areas HID – Home in Distress ICESCR – International Covenant on Economic, Social & Cultural Rights ICT – Information & Communication Technology IDP - Integrated Development Plan IEC – Information Education & Communication ILO – Internal Labour organisation ITN – Insecticide Treat Nets KPIs - Key Performance Indicators LA – Local Authority LSC – Livestock Service Centre MFL – Ministry of Fisheries MTEF – Mid-Term Expenditure Framework NAP – National Agricultural Policy NHC - Neighbourhood Health Facility NHCC - National Heritage Commission NMB – National Museums Board NMESP – National Malaria Elimination Strategic NRWSSP – National Rural Water Supply & Sanitation Programme NPCC – National Policy on Climate Change RDA – Road Development Agency RDTS –Rapid Diagnostic Tests REA – Rural Electrification Authority SAFE – Smallholder Agriculture Finance SCF – Social Cash Transfer SDG- Sustainable Development Goal Page xiii of 356 SMAGS – Safe Motherhood Action Groups STIS –Sexually Transmitted Infections TAD – Trans-Boundary Annual Disease TEVET – Technical Education, vocational & Entrepreneurship Training TRALARD – Transforming Landscapes for Resilience and Development PNC - Postnatal Care PPR –Peste Des Petits Ruminants PSIR - Planning Survey and Issues Report UHC – Universal Health Coverage UNICEF – United Nations Children Fund VDRS – Veterinary Drug Residues WDCs - Ward Development Committees WARMA – Water Resources Managemennt Authority ZESCO – Zambia Electricity Supply Corporation ZIAMIS – Zambia Agriculture Integrated Management Information System ZMMSA – Zambia Medicines Medical Supplies Agency ZNBC – Zambia National Broadcasting Corporation ZSA – Zambia Stastics Agency Page xiv of 356

1.0 PART ONE: INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND

1.1 Introduction Mbala District, the oldest in Zambia, served as the administrative capital for North Eastern Rhodesia. Initially established as Tanganyika District under the Central African Authority (C.A.A) in 1890, it became a Crown Administration under the British South African Company (BSA), with offices known as BOMA (British Overseas Military Administration). The BOMA was originally set up in Chief Zombe's area along the Lucheche River on Stephenson Road due to its strategic position for monitoring slave routes and countering Bemba slave raids. Formerly known as Abercorn since its establishment in 1890, the district's name was changed to Mbala in 1968, derived from the name of a spotted bushbuck called ‘Imbala’, commonly found around Lake Chila. Mbala became a municipality in 1996. The approach taken in the preparation of the Mbala IDP was that of intensive consultations from both the community up to the zone level and urban stakeholders’ engagement which included business community and the general populace with key interest in district development. Chiefs were also consulted together whilst village headmen, Ward Development Committees (WDCs) and other community leaders were consulted during the ward and zonal consultative meetings.

1.2 Location Mbala District is located in the Northern Province of Zambia. The District shares the international boundary with the Republic of Tanzania, and shares District boundaries with: Senga Hill (in the Southeast), and Mpulungu (in the West). Geographically, Mbala is located between 30° 53` - 32° 15` East of the Prime Meridian and the latitude of between 8° 23` – 9° 39` South of the Equator. The total district space stands at 8, 552km2. The distance from Mbala to Lusaka the Capital City is at 1,023.3km and to Kasama the Provincial Capital is 169.2km by road. Page 15 of 356 Figure 1: Map Showing the Location of Mbala District Source: Mbala Municipal Council Planning Department, 2024 The district currently has one (1) constituency named Mbala Central, with nine (09) wards, namely; (i) Nsunzu, (ii) Lwandi, (iii) Kawimbe, (iv) Mwamba, (v) Mwambezi, (vi) Kazimolwa, (vii) Moto Moto, (viii) Intala and (ix) Kalambo. According to the 2022 Census Preliminary Report by The Zambia Statistics Agency, Mbala District has a total population of 161,595 of which 79,286 are males and 82,309 females. The total growth rate of the District stands at 3.2% and has a Population Density of 48.3 % and land area of 3,346.3.

1.3 Climate/Rainfall Trends The area falls within the category of high rainfall belts of the country. The area is said to receive a total annual precipitation average of 1239.1 mm (48.8 inches) which is equivalent to 1239.1 Litres/m². The rain season normally lasts from November-April. Minimum temperatures which range from 5° - 7°C are experienced in the month of July while maximum temperatures which range from 20°C - 27°C are experienced in the month of October with the Average monthly temperatures varying by 3.8 °C (6.8°F). Page 16 of 356

1.4 Topology of Mbala District The topology of Mbala District is characterised by a mix of plateaus, valleys, rivers, and human settlements, creating a diverse and dynamic landscape. Understanding these topographical features is essential for land use planning, natural resource management, and sustainable development in the region. Figure 2: Map Showing the District Elevation Map of Mbala Source: Mbala Municipal Council Planning Department (2024) Generally the area is an undulated plateau of elevation ranging from approximately 1200m in the West to about 1500m in the North-East. The area is hilly and mountainous in some parts of the District.

1.5 Vegetation The vegetation of Mbala comprises of the following: i. Lake Basin Chipya The Lake Basin Chipya is an important ecological zone due to its unique biodiversity and its role in the overall ecosystem. It often serves as a transitional area between different types of habitats, such as dense forests and open savannas. Page 17 of 356 ii. Mombo Woodland Pateau, Escarpment and Valley Together, the Miombo Woodland Plateau, Escarpment, and Valley create a complex and diverse landscape. The plateau offers extensive woodland habitats, the escarpment provides unique geological and ecological features, and the valley supports rich and varied ecosystems. This diversity makes the region important for conservation, biodiversity, and ecological studies. iii. Munga Woodlands on Heavy Soils The Munga Woodlands on heavy soils in Mbala District form a vital ecological zone characterised by clay-rich soils and diverse vegetation, including various trees, grasses, and shrubs. These woodlands play a crucial role in maintaining biodiversity, preventing soil erosion, and providing essential resources for both wildlife and local communities. The adaptation of plant species to the heavy soils and seasonal climate variations ensures the resilience and ecological importance of these woodlands in Mbala District. iv. Termitary associated Vegetation and Bush Groups In Mbala District, termitary-associated vegetation and bush groups play a vital role in the local ecology. The nutrient-rich and well-structured soils around termite mounds support a diverse array of grasses, herbs, shrubs, and trees, leading to denser and more varied vegetation compared to the surrounding areas. These bush groups provide essential habitats and resources for wildlife, contributing to the overall biodiversity and ecological health of the region. v. Treeless/Grassy Treeless or grassy areas in Mbala District are integral to the region's ecological and human landscapes. Dominated by various grass species and herbaceous plants, these areas experience seasonal growth patterns driven by the wet and dry seasons. They support a rich biodiversity, playing a critical role in preventing soil erosion and maintaining ecological balance. Additionally, they are valuable for grazing and other human activities. Page 18 of 356 Figure 3: Map Showing the Vegetation Type of Mbala District Source: Mbala Municipal Council Planning Department (2024)

1.6 Soils Types of Mbala District Mbala district has the following types of Soils: i. Coarse soils Coarse soils in Mbala District are characterised by their sandy or gravelly texture, low water retention, and limited nutrient retention capacity. These soils have implications for vegetation types, ecological processes, and human land use practices in the region. Understanding the characteristics and behaviour of coarse soils is essential for sustainable land management and resource utilization in Mbala District. ii. Fine Loamy Soils Fine loamy soils in Mbala District are characterized by their balanced texture, good water retention capacity, and nutrient-rich composition. These soils play a vital role in supporting diverse vegetation types, including grasslands and woodlands, and provide habitat for a variety of wildlife species. Fine loamy soils also support agricultural activities and infrastructure Page 19 of 356 development in the region, contributing to the overall well-being and sustainability of Mbala District. iii. Fine Loamy to Clayey Soils The transition from fine loamy to clayey soils in Mbala District represents a change in soil texture, structure, and ecological characteristics. Understanding this transition is essential for land management decisions, including agricultural practices, infrastructure development, and conservation efforts to ensure sustainable land use and preserve ecosystem health in the region. Figure 4: Soil Type of Mbala District Source: Mbala Municipal Council Planning Department (2024)

1.7 Hydrology There is a comparative number of perennial streams in the district. The Chambeshi River with its two tributaries namely, Musombizi and Mambwe streams are in the Southern part. The Kalambo River and the Lunzua River are in the north and South-western parts respectively and they flow into Lake Tanganyika. The Saise River is in the east while the central part of the District is drained by the Lucheche and Mbulu streams which flow into Lake Tanganyika. Most of these rivers have vast areas of plains and dambos forming the Lufubu and Chambeshi drainage system. Page 20 of 356 Figure 5: Hydrology and Drainage of the District Source: Mbala Municipal Council Planning Department (2024)

1.8 Forests and Protected Areas The District has a total number of ten (10) protected forest reserves covering a total hectarage of 69,393.55 representing about 12 .7% of the total land area of the District. However, most of these protected forest reserves are encroached in one form or another resulting in varying degrees of deforestation. The major problems leading to deforestation in the district include: ● Illegal timber production (Pit sawing) ● Illegal charcoal production due to high demand of fuel wood ● Illegal clearing of large areas for settlements ● Illegal clearing of large areas for cultivation due to demand of land for Agriculture ● Poor agricultural practices e.g. chitemene system. Inventory of Protected Forests in the District The table below shows the nine protected forests reserves Page 21 of 356 Table 1: Inventory of Protected Forests S/N Name of Forest Category Forest No. Area (HA) Status 1 Chila Local P76 2,196.67 Highly encroached 2 Samfu (Kulolwa Local P175 1,590.45 Under Community Community Forest Management Forestry Group (CFMG) management Area) 3 Lungu National P51 18,939 Rapid Deforestation 4 Mbala Local P44 2,670.11 Rapid Deforestation 5 Lunzua National P50 5,984.42 Rapid Deforestation 6 Lunzua South National P50 16,748.2 Rapid Deforestation 7 Chambeshi National P150 19,303.93 Rapid Deforestation Headwaters 8 Lunzua Extension National P50 2,264.7 Rapid Deforestation 9 Kasisi Gorge National P86 88 Rapid Deforestation 10 Kalambo National P1 518 Slightly Intact Total Area 69,393.55 Source: Mbala Forestry Department, 2024 Note: The rate of encroachment could not be availed due to non-availability of data on the forest by the department.

1.9 Traditional Leadership There are two predominant ethnic groupings namely the Mambwes and the Lungus and both have their own leadership. The Mambwes have Senior Chief Nsokolo while the Lungus have Senior Chief Tafuna.

1.10 Traditional Ceremonies There is one main traditional ceremony in the District namely Mutomolo, the Mambwe and Lungu tribes celebrate the Mutomolo ceremony to taste the first crop of the season. At this ceremony, the Chief blesses and tastes the first agricultural produce of the season, after which the rest of the subjects are free to eat the seasonal produce. It is believed that if a family ate the first fruits of the season before the Chief's blessings at Mutomolo, that family risked suffering a calamity, which might spread to the whole community. The ceremony usually comes around April to June each year. Page 22 of 356

2.0 PART TWO: PLANNING SURVEY AND ISSUES REPORT The Planning Survey and Issues Report (PSIR) identifies appropriate issues which the IDP strategy and policies need to address. The survey provides the evidence upon which these issues are analysed and justified. The main output of the Planning Survey is a prioritised list of issues that set the context for the development and testing of alternative policies and spatial frameworks (GRZ, 2019). Therefore, the planning Survey and issues report of Mbala District establishes the key issues that describe the current situation and the problem context in the district. This section is divided into three (3) main parts, with the first part being demographic analysis while the second is the review of policies and analysis for each sector, and thematic area. The third part highlights the summary of the core problems. The PSIR focuses on the nature of problems faced by people in the IDP area and the causes of these problems. Information on the availability of resources and potentials is also collected during this phase.

2.1 DEMOGRAPHIC ANALYSIS This section explores the dimensions and dynamics of the Mbala District IDP area from 2024 to 2035, comparing them to the base year of 2020. It analyses the predominant trends, shifts, distribution, and composition of the population within the IDP area during this planning period.

2.1.1 Population and Population Growth The 2010 Census on Population and Housing recorded Mbala District’s population at 203,129 comprising 100,703 males and 102,426 females. However, at the time the district had two constituencies namely; Mbala Constituency and Senga Hill Constituency, Mbala Constituency had the population of 110,738 comprising 54,625 males and 56,113 females while Senga Hill had a total population of 92,391 total population broken down to 46,078 males and 46,313 females. After 10 years the population of Mbala alone has increased to 161,595 by 2022 at an estimated annual growth rate of 3.2 per cent. Figure 6 shows the population distribution for 2022 per ward in the district. The absolute population change from 2010 to 2022 is 41,534. Page 23 of 356 Figure 6: Population Distribution per Ward-2022 Source: Mbala Municipal Council Planning Department (2024) Table 2 shows the population density distribution per ward. Kazimolwa ward has the highest with 604 persons per square kilometer followed by Lwandi ward with 824 persons per square kilometer. The lowest is Nsunzu ward with 22 persons per square kilometer. Table 2: Population Density-2022 S/N Ward Populatio Land Area Number of Persons Name n (km²) Per Square Kilometer 1 Kazimolwa 42,364 70.2 604 2 Lwandi 26,431 536.4 49 3 Nsunzu 22,273 1017.2 22 4 Mwambezi 19,025 614.3 31 5 Kawimbe 12,352 204.4 60 6 Kalambo 11,114 383.1 29 7 Mwamba 10,925 221.6 49 8 Intala 10,491 185.8 56 Page 24 of 356 9 Moto Moto 6,620 113.3 58 TOTAL 161,595 3,346.3 48.3 Source: ZAMSTATS, 2022

2.1.2 Population Characteristics Table 3 illustrates the projected population growth up to the year 2030. The total population for Mbala District is expected to grow from 110, 738 in 2010 to 137,918 in 2020 to 183,385 by 2030.With the final year projection population 2035 will be about 478,934. This implies that the population of Mbala will continue to grow at a fast pace. Table 3: Mbala District Projected District Total Populations Projected Population in Ten Years Intervals 2010 2020 2030 2035 110,738 137,918 183,385 210,296 Source: ZAMSTATS, 2012 Table 4 shows a comparison of population figures for Northern Province. In comparison to the other districts in Northern Province, the population is the third highest after Kasama and Mungwi respectively. Table 4: Population projections for Northern Province District Average Annual Population Growth Population Projected population 2010-2022 2022 2030 Luwingu 5.6 101,142 279,652 Nsama 4.0 77,651 201,952 Mporokoso 3.7 63,452 210,296 Kasama 3.5 348,552 418,188 Mbala 3.2 161,595 264.948 Source: ZAMSTATS, 2022

2.1.3 Projected Population and Likely Characteristics i. Population Distribution by Age It can be evidenced that the population composition of Mbala District is concentrated in the ages between 0-29 and after which there is a reduction in terms of numbers from 30-64. It Page 25 of 356 shows that the population of Mbala District is mostly youthful and hence the larger population is economically active. Figure 7: Population Distribution by age Source: ZAMSTATS 2022

2.1.4 Projected Population The projected population growth in Mbala will significantly influence land use and spatial development patterns. Proactive measures, including comprehensive urban planning, infrastructure investment, and sustainable land use practices, are essential to address the challenges and opportunities presented by these demographic trends. This approach will help Mbala accommodate its growing population while promoting sustainable and efficient development. Page 26 of 356 Figure 8: Projected Population Growth Source: ZAMSTATS 2010 The continuation of existing population trends in Mbala will significantly impact land use and spatial development patterns. Proactive planning and sustainable practices are crucial to managing these changes effectively. This includes: i. Implementing comprehensive urban planning to manage urban growth. ii. Investing in infrastructure to support population increases. iii. Protecting agricultural land and natural resources through sustainable practices. iv. Ensuring that development is balanced and considers environmental impacts. By addressing these factors, Mbala can navigate the challenges of population growth and urbanisation while fostering sustainable development.

2.1.5 Settlement patterns Mbala town, as the urban center, has a higher population density, with more developed infrastructure, housing, and services. The urban area features a mix of residential, commercial, and administrative buildings. Page 27 of 356 Surrounding rural areas have lower population densities, with settlements primarily organised around agricultural activities. These areas typically feature traditional housing and communal land use. The settlement patterns in Mbala are shaped by a combination of historical legacy, geographical features, economic activities, social and cultural factors, and the availability of infrastructure and services. These patterns reflect the interplay between traditional lifestyles and the influences of modernization and economic development.

2.1.6 Urbanising Centers Apart from the already planned urban area, Mbala like any other district has a number of urbanising centers, these areas have the potential to become growth points of the district. Among the urbanising centers of the district the Zombe Border post is the most prominent, the area falls within Mbala Municipal Council's jurisdiction. It is a partially active border with government offices such as the Department of immigration, Zambia Revenue Authority, Department of Livestock and fisheries, and Ministry of Health. The area also has a primary school. Administratively, all the departments that exist in the area are run by District offices based in Mbala District. Other urbanizing areas are Zombe, Kaka, Masamba, Chipoka, Kamuzwazi, Kawama, Mwamba, Kakungu and Musombizi. Page 28 of 356 Figure 9: Mbala Urbanising Centres Source: Mbala Municipal Council Planning Department (2024) The Impact of Continuation of Existing Population Trends on Land Use and Spatial Development Patterns Mbala, like many parts of Zambia, has experienced steady population growth. This increase in population impacts land use by creating higher demand for housing, infrastructure, and services. The continuation of this trend will likely lead to: i. Expansion of Residential Areas: More land will be converted into residential zones to accommodate the growing population. This can lead to urban sprawl, where development extends into previously rural or undeveloped areas. ii. Pressure on Existing Infrastructure: Schools, healthcare facilities, and other public services will face increased demand, necessitating expansion and potentially new constructions. Mbala’s economy relies significantly on agriculture. Population growth and urban expansion can impact agricultural land use: Page 29 of 356 i. Conversion of Agricultural Land: As urban areas expand, agricultural land may be converted to residential or commercial uses, reducing the available land for farming. ii. Intensification of Agriculture: To meet the food demand of a growing population, agricultural practices will intensify, potentially leading to overuse of land and resources. The continuation of existing population trends in Mbala will significantly impact land use and spatial development patterns. Proactive planning and sustainable practices are crucial to managing these changes effectively. This includes: i. Implementing comprehensive urban planning to manage urban growth. ii. Investing in infrastructure to support population increases. iii. Protecting agricultural land and natural resources through sustainable practices. iv. Ensuring that development is balanced and considers environmental impacts. v. By addressing these factors, Mbala can navigate the challenges of population growth and urbanisation while fostering sustainable development.

2.2 SECTORAL THEMATIC ANALYSIS Under this section, the situation analysis for the sectors is going to be undertaken. These sectors have been categorised under the four Strategic Areas of Development where they belong in line with the Eighth National Development Plan (8NDP). These Strategic Development Areas include economic diversification and job creation, Human and Social Development, Environmental Sustainability and Good Governance Environment.

2.2.1 SECTOR: AGRICULTURE

2.2.1.1 Key Government Priorities Being and to Be Implemented at the Local Level (Review of Policies and Plans) The agricultural sector in Zambia is guided by the National Agricultural Policy (NAP), which undergoes periodic reviews to ensure its relevance to the prevailing climatic, social and economic conditions of the country. The vision of the policy is to create an efficient, competitive, and sustainable agricultural sector that ensures food and nutrition security, increases employment opportunities, and boosts incomes. The policy is in line with the 8th National Development plan and contributes to the Strategic Development Area 1: Economic Diversification and Job Creation; Development Outcome 1- An Industrialised and Diversified Economy and Strategic Development Area 3: Environmental Sustainability outcome, Page 30 of 356 Development Outcome 1 – Enhance Mitigation and Adaptation of Climate Change. The Ministry focuses on the following national strategies: i. Increase agricultural production and productivity; ii. Promote agriculture value chains; iii. Strengthen climate change adaptation; and iv. Strengthen climate change mitigation. Table 5: Government Policies, Laws and Framework – Agriculture Sector S/N Policy Priorities 1. 2nd National  To facilitate Agriculture Production and Agricultural Productivity for a diversified, competitive and Development Plan sustainable agricultural sector (NAP) 2016-2020  To ensure national and household food security through an all year round production and post- harvest management of adequate supplies of basic foodstuffs at a competitive cost  To contribute to sustainable industrial development by providing locally produced agro-based raw materials  To ensure that existing agricultural resource base is maintained and improved upon Source: Second National Agriculture Policy 2016 Table 6: National Strategies – Agriculture Sector S/No. Strategy Priorities 1. Strategic Plan 2022- A Smart and Value-Centered Ministry ensuring Food, 2026 Nutrition and Income Security Source: Strategic plan (2022-2026) Table 7: Programs - Agriculture Sector S/N. Program Priorities Page 31 of 356 01. Comprehensive ● Infrastructure development Agriculture ● Irrigation development Transformation ● Extension services support Support Program ● Farm block development (CATSP) ● Agricultural mechanization, and ● Integrated agricultural information system Source: Second Agriculture Investment plan (2024)

2.2.1.2 Description of the Existing State of Development 2.2.1.2.1 Availability and Quality of Service and Key Performance Indicators Agriculture is the backbone of the district's economy and plays a crucial role in promoting economic growth and job creation. It is the leading contributor to the district's development. The area is blessed with abundant arable land and favourable climatic conditions, which support the cultivation of a wide variety of crops. Approximately 42,525 farmers are registered with the Zambia Agriculture Integrated Management Information System (ZIAMIS). The predominant field crops grown in the district include maize, mixed beans, groundnuts, cassava, sweet potatoes, irish potatoes, sun flower, finger millet, and soya beans. In terms of horticulture, key crops like rape, onion, tomato, cabbage, green pepper, carrots, and eggplants are commonly produced. Additionally, the district has a distinct advantage in fruit production, with suitable weather conditions facilitating the growth of bananas, oranges, mangoes, and lemons. Table 8: Selected Crop Production Crop Yield Mt/ha 2022/2023 season 2023/2024 season Maize 1.55 2.5 Beans 0.46 0.45 Groundnuts 0.48 0.62 Irish Potatoes 2.38 Finger Millet 0.37 1.1 Sweet potatoes 5.75 1.46 Sunflower 0.27 0.44 Source: Crop Forecast Surveys 2022/2023 and 2023/2024 season Page 32 of 356 Figure 10: Area under Mature Cassava Area under Mature Cassava 1242 6410 2022/2023 2023/2024 Source: Crop Forecast Surveys 2022/2023 and 2023/2024 season 2.2.1.2.2 Agricultural Extension Blocks The district has two agricultural blocks divided into 18 agricultural camps. Five new additional camps were proposed to improve the extension service delivery. However, challenges exist in delivering effective extension services, as some officers manage over 1,500 farmers, far exceeding the recommended national standard of 400 farmers within a 15 km radius. Table 9: Agricultural Extension Blocks Block Old Camp Proposed Mbala Central Mbulu, Lucheche, Kawama, Mwamba Chiyangwa and Kalekwa and Kawimbe Mwamba Penza and Mwamba, Kasunga Kaka Pumpa, Milando, Kakungu, Kamuzwazi and Kaka Zombe Kaeshya West and Kaseshya East Kalambo Masamba Masamba, Cementi and Musombizi Chalele Source: District Agricultural Coordinator’s Report, 2023 Page 33 of 356 Table 10: Staffing levels in Camps Name of Name of camps Establishment Current Deficit/Surplus Block Mbala Masamba, 9 9 0 Central Musombizi, Cementi, Lunzua East, Lunzua West, Mbulu, Lucheche, Kaseshya East and Kaseshya West Mwamba Kawimbe, 9 9 0 Mwamba, Kaka, Pumpa, Kakungu, Penza, Milando, Kamuzwazi, Kawama Source: District Agricultural Co-ordinator’s Report, 2023 Although all camps are fully staffed, the district faces accommodation challenges at the camp level. This issue is affecting extension services delivery to the farmers. Additionally, some camps are vast in size and this affects the quality of extension service delivery, as evidenced by the shift from the standard officer-to-farmer ratio of 1:400 to the current 1:1,500. Table 11: Agriculture Extension Services to Farmers Item Description item Quantity Standard Camp officer household 1 camp officer 400 farming ratio households Target Farming households in the 39,499 district Current situation Camp officer household 1 camp officer per 1 500 ratio households Optimum level Camp officers 18 Page 34 of 356 Existing service providers Block/camp officers 18 camp officers and two block officers Current situation Camp houses 7 Deficiency Camp houses 11 Source: District Agricultural Coordinator’s Report, 2023 Other services being implemented in the district are as follows: - i. Farmers Input Support Program (FISP) The program is supporting small scale farmers with subsidised inputs with the aim of increasing household food security and income. The district has a total of 10, 000 farmers on FISP program registered under the Zambia Integrated Agricultural Management Information System (ZIAMIS) ii. Irrigation The Mwambezi Irrigation Scheme Project is one of the main investments under prospect by the Cooperating Partners TRALARD. The scheme has approximately 750 hectares which will provide an opportunity for investment in various crops for surface irrigation along the Mwambezi stream. iii. Camp house rehabilitation Kaka camp house in Mwamba block is under rehabilitation with support from the government. Once done the infrastructure will provide better living and working conditions for the officers. iv. Quality of service provision The quality of available services provided to farmers is generally average. These services include agricultural extension services, the provision of the Farmer Input Support Program (FISP), agricultural loans through the Smallholder Agriculture Finance Facility (SAFF), facilitation of market linkages, dissemination of agricultural information, and agricultural training programs. However, the number of agricultural extension officers in the district is insufficient to meet the required standards. Page 35 of 356

2.2.1.3 Environment and Climate Change The unsustainable practices such as large scale land clearing for crop production will affect the natural environment and contribute to changes in weather patterns. These include the impact of rising temperatures, altered rainfall and extreme weather events on crop growth, animal productivity. These changes can significantly impact food production and farming practices in the district.

2.2.1.4 Impact of Changes Anticipated Over the Next Ten Years The population growth is expected to grow at an average annual rate of 3.2%. The population is projected to be 210,296 by 2035. This growth will lead to higher demand for agricultural services, as agriculture is the district’s primary economic activity. The anticipated increase in population will also place additional pressure on agricultural land as more land will be required for food production and infrastructure development for storage shed, irrigation facilities and processing plants to support the growing agricultural sector. Increased pressure on land for crop production ● Need for camp demarcation ● Need for more extension services ● Low productivity hence food insecurity ● Increased in opportunities to invest in agriculture production

2.2.1.5 The Impact of Continuation of Existing Trends on Land Use and Population Distribution More settlements will be created, converting agricultural land into residential and industrial areas to accommodate the growing population which is projected at 210,296. This will strain the already limited agricultural land, causing ● Less land available for agricultural production ● Increased population in areas previously used for agriculture due to infrastructure development ● Gradual loss of agricultural land to other uses, such as development and settlement, ultimately reducing the land available for crop production. Page 36 of 356

2.2.1.6 Availability and State Of Service Provision in the Agricultural Sector Table 12: Availability and state of service provision in the agricultural sector Services Performance Issues affecting the impact outputs people Provision of ● 18 ● Extension worker ● Improved agricultural to farmer ratio is agricultural extension camps and 3 very high production and services blocks ● Low productivity productivity. operational ● Inadequate However ● 0ne farmers storage spaces for optimum levels training centre both agricultural not yet attained operational inputs and ● 7 staff houses agricultural (all produce dilapidated) ● Inadequate agricultural infrastructure Distribution of  10,000  Inadequate  Optimum agricultural inputs farmer inputs production beneficiari levels not yet es attained accessing subsidised agricultural inputs Training and  Conduct  Unable to reach  Farmers/produc establishment of regular out to all ers have demonstration trainings farmers/produc improved plots and ers due to knowledge in mentorship limited production. to farmers resources However more and other need to be done producers because knowledge gap is still apparent Market linkage and trade facilitation Source: District Agricultural Coordinator’s Report, 2023 Page 37 of 356

2.2.1.7 Problem Tree for Mbala District (Agriculture) Table 13: Problem Tree for Mbala District (Agriculture) Core issues Causes Effects Reduced Agricultural ● Vastness of agricultural ● Food insecurity (Inefficient productivity camps farming practices) ● Inadequate transport ● Limited adoption of ● Poor infrastructure technologies ● Low farmer awareness ● Environmental degradation ● Climate change (poor farming practices due (Extreme weather to lack of knowledge can conditions like floods lead to soil erosion, and unpredictable deforestation) rainfall pattern ● Soil degradation ● Pests and diseases Low production and ● Lack of access to quality Food insecurity (low productivity inputs production can lead to food ● Inadequate infrastructure insecurity) (poor transport, storage and irrigation facilities) ● Climate change ● Pests and diseases ● Limited access to market High dependence on rain fed ● Lack of irrigation Vulnerability to drought, food agriculture infrastructure insecurity ● Limited access to water resources ● Financial constraints (farmers lack financial resources to invest in irrigation technologies)

2.2.2 SECTOR: FISHERIES AND LIVESTOCK DEVELOPMENT

2.2.2.1 Key Government Priorities Being and to Be Implemented at A Local Level (Review of Policies and Plans) The district boasts of the highest cattle population of 32,150 (CSO, 2019) in Northern Province which is predominantly small scale production system. The district has no gazetted Fisheries as a result, the district is aqua cultural based with 287 fish farmers and 3 fingerling producers from Mbala Central, Kakungu and Kawimbe according Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock (MFL), Mbala. Below are tables of the existing plans and policies for the fisheries and livestock sector. Page 38 of 356 2.2.2.1.1 Existing Policies Table 14: Existing Policies - Fisheries and Livestock Sector S/N Policy Priorities 1 National Livestock Development Improve production and productivity in the Policy (2020) livestock sector by the year 2030 2 National Fisheries and Aquaculture Transform and modernise the aquaculture Policy (2023) subsector, focusing on production and productivity in a sustainable manner. Source: Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock 2023 2.2.2.2.2 Existing Laws Table 15: Existing Laws - Fisheries and Livestock Sector S/N Law Priorities 1 Animal Health Act (2010) Provide for the prevention and control of animal diseases and any other related matters 2 Veterinary and Veterinary Provide for registration and regulation of Veterinary Paraprofessionals Act and Veterinary Paraprofessionals and any other (2010) related matters 3 Animal Identification and Provide for an Animal Identification and Traceability Traceability Act (2024) System and any other related matters 4 Dairy Industry Act (2010) Provide for regulation and development of a dairy industry that is self-sustaining and contribute to growth of the economy and any other related matters 5 Public Health Act (1930) Provide for the prevention and suppression of diseases and generally to regulate all matters connected with public health 6 Cattle Cleansing Act Provide for the control of Ectoparasites (1930) 7 Control of Goods Act Provide for the regulation for the trade in animal, (1954) poultry and their products Page 39 of 356 8 Environmental Provides for environmental management, protection Management Act (2011) and any other related matters 9 Fisheries Act (2011) Provides for promotion and regulation of aqua cultural activities and any other related matters Source: Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock 2023 2.2.2.2.3 Existing Strategies Table 16: Existing Strategies - Fisheries and Livestock Sector S/N Strategy Priorities 1 Dog mediated Rabies elimination Multi-sectoral Strategy for control and and control Strategy for Zambia elimination of dog mediated human and 2022-2026 (2022) livestock rabies through mass dog rabies vaccinations 2 East Coast Fever Control (ECF) This strategy was developed to harmonize Strategy 2022-2026 (2022) and consolidate control efforts for East Coast Fever Control (ECF) 3 African Swine Fever (ASF) Control To provide standard operating procedures Strategy in Zambia (2023) on how to respond in case of African Swine Fever (ASF) outbreaks 4 Newcastle Control (ND) Strategy To provide guidelines for prevention and (2023) control of Newcastle Control (ND) 5 Peste des Petits Ruminants (PPR) To provide guidelines to prevent Control and Eradication Strategy introduction and further spread of PPR in (2023) Zambia Source: National Livestock Epidemiological Information Centre 2023 2.2.2.2.4 Existing Plans Table 17: Existing Plans - Fisheries and Livestock Sector S/N Plan Priorities 1 Ministry of Fisheries and Provides strategic direction in the Livestock Strategic Plan 2022- implementation of the ministerial mandates 2026 (2022) and attainment of targets as provided for in the Eighth National Development Plan Pillar One 2 Ministry of Fisheries and An instrument which guides in the Livestock (MFL) Implementation operationalization of MFL strategic Plan for 2022-2026 Strategic Plan direction, aligned to the objectives of Pillar I (2022) – Economic Transformation and Job Creation Page 40 of 356 3 National Livestock Policy An instrument which guides the Implementation Plan 2020-2024 operationalization of the (2020) National Livestock Development Policy (2020) 4 National Fisheries and An instrument which guides the Aquaculture Policy operationalization of the National Fisheries Implementation Plan 2022-2026 and Aquaculture Policy (2022) (2022) 5 Risk Based Strategic Plan for Provide strategic guidelines in the control of Control of Foot and Mouth FMD along the livestock value chain Disease (FMD) (2023) 6 Peste des Petits Ruminants (PPR) This provides guidelines for response in an Contingency Plan for Zambia event of an outbreak of Peste des Petits (2023) Ruminants (PPR) in Zambia 7 National Veterinary Drug Residue Provides an operational framework for Monitoring Plan (2023) implementation of a risk-based surveillance of Veterinary Drug Residues (VDRs) at production and processing phases in the value chains of foods of animal origin 8 Official Control Strategy for Provide strategic guidelines in the control of Contagious Bovine Pleural Contagious Bovine Pleural Pneumonia Pneumonia (CBPP) (2022) (CBPP) in Zambia Source: Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock 2023 2.2.2.2.5 Existing Programs Table 18: Existing Programs - Fisheries and Livestock Sector S/n Program Priorities 1 The National Brucellosis, This is a program which provides Salmonellosis and Bovine guidelines for Surveillance and Control of Tuberculosis Surveillance and Brucellosis, Salmonellosis and Bovine Control Program (2023) Tuberculosis Source: National Livestock Epidemiological Information Centre 2023

2.2.2.2 Description of the Existing State of Development 2.2.2.2.1 Availability of Service Table 19: Livestock Infrastructure in Mbala Camp Kaseshya Central Mwamba Kaka Kakungu Kawimbe Infrastructure Page 41 of 356 Dip Tank 1 1 3 1 0 2 Spray Race 1 2 1 1 2 Livestock Service 1 0 1 0 0 2 Centre (Tier 1) Livestock Service 1 0 0 0 0 0 Centre (Tier 1 plus) Livestock Service 0 0 0 0 0 1 Centre (Tire 2) Livestock Market 0 1 0 0 0 0 Centre Veterinary Check 1 0 0 0 0 0 Point Quarantine 1 0 0 0 0 0 Centre Milk Collection 0 1 0 0 0 0 and Processing Centre Private Abattoirs 0 2 0 0 0 0 Satellite Artificial 0 1 0 0 0 0 Insemination Centre Veterinary 0 1 0 0 0 0 Laboratory Agro-Vet Shops 0 10 0 0 0 0 (Private) Source: Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock Mbala Field Data 2023 i. Livestock Service Centre Tier one Should have a crush pen, holding pen, watering point which should have a bore hole and overhead tank, feeding troughs, two toilets and a resting shelter. Page 42 of 356 ii. Livestock Service Centre Tier One Plus Additions to tier one dip tank or spray race. iii. Livestock Service Centre Tier Two Additions to Tier one plus office, store room, loading /offloading bay and market unit (walking arena with a holding pen for sold stock), 2-5 camp houses. iv. Livestock and Fisheries Extension Staff All camps are manned with Veterinary Assistants despite only two camps are manned with Livestock Assistants and this negatively affects livestock production extension delivery. The district has one Fisheries Technician and Fisheries Assistant based at the district. The office does not have a vehicle as it was involved in a Road Traffic Accident in December, 2023. Extension staff have motorbikes which are old and need regular maintenance. Table 20: Extension Staff - Fisheries and Livestock Sector Camp Veterinary Livestock Assistants Assistants Kaseshya 2 1 Mwamba 1 0 Kakungu 1 0 Kaka 1 0 Kawimbe 1 1 Central 1 0 Source: Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock Mbala Field Data 2023 v. Housing The ministry has nine (9) camp extension houses distributed across the district Table 21: Camp Extension Houses – Fisheries and Livestock Sector Camp Houses State Electricity Kaseshya 6 good Yes Mwamba 1 Dilapidated no Kakungu Nil Kaka 1 Dilapidated no Page 43 of 356 Kawimbe 2 good Yes Central Nil Source: Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock Mbala Field Data 2023 vi. Livestock Population According to the 2017/18 Livestock and Aquaculture Census, Mbala has the highest Cattle population in Northern Province. Table 22: Livestock Population Mbala S/N Species Population 1 Cattle 32,150 2 Goats 66,972 3 Pigs 10,051 4 Sheep 213 Source: ZAMSTATS 2019 vii. Knapsack Sprayers Knapsack Sprayers were distributed by the Enhanced Smallholder Livestock Investment Project (ESLIP) in selected camps in Mbala to help with Ectoparasites control. Table 23: Knapsack Sprayers distribution Camp No. Of Knapsack Sprayers Mwamba 5 Kawimbe 3 Kaseshya 1 Mbala Central 1 Camp Source: Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock Mbala Field Data 2023 2.2.2.2.2 Quality of Service Including Key Indicators of Performance i. Control of Trans-boundary Animal Diseases (TADs) Foot and Mouth Disease (FMD) and Contagious Bovine Pleura Pneumonia (CBPP) are amongst the Trans-boundary Animal Diseases (TADs) which are endemic in Mbala District and are under official control. Mbala borders Tanzania where diseases such as Foot and Mouth Page 44 of 356 Disease (FMD), Contagious Bovine Pleura Pneumonia (CBPP), African Swine Fever (ASF) etc. are endemic. Due to illegal livestock movement Kaseshya, Mwamba, Kaka, Kawimbe and Kakungu camps are the high-risk areas for disease occurrence with a combined livestock population of 17,000 herds of cattle according to the Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock (MFL)-Mbala data. Table 24: FMD and CBPP Vaccinations in Mbala (2022-2023) Disease 2022 %Coverage 2023 % Coverage Variance Foot and 14,870 87.47 14,558 85.64% -1.83% Mouth Disease (FMD) Contagious 12,856 75.65% 14,092 82.89% 7.24% Bovine Pleura Pneumonia (CBPP) Source: Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock Mbala Field Data 2023 ii. Control of Rabies Disease According to the Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock (MFL) - Mbala data, the district has a dog population of 3127 dogs. Table 25: Dog Rabies vaccination (2022-2023) Camp 2022 2023 Mwamba 20 40 Kaka 26 26 Kakungu 0 27 Kaseshya 1 17 Kawimbe 24 19 Central 343 144 Total 414 273 % Coverage 13.24% 8.73% Variance -4.51% Source: Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock Mbala Field Data 2023 Page 45 of 356 iii. Fish Harvest Fish harvest increased due access to good quality fingerlings and good pond management. Table 26: Fish harvest (2022-2023) Camp 2022 2023 Variance Central 527 Kg 660Kg 133 Kg Kakungu 112 Kg 155 Kg 43 Kg Kaseshya 410.60 Kg 500 Kg 90 Kg Kaka 527 Kg 320 Kg -207 Kg Kawimbe 312 Kg 257.5 Kg 54.5 Kg Mwamba 00 257.5 Kg 257.5 Kg Total 1,888.6 Kg 2,150 Kg 261.4 Kg Source: Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock Mbala Field Data 2023 v. Dairy Cattle Restocking Mbala’s dairy industry is young and growth can only be attributed amongst other things restocking of animals. Table 27: Dairy cattle restocking (2018-2021) Camp 2018 2021 Total Central Friesian (12) Friesian (60) 72 Jersey (20) 20 Cross (30) 30 Kawimbe Friesian (8) Friesian (40) 48 Jersey (28) 28 Cross (18) 18 Total 216 Source: Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock Mbala Field Data 2023 vi. Introduction of Improved Pastures Introduction of improved pastures with high nutritive value enhances production and productivity in the livestock sector. There has been an increase in the number of farmers Page 46 of 356 adopting the practice of farming improved pastures and also the number of varieties farmed in the district Table 28: Farming of improved pastures in Mbala (2022-2023) Camp 2022 2023 No. Hectarag Varieti No. Hectarage Varieties Famers e es Farmers Kawimbe 5 0.5 4 8 0.5 5 Mwamba 5 0.5 4 8 0.5 5 Central 5 0.5 4 8 1 5 Source: Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock Mbala Field Data 2023 vii. Establishment of Rangelands Establishment of Rangelands enhances production and productivity by provision of pastures with high nutritive value and resilient to adverse environmental conditions brought about due to climate change. There is an increase in the number of camps establishing rangelands Table 29: Establishment of Rangelands (2022-24) Camp 2022 2023 2024 Kaseshya 1 Kawimbe 1 3 Mwamba 1 2 Source: Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock Mbala Field Data 2023 viii. Artificial Insemination Training Artificial Insemination Training enhances production and productivity in the livestock sector by efficiently improving genetic traits. Capacity has been built in all camp extension staff over the years and also two farmers have been trained with this skill. Table 30: Artificial Insemination Training (2022-23) Camp Farmer 2022 2023 Kaseshya 0 0 3 Officers Mwamba 0 1 Officer 0 Kawimbe 1 1 Farmer 2 Officers Page 47 of 356 Kakungu 0 0 1 Officer Kaka 0 1 Officer 0 Central 1 1 Officer 1 Farmer Source: Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock Mbala Field Data 2023 ix. Livestock Service Centres Tier 1 & 2 Table 31: Livestock Service Centres Tier 1 & 2 Camp Tier One Tier Two Kaseshya 1 0 Kawimbe 1 1 Mwamba 1 0 Source: Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock Mbala Field Data 2023

2.2.2.4 Impact of Changes Anticipated Over the Next Ten Years 2.2.2.4.1 Population Change – Future Demand for Services and Facilities The population of Mbala district is projected to grow in the next ten (10) years as in table 31. Table 32: Population projections for Northern Province District Average Annual Population 2022 Projected Population Growth population 2030 2010-2022 Luwingu 5.6 101,142 279,652 Nsama 4.0 77,651 201,952 Mpulungu 3.8 153,564 Mporokoso 3.7 63,452 210,296 Kasama 3.5 348,552 418,188 Mbala 3.2 161,595 264.948 Source: Central Statistical Office 2022 Page 48 of 356 This population growth will result in a corresponding increase in demand for protein sources. Due to this increased demand in proteins, the livestock and fisheries sectors are anticipated to grow as well. This increase in the livestock sector will be due to an increase in the production of improved pastures as there is anticipated adoption of farming of improved pastures and establishment of rangelands in other camps and increased planting Hectarage. Animal health services will be enhanced by establishment of Tier one and Tier Two Livestock Service centres in Central, Mwamba, Kaka and Kakungu Camps. The growth of the Fisheries sector will be sustained by improved service provision which will be realised by establishment of a fish farm in Mwamba Camp. The fish farm will help in the development of farming technologies/innovations and provision of good quality fingerlings.

2.2.2.5 Existing and Proposed Investment and Development Programmes 2.2.2.5.1 Existing Projects Livestock Projects – Mbala Table 33: Livestock Projects – Mbala Name of Location Funder Started Winding Comments Project SLIMP Mbala ADB 2021 2026 Climate smart promotion/ Restocking of dairy cattle, Disease control through livestock centre construction TRALARD Mbala World 2019 2024 Restocking of Bank livestock Name of Tier Status Comment Livestock I I+ II III (Functional, Non-functional) Page 49 of 356 Service Centre Chilipula 0 1 0 0 Functional No farmer shelter LSC Kawimbe 0 0 1 0 Functional Organised group LSC Mwamba 1 0 0 0 Functional Need (Ivuna) Rehabilitation LSC Kawimbe 1 0 0 0 Functional Spray race (Kawama LSC) Kasunga 1 0 0 0 Functional Dip tank LSC Kaka LSC 1 0 0 0 Functional not operational (Dip tank) Kowa LSC 1 0 0 0 Functional Dip tank 0 0 0 Kowa LSC 1 0 0 0 Planned Contractor yet to move to site (Funded Dip tank) Mwamba 1 0 0 0 Planned Contractor LSC yet to move to site (Funded Dip tank) Kakungu 1 0 0 0 Functional Spray race (not LSC being used) Kakungu 1 0 0 0 Non- Functional Dip tank – Needs LSC rehabilitation Page 50 of 356 Fwambo 1 0 0 0 Functional Spray race LSC Lushoto 1 0 0 0 Functional Spray Race LSC Chizombwe 1 0 0 0 Planned Contractor yet to LSC move to site (Funded dip tank) Kalekwa 1 0 0 0 Planned Contractor yet to LSC move to site (Funded dip tank) David 1 Functional Central camp not Chikoti used (Owner of LSC land stopping farmers from dipping animals) Source: Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock Mbala Field Data 2023 2.2.2.5.2 Existing and Proposed Investments i. Milk Collection and Processing Centre (MCPC). MCPC is being underutilised hence the need for Public Private Partnership with the Mbala Livestock Cooperative in order for it to reach its full potential. ii. Livestock Market Center This is located in Mbala Central Camp as a facility to sell livestock and livestock products. iii. Animal Quarantine Center This facility is located in Kaseshya Camp to quarantine animals coming from Tanzania into Zambia or vice-versa. iv. Veterinary Check Point This facility is located in Kaseshya Camp for the purpose of livestock movement control v. Satellite Artificial Insemination Center This centre is located at the Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock (MFL) Offices in the Central Business District (CBD) of Mbala District. Page 51 of 356 vi. Veterinary Laboratory This laboratory is located at the Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock (MFL) Offices in the Central Business District (CBD) of Mbala District and serves for the purpose of diagnosis of tick-borne diseases and preparation of samples for referral services.

2.2.2.6 The Impact of the Continuation of Existing Trends on Land Use and Population Distribution Patterns Rearing of livestock (cattle) will imply securing land for grazing, this ultimately will affect population distribution as settlements will be based on availability of grazing land. Fish farming will be undertaken near water bodies and this will determine the settlements of fish farmers.

2.2.2.7 Environment and Climate Change Analysis 2.2.2.7.1 The Impact of Existing Trends on the Environment and Climate Change Increased livestock populations, particularly ruminants, have negatively affected the environment because of their browsing tendencies and production of greenhouse gases which have a negative effect on the climate by increasing prevailing environmental temperatures. Bad animal husbandry practices like not following the normal carrying capacity of grazing land has led to overgrazing which is adversely affecting the environment by making the land bare and ultimately soil erosion. The disposal of veterinary chemicals such as dips and dip containers has polluted the environment as these chemicals have found their way into the surrounding ecosystems and have imparted their negative effects in the ecosystems e.g. teratogens which causes birth defects. Fish pond constructions have negatively impacted the environment as this has led to modification of the natural habitats as animals are being displaced. 2.2.2.7.2 The Impact of Environmental and Climate Change Issues on the Sector The district has recorded changes in the weather pattern which have a negative impact on the health of animals leading to increase in disease prevalence among livestock and consequently raising demand for animal health services against a small workforce and inadequate livestock infrastructure in the district. Water level reduction and competition for water resources is affecting aquaculture operations and likely to increase conflicts among water dependent activities in the district. Most reliable Page 52 of 356 water source like rivers (Uningi), streams and wetlands in some areas in the district do not run throughout the year to sustain domestic, aquaculture and agriculture activities

2.2.2.9 Problem Tree for Mbala District (Fisheries & Livestock Sectors) Table 34: Problem Tree for Mbala District (Fisheries & Livestock Sectors) Core Problem: Causes Effects ● Low ● Animal diseases like ● Sporadic outbreaks of diseases like rabies due Production and Contagious Bovine to uncontrolled wildlife-domestic animal productivity in the livestock Pleural Pneumonia interactions Sector in Mbala (CBPP) and Foot and ● Resurgence of endemic diseases like FMD and CBPP district. Mouth Disease ● Reduced livestock herd health, production and (FMD) which are productivity. endemic ● Ineffective extension service delivery ● Illegal cattle ● Increased livestock movement from Mortality neighboring ● Limited access information by livestock farmers. Tanzania (where ● Reduced food security. diseases like CBPP ● Negative impact on vulnerability population. and FMD are ● Reduced resilience to climate change. endemic). ● Vastness of ● Low income and food insecurity for the population ● Malnutrition veterinary camps ● Inadequate and erratic funds for provision of extension services ● Inadequate infrastructure, transport and equipment for animal health and production extension delivery ● Inadequate extension staff under livestock development Page 53 of 356 ● The ministry does not have a vehicle for provision of extension services ● Low ● Inadequate and ● Low income and food insecurity for the population ● Malnutrition Production and erratic funds for ● Unsustainable fishing practices leading to depletion of fish productivity in provision of stocks in ungazetted water bodies the Fisheries Aquaculture ● Low fish production and income for fishers Sector in Mbala extension services ● Unregulated fishing practices in the water bodies like Lake district ● Inadequate Chila, Uningi and Saise rivers. infrastructure, transport and equipment for aquaculture extension delivery ● Inadequate extension staff under Fisheries Department ● Poor quality fingerlings ● The ministry does not have a vehicle for provision of extension services ● Absence of Gazetted fisheries. ● Predominantly aquaculture-based with limited knowledge and resources Page 54 of 356

2.2.3 SECTOR: TOURISM

2.2.3.1 Key Government Priorities being and to be Implemented at A Local Level (Review of Existing Policies and Plans) Table 35: Policies and Plans - Tourism Sector Policy/Plan Focus Area 2024 MTEF Moto This is a locally developed plan by the Museum to guide operational Moto Museum Work expenditure for the year 2024. plan and Budget National Museums The plan provides the Museum with direction through establishing Board Strategic Plan key performance indicators that the museum uses in the annual action (NMB) Draft 2022- plans and performance reviews. 2026 Ministry of Tourism The Monitoring and Evaluation Framework complements the NMB M&E Framework Strategic Plan and is meant to contribute to enhanced accountability, 2022 – 2026 transparency, and efficiency in the provision of museum services as part of the tourism sector. National Culture This policy provides the guideline for the districts to preserve their Policy 2003 cultural heritage for tourism promotion. National Museums This Act provides guidance on the establishment, control, Act Chapter 174 of management and development of national museums and for matters the Laws of Zambia incidental to or connected therewith. National Heritage Defines the functions and powers of the commission to provide for the Conservation conservation of ancient, cultural and natural heritage , relics and other Commission Act objects 1989 173 of the laws of Zambia Page 55 of 356 Strategic This plan guides how the Museums will contribute to the development and growth of the tourism sector by marketing and developing marketing plan 2024- them. 2026

2.2.3.2 Description of the Existing State of Development Our institution, National Museum Board through the Moto Moto Museum operates in the tourism sector. In 2024 and the years to come we envisage contributing a great deal to the 8th National Development Plan strategic objective number 4 which points to the growth of the tourism sector. Note that according to previous statistics, the tourism sector grew by an average of 3.1 percent and its share of GDP was 1.5 percent over the 2011-2020 period. Tourism has begun to take prominence in the economy as one of the significant sources of employment, accounting for 15.7 percent of employment in 2019. However, the sector was one of the hardest hit by COVID-19 due to travel restrictions, resulting in a 26 percent contraction in the growth rate in 2020. As one of the major players in this sector, the National Museum Board through the Moto Moto museum will contribute to the growth of the sector through various interventions. Our museums including the Moto Moto Museum hold significant importance in several ways: i. Preserving and Conserving Cultural Heritage: Our Museums act as guardians of our cultural heritage, preserving and protecting artefacts, artworks, and historical objects for future generations. The Moto Moto Museum as one of the national museums will ensure that these valuable aspects of our collective history and identity are not lost or forgotten. These aspects are to be preserved and the rich natural heritage and history of Zambia showcased so that the general public will appreciate the crucial role of our museums in society and the country at large. ii. Education and Learning: Our Museums are essential educational resources that provide unique and immersive experiences, offering opportunities for learning and exploration. They offer exhibitions, interactive displays, workshops, and educational programs that promote knowledge, critical thinking, and the acquisition of new skills. Page 56 of 356 iii. Promoting Cultural Diversity and Inclusivity: Our Museums showcase a wide range of cultures, histories, and perspectives, promoting understanding, respect, and appreciation for cultural diversity. They contribute to the preservation and celebration of cultural identities, fostering inclusivity and promoting social cohesion. iv. Enhancing Social and Community Connections: Our Museums often serve as community gathering spaces, hosting events, lectures, and programs that engage and connect people from different backgrounds. They foster a sense of belonging, provide opportunities for shared experiences, and help build social connections within communities. v. Stimulating Creativity and Innovation: Our Museums inspire creativity and innovation by showcasing artistic creations and historical advancements. They serve as a source of inspiration for artists, designers, and inventors, fostering new ideas and pushing the boundaries of knowledge and creativity. vi. Tourism and Economic Impact: Our Museums are major tourist attractions, drawing visitors from around the world. They contribute to the local economy by generating tourism revenue, supporting businesses in the surrounding area, and creating job opportunities in areas such as exhibitions, curation, education, and conservation. vii. Research: Our museums support research by providing access to their collections for researchers, academics, and scientists. They contribute to the advancement of knowledge in various fields, leading to new discoveries and insights that benefit society.

2.2.3.3 Availability of Service The district has a comparative advantage when it comes to the tourism sector. This is because Mbala district alone has over 25 heritage sites and over 300 bed capacity hospitality industry to support the sector. The Moto Moto museum is one of the sites that is frequented by both local and international tourists and through the visitors the museum is able to contribute to the development of our district, province and national at large through the services that are rendered and the income that is raised through its various programs. The Moto Moto museum in Mbala provide the following services to its clients: Page 57 of 356 i. Valuable Collections: We have unique and valuable collections of artefacts, artworks, and historical objects, which distinguish them from other institutions. These collections attract diverse clients to the museum. They are exhibited in our permanent and temporary exhibition Galleries. ii. Preservation of Cultural Heritage: Our Museums play a vital role in preserving and conserving cultural heritage, ensuring that future generations can access and learn from it. iii. Educational Resource: Our Museums provide educational opportunities for visitors of all ages, offering a range of exhibitions, workshops, and interactive experiences that enhance learning and understanding. iv. Community Engagement: Our Museums often serve as community gathering spaces, offering events, lectures, and activities that foster social interactions and engagement. v. Collaborations and Partnerships: We collaborate with other cultural institutions and universities. Financial constraints: Financial constraints limit our ability to invest in new exhibitions, technologies, and marketing, sometimes affecting visitor experience and outreach. Tourism and Heritage Sites per Ward Table 36: Tourism and heritage sites Per Ward MBALA DISTRICT TOURISM AND HERITAGE SITES PER WARD 2024 S/N Ward No. Tourism/Heritage Site 1 Kazimolwa 7 2 Lwandi 2 3 Nsunzu 2 4 Mwambezi 1 5 Kawimbe 2 6 Kalambo 2 7 Mwamba 2 8 Intala 3 9 Moto Moto 4 Source: Mbala District Situation Analysis (2017-2021) Page 58 of 356

2.2.3.4 Museum’s Main Products and Services Products: The combination of these products and services help us live the vision and fulfil our mission to establish, develop and manage dynamic and sustainable National Museums for the preservation and interpretation of moveable heritage for the benefit of present and future generations, while also contributing to our financial sustainability through admissions, memberships, and other revenue streams. We will balance the preservation of cultural heritage with the need to remain relevant and accessible in the modern world. i. Permanent Collections: Display and preservation of artefacts, artworks, and objects that form the core collection of the museum. ii. Temporary Exhibitions: Rotating exhibits featuring artefacts, artworks, or themes that are not part of the permanent collection. These exhibits may be curated in-house or borrowed from other institutions. iii. Educational Programs: Workshops, lectures, and educational programs designed to engage visitors, schools, and community groups in learning experiences related to the museum's subject matter. iv. Publications: Production and sale of books, catalogues and other publications related to the museum's collections and exhibitions. v. Merchandise: Sale of branded merchandise, including souvenirs, replicas, and educational materials related to the museum's exhibits and themes. vi. Digital Content: Online access to the museum's collection, virtual tours, educational resources, and interactive content through the museum's website and digital platforms. Page 59 of 356

2.2.3.5 Museum Services Provided To The General Public: i. Visitor Services: ● Admission and ticketing services for individual visitors, groups and special events. ● Guided tours and assistance for visitors to enhance their experience. ii. Educational Services: ● Outreach programs for schools and educational institutions. ● Educational workshops, seminars and training sessions. iii. Research Services: ● Access to the museum's collection for researchers, scholars and academics. ● Research assistance and support for individuals or groups studying relevant topics. iv. Event Hosting: ● Rental of museum spaces for private events, conferences and special occasions. ● Catering services for events hosted within the museum. v. Membership Programs: Membership packages offering perks such as free admission, exclusive events and discounts on merchandise. vi. Conservation Services:  Preservation and conservation of artefacts within the museum's collection.  Restoration services for damaged items. vii. Community Engagement: Collaborative programs with local communities, including cultural festivals, partnerships with local artists and community outreach initiatives. viii. Digital Engagement Online platforms for virtual exhibits, interactive educational content and social media engagement. ix. Facility Rentals: Renting out museum spaces for corporate events, weddings, and other private functions. Page 60 of 356

2.2.3.6 Tourist Sites Understanding the diverse interests and needs of these target audience segments will enable us to tailor our exhibits, programs and outreach efforts effectively to satisfy our clients’ needs. It also helps in developing marketing strategies that resonate with specific demographics and fostering a sense of community engagement. Regular feedback and audience analysis will assist us in adapting our offerings to remain relevant and accessible to the target audience. Figure 11: Tourist Sites in Mbala District Source: Mbala Municipal Council, 2024

2.2.3.7 Quality of Service Including Key Indicators of Performance Quality of service is key to the goals of the tourism sector because service provision without quality is not needed in the sector. i. Monitoring and Control Monitoring and control tools are essential for evaluating the effectiveness of museum marketing activities and ensuring that they align with the institution's goals. There are Page 61 of 356 several tools and approaches that we employ in the tourism sector in order to monitor and control our museum and tourism marketing efforts ii. Analytics Platforms: Google Analytics: Track website traffic, visitor demographics, and online engagement. iii. Social Media Insights: Platforms like Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram provide analytics on post reach, engagement, and audience demographics. iv. Visitor Surveys and Feedback: Implement surveys to gather feedback from visitors regarding their experience, preferences, and suggestions. Use comment cards or online forms to collect immediate feedback on specific exhibits or programs. Define and monitor Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) relevant to museum marketing, such as visitor numbers, membership growth, online engagement metrics, and conversion rates for marketing campaigns. v. Customer Relationship Management Systems: Use Customer Relationship Management systems to manage visitor relationships, track interactions, and analyse data to understand visitor behaviour and preferences. vi. Competitor Analysis: Regularly assess marketing strategies employed by other museums and cultural institutions to stay competitive and identify potential areas for improvement. vii. Budget Monitoring: Regularly review marketing budgets and compare actual spending with planned budgets. Assess the return on investment (ROI) for different marketing channels and campaigns. viii. Website Performance: Monitor the performance of the museum's website, including page load times, user experience, and the effectiveness of online marketing efforts. ix. Attendance Tracking: Implement systems to track and analyze tourists’ attendance data for exhibits, events, and educational programs. Compare attendance figures with marketing initiatives to gauge their impact. Page 62 of 356 x. Email Marketing Analytics: Use email marketing platforms to track open rates, click-through rates, and subscriber engagement. Analyse the success of email campaigns and adjust strategies accordingly. xi. Ad Campaign Metrics: For online advertising campaigns, use platforms like Google Ads or social media advertising tools to monitor the performance of ads, including impressions, click- through rates and conversions. xii. Heat maps and User Behaviour Analytics: Utilise tools that provide heat maps and analyse user behaviour on the museum's website. This can help identify popular pages, areas of interest and potential improvements. xiii. Project Management Tools: Use project management tools (Microsoft Project) to plan, execute and monitor marketing campaigns. These tools help teams stay organised and ensure that tasks are completed on schedule. xiv. Social Listening Tools: Monitor social media channels for mentions of the museum and track sentiment. Social listening tools help in understanding public perception and addressing any concerns or feedback. xv. Periodic Marketing Audits: Conduct regular reviews or audits of marketing strategies and campaigns to assess their success and identify areas for improvement. Regularly analysing data from these monitoring and control tools allows museum marketing teams to make informed decisions, optimise strategies and demonstrate the impact of their efforts on the institution's overall goals.

2.2.3.8 Impact of Changes Anticipated Over Ten Years 2.2.3.8.1 Population Change - Future Demands for service and Facilities The population projection for the next 10 years shows that the population for 2033 will be 228,510. In terms of surface area, Mbala is 3,346.3 km2 and has a 2024 population density of 49.8/km², while in 2033 the population density will be 68.8/km². The increased population density will support specialised tourism services and attract tourists both local and international ones into Mbala district. Page 63 of 356 Mbala has over twenty - five (25) heritage and tourism facilities, including Moto Moto Museum, and other natural and cultural sites under the National Heritage Commission (NHCC). It is projected that in 2033 it will have all the twenty - five (25) heritage sites gazetted and protected by the government to attract over 50 000 visitors in ten years. Notwithstanding, the high population density will put a strain on tourism resources, leading to overcrowding, longer wait times, and reduced quality of visitor care especially if it is not matched with corresponding human resources. In addition, the larger population will require more specialised museum and tourism services which will be challenging to meet, especially if resources are limited. Mbala is a predominantly youthful district. A good percentage (48.8%) of the population in the district is under the age of 15. Demand for adolescent training in various tourism related industries such as housekeeping and hospitality services, tour guiding, crafts and performing arts will be employed as a way of empowering skilled youths with income generating activities in order to ameliorate the impact of unemployment that might arise. 2.2.3.8.2 Existing and Proposed Investment and Development Programmes Table 37: Existing and Proposed Investment and Development Programmes - Tourism Sector Existing Investment Future Investment Comments Programmes Programmes Rehabilitation of 11 11 museum houses are With increased population, there is museum houses earmarked for rehabilitation growing demand for staff accommodation. The houses are old and dilapidated and needs a facelift to make them more habitable 1 museum main Rehabilitation of the museum The museum is dilapidated and building to be needs support under DMMU rehabilitated Page 64 of 356 Road to the Museum Government pronouncement The gravel roads have proved too and other tourists to upgrade the main roads expensive to maintain after every sites leading to museum to five years it has to undergo a bituminous standards resurfacing Water and Sanitation Sink a bore hole at the With more visitors to the museum project museum and construct a new there will be need to improve the ablution block water supply and sanitation facilities

2.2.3.9 The Impact of the Continuation of Existing Trends on Land Use and Population Distribution Patterns Most of the District population (two thirds) live in the rural part of Mbala district. Majority of these people earn their living from peasant farming of crops like maize, beans, cassava, finger millet, ground nuts and soya beans. Despite the good crop harvest that the district enjoys, food insecurity is still experienced by few families who sell almost all their produce to the national Food Reserve Agency (FRA), milling companies and across the border in Tanzania. There has been a steady rural-urban migration in the district. This means that the urban area continues to increase in population as well as in construction. There is an increase in construction projects going on within the urban and peri-urban areas so much that most of the land in urban areas has been taken up already by houses, and now expanding into chiefs’ land. The effect has been an increase in the destruction of heritage sites around town center such as the heritage building which was sold to some local church, the history of that place has been completely destroyed by the new structure which has been built there. Many heritage sites are not protected so the local people easily go there and tamper with the rich heritage of the area such as the Zombe fortification, Malwilo and Kamba or Jericho hill in Kaka area. The destruction of such important heritage sites means loss of heritage sites and posterity.

2.2.3.10 Environment and Climate Change Analysis 2.2.3.10.1 The Impact of Existing Trends on the Environment and Climate Change Construction of tourism infrastructure such as roads, guest houses and lodges will impact greatly on climate change through continued need for timber and space for construction. All the new developments will require land, from which trees will have to be cut, in addition to the trees for generating timber for roofing. This will cause a strain on the environment by causing and increasing soil erosion, affecting the water table, among others. Page 65 of 356

2.2.3.11 The Impact of Environmental and Climate Change Issues on the Sector Local and international tourist’s comparisons Table 38: Local and international tourist’s comparisons Year Zambians Foreigners Category Adults Children Adults Children 2022 1105 201 57 01 2023 1200 306 58 02 2024 1500 402 60 05 Source: Annual Report National Museums Board 2023 The table above is a representation of the expected flow of tourists in Mbala district from 2022 to about 2024 in the categories of local and international tourists. It is expected that the visitorship at the museum as an example will increase from 2022 to 2024. It should be noted that these statistics are expected from the museum alone. However from the other tourists’ sites it is expected that if we improve on timely compilation of visitors’ statistics from all the tourists’ sites in the district, the numbers might go up. There are inadequate infrastructure facilities and amenities at most of the tourist’s centers. There are a few tourist facilities at Moto Moto museum, Kalambo falls and at Old Prison.

2.2.3.12 Problem Analysis Table 39: Problem Analysis for Tourism Sector CORE ISSUES CAUSES EFFECTS Inadequate tourism infrastructure ● No funding to procure the Poor delivery of outreach activities. same Service provision compromised ● Inadequate museum infrastructure to ● Insufficient infrastructure ● Lack of an education hall promote museum operations development for the children who come ● Inadequate resources to to learn at the museum construct ● Inadequate research and laboratory services ● Collections compromised and may be damaged Lack of research equipment ● No funds/resources to ● Increased risk of loss of procure heritage due to non- Page 66 of 356 documentation of history and cultural values Inadequate staff ● Not enough staff to meet Poor quality of service to the with the demands of the consumers of museum and tourism growing district services Non-functional Ecotourism Project ● Second phase of the TDF not Poor tourism seeking behaviour due launched in 2018 released and facilities in the to poor demand creation activities project area not improved to attract new visitors ● Local tour guides not trained since 2018 ● Homestay families not trained in customer service ● Local craftsmen and traditional dancers not trained since 2018 Inadequate computers and other ● Major modern and required Compromised quality of service to accessories and Marquee tents for hire equipment and accessories the clients not procured by Head Office Uncoordinated tourism sector ● Lack of tourism office Segmented and compromised tourism service provisions Page 67 of 356

2.2.4 SECTOR: HEALTH

2.2.4.1 Key Government Priorities being implemented at Local Level (Review of Policies and Plans) Table 40: Policies and Plans – Health Sector POLICY/PLAN FOCUS AREA 2024 Medium Term This is a locally developed plan by the District Health Office to guide Expenditure Framework operational expenditure for the District Health Office as well as the health Action Plan and Budget facilities for the year 2024. It sets out the outputs to be achieved under each of the programmes; Malaria, Public Health, Mother and Child Health, Nursing Services, Adolescent Health, HIV, TB, Human Resource for Health, Health Systems Governance and M&E. National Health Strategic The Plan gives the district a strategic framework and direction for the health Plan (NHSP) 2022-2026 sector for the next five years, focusing at achieving the national health goals and objectives, towards attainment of targets under Sustainable Development Goal No. 3 (SDG 3) “Good health and well-being for all” and quality Universal Health Coverage (UHC). The plan benefits the district through establishing key performance indicators that the district uses in the annual action plans and performance reviews. NHSP M&E Framework The Monitoring and Evaluation Framework complements the NHSP and is 2022 – 2026 meant to contribute to enhanced accountability, transparency, and efficiency in the provision of health services. It helps the district by providing a framework for measuring performance through monitoring key performance indicators for tracking progress and measuring performance in the district. National Community Health This strategy provides the guideline for the districts to use for repositioning Strategy 2022-2026 and expanding the current cadre of frontline workers in the formal sector, and strengthen the link to the informal sector. It is designed to guide in the strengthening of community mechanisms to improve the provision of preventive, promotive and minor curative services for improved health in the district. National Malaria The ambition levels of the Malaria elimination strategy, 2022-2026, is to Elimination Strategic Plan reduce malaria related morbidity and mortality from the district level to (NMESP) for 2022 to 2026. contribute to national targets. Strategic directions for the district include lowering the burden in hotspot areas, eliminating malaria in lower hotspots Page 68 of 356 and preventing the reintroduction of malaria transmission in malaria free health facility catchment areas. National Malaria Monitoring The M&E plan has been developed to track, monitor and measure the and Evaluation Plan 2022- aspirations of the National Malaria Elimination Strategic Plan (NMESP). It is 2026 guided by the national malaria vision of a “malaria free Zambia'' and the national mission “To provide equitable access to cost-effective, high-quality health services as close to the family as possible” under the following national goals: ● To reduce malaria infection, disease and death in Zambia by 2026 ● To increase the proportion of the population living in malaria free Health Facility Catchment Areas (HFCAs). ● To maintain a malaria-free status and prevent reintroduction and importation of malaria into areas where the disease has been eliminated.

2.2.4.2 Description of the Existing State of Development 2.2.4.2.1 Availability of Service Mbala district health services provide preventive, promotive and curative Maternal, Child, Nutrition and Family Planning services and services for Malaria, TB, HIV and AIDS, STIs, Covid-19 screening and vaccination to its general population through its network of health posts, Rural Health Centres and the first level Referral Hospital. Currently, Mbala district has One (1) General Hospital, Ten (10) Health Centres, Twenty (20) Health Posts and One (1) Private Clinic. In terms of ownership, the church mission (Seventh Day Adventist) owns One (1) Health Centre (Isofu) in Lwandi Ward, while the Defence Force owns three (3). The rest are solely owned by the mainstream Government. Health Facilities per Ward Table 41: Health Facilities per Ward MBALA DISTRICT HEALTH FACILITIES & WARDS DISTRICT HEALTH OFFICE 2024 S/N WARD No. of Facilities 1 Kazimolwa 4 2 Lwandi 6 3 Nsunzu 5 4 Mwambezi 5 Page 69 of 356 5 Kawimbe 3 6 Kalambo 1 7 Mwamba 3 8 Intala 4 9 Moto Moto 1 Source: District Health Information System 2024 Health Facilities in Mbala District Figure 12: Health Facilities in Mbala District Source: Mbala Municipal Council Planning Department 2024 Mbala District Health Office has no first level hospital of its own and utilises Mbala General Hospital for the provision of first level referral services. The services mainly accessed at this Hospital are laboratory, radiography, oral health services, operating theatre services, and Physiotherapy and ART services, among others. EMTCT services are provided by all the thirty- two (32) health facilities, 4 of which are within the township; Mbala General Hospital, Page 70 of 356 Chulungoma Urban, Tulemane Clinic and Bernaka private clinic. Counselling, testing and treatment services are provided at all of the 32 Health facilities. There are three (3) registered Pharmacies in the district that provide medicines that cannot be easily found in public institutions. And there are a number of other health shops. These Pharmacies have been complementary health providers to the population that would otherwise have had it difficult without them. The Mbala School of Nursing and Midwifery has also provided a steady stream of trained manpower that helps out with services in selected health facilities from time to time when they are on attachment as well as after they graduate and are waiting for deployment into the public service, some of them offer their services on a voluntary basis to the Government in the District and at the Hospital. Good health is key to all forms of development in a nation. That is why the vision of the Ministry of Health is “a nation of healthy and productive people.” In the distribution and implementation of health activities, two programme areas have been highlighted and focused on, namely; Primary Health Services and Management and Support Services. Just like any other district in the province, Mbala district provides primary health care services through the thirty (30) operational health facilities. Promotive, Preventive and Curative services are the major strategies that are employed in the provision of these services. Under Primary Health Services, the district has planned a number of activities under the four major activity areas namely; 1. Health Promotion 2. Health Centre Clinical Care Services 3. Schedulable Population Services and 4. Community and Family Health Services. Under Management and Support Service, three major activity areas are considered i.e. Performance Assessment, Technical and Administrative Support and Utility and Other Office Costs. All the primary health care services are provided by the district through all health facilities. Among them are: preventive, promotive and curative maternal, child, nutrition and family planning services and services for Malaria, TB, HIV and AIDS, STIs, Covid-19 screening and vaccination to the district general population through its network of health posts, rural health facilities and the first level referral hospital. Page 71 of 356 District Population Table 42: District Population by Age and Sex Age 2022 2023 2024 group category Children 6464 4% 6671 4% 7338 4% 0 – 11 Months Children 25855 16% 26683 16% 29351 16% 12-59 Months 32319 20% 33353 20% 36689 20% 5+ Years Women 35551 22% 36689 22% 40357 22% 15 – 49 Years Total 79279 49.06% 81815 49.06% 89997 49.06% Male Total 82316 50.94% 84951 50.94% 93446 50.94% Female Total 161595 100% 166766 100% 183443 100% Populati on\1 Populati 3.2 3.2 3.2 on Growth Rate Expected 8726 5.40% 9005 5.40% 9906 5.40% Pregnanc ies Page 72 of 356 Expected 8403 5.20% 8672 5.20% 9539 5.20% Deliverie s Expected 7918 4.90% 8172 4.90% 8989 4.90% Live Births Source: Zambia statistical Agency 2022 final report and extrapolated at 3.2% Annual growth rate 2.2.4.2.2 Quality of Services Including Key Indicators of Performance Mbala district has no dedicated quarantine centre to manage outbreaks, although there is space at Tulemane Clinic being used for quarantine services in the meantime and it’s not up to the required standards. The required standards are an actual space/ block meant for quarantining of patients, capacity in terms of the medical supplies and staff. Every health facility in the district has at least one qualified staff. Nevertheless, there is still a gap because some health facilities have just that one staff. This compromises the health services if and when that staff leaves for one reason or another. There are sixty Six (66) Nurses, sixteen (16) Clinical Officers, sixteen (16) Environmental Health Officers, twenty Two (22) Community Health Assistants, eight (8) Paramedics like Laboratory Technologists and Pharmacy Staff. The District has a Rapid Response team and Epidemic Preparedness committee chaired by the District Commissioner. The district has been struggling in the area of transport as the fleet of vehicles that it has is old and way beyond depreciation. This has had the effect of burdening the district finance through constant repairs and maintenance. As a result, the ability to function at optimum level has been affected through supervision by Programme Officers to health facilities has been limited. As well, the fleet of motorbikes in the health facilities is so old and only a few have running motorbikes because it has become extremely expensive to repair them. The current vehicle that the District office has been improvised as both an ambulance utility vehicle, which often breaks down from time to time. Page 73 of 356 Out of the thirty - two (32) facilities, , only seven (07) facilities have motorbikes, i.e., one per facility, and the said facilities rely on the District health office to do repairs and maintenance of their motorbikes. The District health office also currently has three (03) vehicles parked, two (02) meant for ambulances, and one meant to be a utility vehicle. The District Health Office relies on Government funding, which is sent to the grant account for programme implementation and ambulance service, as well as other stakeholders funding of programme activities directly to District Health Office (DHO) or through their own direct implementation. In addition, the district relies on Zambia Medicines Medical Supplies Agency (ZMMSA) and other stakeholders (Global Fund, Right to Care and International Centre for AIDS Care (ICAP)) on the supply of medicines. Each of the stakeholders provide specific programme medicines to enhance service provision for the benefit of the people. The performance of the district in some quality-of-service indicators is revealed by the Performance Assessment, Data Quality Audit and technical support visits which are undertaken to the facilities. Main areas being:- i. Health Management Information System (HMIS) Report submission by health facilities in 2023 was at 99%. The completeness in some cases was questionable as data from some facilities in some indicators was inconsistent with source documents. At some facilities, poor data capturing, storage, management and data interpretation has been a challenge. ii. Clinical care Very few health facilities conform to standards and guidelines on patient case management. This is mainly due to inadequate qualified staff in some facilities. And some health facilities only have one qualified staff member. The problem is that in the event that the qualified staff is out of station, quality of care is compromised. All of the Thirty (30) health facilities are manned by qualified staff. The district has a Quality Assurance Team in place and is trying to revamp the same in health facilities. iii. Environmental health and food safety Page 74 of 356 The quality of most Environmental health activities implemented at facilities is not up to standard because the available environmental staff were inadequate since 17 health facilities do not have environmental health staff, but instead have Community Health Assistants (CHAs), who are not fully equipped to complement environmental health work. Sometimes even the CHAs are doing more of curative services as they are, in most cases, complementing the other qualified staff at health facilities. iv. Community Health Structures The Government recognises the value that is derived from close cooperation with the communities. As such, it places a lot of emphasis on the functionality of the Neighbourhood Health Facility (NHC). Each health facility is advised by Health Centre Advisory Committees (HCACs). These committees are composed of nominees (Chairperson and Secretary) from the Neighbourhood Health Committees (NHCs). These key sub structures are the first point of contact with the community for the health facilities. However, evidence shows that a number of them are not active in some health facilities. The health facility staff are the secretariat to the HCAC. Mother and Child Health The Government places a lot of emphasis on the health of the mother and the child. It’s for that reason that the Government’s goal is that “No woman should die while delivering.” Every health facility has dedicated services towards the mothers and would-be mothers such as antenatal care (ANC), Postnatal Care (PNC), institutional and skilled deliveries, among others. There are also services targeted towards children such as Under Five, Growth Monitoring and Promotion (GMP) and nutrition programmes. Key Performance Indicators Table 43: Key Performance Indicators for Mother and Child Health Indicator 2021 2022 2023 Target Achieved Target Achieved Target Achieved Fully immunized 95% 82% 106 92.5% 95% 85% coverage under 1 year % BCG coverage 100% 81.3% 100% 91% 100% 81% Page 75 of 356 % of clients 10% 5% 5% 14.7% 10% 28% accessing long- acting reversible contraceptives % Antenatal 1st 60% 48.6% 60% 51.6% 60% 39.9% visits coverage before 14 weeks % pregnant women 80% 72% 80% 20.5% 80% Accessing 4 visits to ANC Delivered by skilled 60% 48.8% 60% 92.4% 60% 97% personnel as a % of institutional deliveries % of women 95% 95.8% 95 85% 95% 78.6% attending postnatal care visit within 48hrs coverage rate. % HEI newborns 100% 95% 100 100 100% 100% receiving NVP at birth. Malaria incidence- 256/1,000 344/1,000 379.8/1,00 confirmed in all 0 ages Malaria in 93.2 131.5 130.6 pregnancy (per 1000) Male circumcision 4,049 3,883 4,140 3,025 4,231 4,819 Source: Health Management Information System 2024 2.2.4.3.2 Quality of Services Including Key Indicators of Performance Quality of services is key to the goals of the health sector because service provision without quality is not needed. These are some of the issues that emanated from community engagement. Page 76 of 356 ● The community members registered their concerns about the erratic availability of medicines and medical supplies. The fact that communities are sometimes sent away without medication because of unavailability of medicines does not bode well with them. ● Relatedly, there have been complaints about privacy in health facilities for pregnant women in maternity wards. Most of the health facilities do not have maternity annexes and it affects women's perception about their privacy and freedom. ● Inadequate lighting in some health facilities, especially at night, for those facilities that use solar power. ● There is inadequate furniture as well as certain medical equipment in some health facilities. 2.2.4.3.3 Impact of Changes Anticipated Over Ten Years Table 44: Population Change - Future Demands for service and Facilities Population 2024 Population 2028 Population 2033 District Total 172,103 195,212 228,510 Source Zambia Statistical agency 2022 The population projection for the next 10 years shows that the population for 2033 will be 228,510. In terms of surface area, Mbala is 3,346.3 km2 and has a 2024 population density of 49.8/km², while in 2033 the population density will be 68.8/km². The increased population density will support specialised healthcare services and attract experts in various fields, improving the overall quality of care. It is also easier to facilitate public health initiatives, such as Information Education Communication (IEC), vaccination campaigns and disease surveillance in a densely populated environment. Mbala has 32 health facilities, including Mbala General Hospital and Bernaka private clinic as of 2024 and it is projected that in 2033 it will have a minimum of 39. Nevertheless, the high population density will put a strain on healthcare resources, leading to overcrowding, longer wait times, and reduced quality of care, especially if it is not matched with corresponding human resources. In addition, the larger population will require more healthcare services, which will be challenging to meet, especially if resources are limited. Page 77 of 356 Higher population density will also increase the risk of disease transmission, particularly for infectious diseases, due to the resultant agglomeration. Mbala is a predominantly youthful district. A good percentage (48.8%) of the population in the district is under the age of 15. This shows that a number of programmes and interventions are needed for the children and adolescents, especially given the fact that adolescents are more prone to drug abuse and deviancy. Demand for adolescent health services as well as geriatric services will continue to increase. Utilisation Rates Table 45: Utilisation Rates Year Total first Out-Patient Total Population Per-Capita Department Attendances Attendances 2021 139,071 154,494 0.9 2022 153,376 161,595 0.95 2023 171,248 166,766 1.03 Source: Health Management Information System 2024 The table shows that per capita attendance has been increasing from 0.9 in 2021 to 1.03 in 2023. This shows an increased burden of disease owing to the Information Education and Communication (IEC) efforts of the government and partners, leading to improved health seeking behaviour. 2.2.4.3.4 Existing and Proposed Investment and Development Programmes Table 46: Existing and Proposed Investment and Development Programmes - Health Sector Existing Investment Future Investment Comments Programmes Programmes 2 health posts are 1 health post has been With increased population, there is being worked on committed under CDF growing demand for health services. through CDF (Overspill) This increases the need for health (Uningi and facilities. Kalwanga) Page 78 of 356 3 maternity annexes Presidential pronouncement to With the Presidential directive about under construction, construct maternity annexes the need to have maternity annexes Mutwizi and Katito, for every health facility in every health facility, this is a with World Vision through CDF by 2026 priority activity support and Kaka with UNICEF support Ambulance Presidential pronouncement to The ambulance being used currently procure ambulances through has gone past depreciation and has CDF become extremely high maintenance cost with regular breakdowns Source: Mbala District Health Office, 2024

2.2.4.4 The Impact of the Continuation of Existing Trends on Land Use and Population Distribution Patterns In terms of surface area, Mbala is 3,346.3 km2 and has a population density of 49.8/km². It is the smallest and densest district in the province. It has a 2024 population of 172,103 (ZSA 2022) extrapolated at 3.2% growth rate. Most of the District population (two thirds) lives in the rural part of Mbala district. Majority of these people earn their living from peasant farming of Agro Crops like Maize, Beans, Cassava, Finger Millet, Ground nuts and Soya beans. Despite the good crop harvest that the district enjoys, food insecurity is still experienced by some families who sell almost all their produce to the National Food Reserve Agency (FRA), Milling Companies and across the border in Tanzania. There has been a steady rural-urban migration in the district. This means that the urban area continues to increase in population as well as in construction. There is an increase in construction projects going on within the urban and peri-urban areas so much that most of the land in urban areas has been taken up already by houses, and now expanding into chiefs’ land. The effect has been an increase in the health service needs of the population covered, especially, by the urban health centers, Tulemane and Chulungoma Urban. This has seen their average Outpatient Department (OPD) per capita attendances increase from 1.01 in 2021 to 1.21 in 2023.

2.2.4.5 Environment and Climate Change Analysis 2.2.4.5.1 The Impact of Existing Trends on the Environment and Climate Change Page 79 of 356 Construction of health infrastructure such as health facilities, maternity annexes, mothers’ shelters and staff houses, water systems, will impact greatly on climate change through continued need for timber and space for construction. All the new developments will require land, from which trees for furniture will have to be cut, in addition to the trees for generating timber for roofing. This will cause a strain on the environment by causing and increasing soil erosion, affecting the water table, among others. 2.2.4.5.2 The Impact of Environmental and Climate Change Issues on the Sector The rainy season in Mbala lasts longer from October to May. The stagnant water during the rainy season facilitates the breeding of mosquitoes. Resulting in a stretch on the provision of services in programmes such as Malaria Rapid Diagnostic Tests (RDTs), anti-malarial, and the need for indoor residual spraying (IRS) and insecticide treated nets (ITN) distribution. The Malaria disease burden remains high (379.8/1000 for 2023) in the district. The need for the commodities has been driven very high. The increased heat that comes with climate change brings with it heat-related illnesses. Rising temperatures increase the risk of heat exhaustion, heatstroke, and cardiovascular disease and changing weather patterns can exacerbate respiratory issues like asthma and chronic pulmonary disease (CPD). Additionally, flooding and heavy rainfall can contaminate water sources, leading to an increased risk of waterborne diseases like cholera and typhoid fever.

2.2.4.6 Problem Analysis for Health Sector Table 47: Problem Analysis for Health Sector Core Issues Causes Effects Ineffective referral system Only 1 out of the optimum 3  Delayed access to advanced or ambulances required is emergency services available, which is also  Increased mortality rate useful.  Increased healthcare cost due to development of complications Page 80 of 356 Poor service delivery and  Inadequate skilled human  Increase mortality outreach coverage resource  Increased disease burden for  Poor state of utility vehicles preventable diseases due to depreciation leading  Unplanned pregnancies due to to inadequate supervisory inadequate coverage of family visits planning services  Inadequate in-service skills  Poor nutritional habits development due to reduced  Inefficient care to clients during mentorship and technical the night support  Inadequate adherence to  Inadequate motorbikes. hygiene standards Only 7/30 health facilities  Power (electricity) insufficiency in health facilities  Few health facilities with mechanized water facilities Increased maternal  Inadequate maternity  Increased home deliveries mortality annexes. Only 6/30 health  Lack of privacy for the pregnant facilities have maternity women annexes  Inadequate maternal healthcare,  Insufficient infrastructure which compromises the quality development of care for pregnant women  Lack of mother’s waiting  Delayed access to care, leading shelters to complications during delivery Poor health seeking  Non-functional  Poor demand creation behavior Neighborhood Health activities Committees (NHCs) in  Affects maternal health at least 17 health service provision through facilities poor antenatal care (ANC) seeking behavior  Some health facilities to not have Safe Motherhood Action Groups (SMAGs) Page 81 of 356 because none were trained Poor quality of health care  Inadequate equipment  Cost of accessing and services  Inadequate specialized provision of health service Continuous increases Professional  Delay in access to service Development (CPD) leading to complications skills Source: Health Management Information System 2024 Page 82 of 356

2.2.5 SECTOR: EDUCATION AND SKILLS DEVELOPMENT

2.2.5.1 Key Government Policies, Laws and Framework Table 48: Government Policies, Laws and Framework - Education Sector S/N. Policy Priorities 1. Educating Our Future of Cost effectiveness, equity, quality, accountability 1996 and efficiency of education 2. Technical – Education, Creation of a national system of providing Vocational and Technical Education, Vocational and Entrepreneurship Training Entrepreneurship Training (TEVET). Policy -1996 3. The National Gender Recognized the need for equal and full Policy - 2000 participation of women and men at all levels of education through usage of gender responsive curriculum materials and promotion of equity of access to education S/No. Laws Priorities 1. Education Act of 2011 Aims at regulating the provision of accessible, equitable and qualitative education. S/No. Education Frameworks Priorities Standards and Curriculum Outlines the need for Child - Friendly Schools and and Evaluation Guidelines relevant models through a multi- sectoral of2014 collaboration among other stakeholders including relevant line Ministries and CSOs to facilitate quality service provision. Page 83 of 356 2.2.5.1.2 National Strategies Table 49: National Strategies - Health Sector Strategy Priorities 1. The Eighth National In terms of education, the plan has emphasised the Development Plan. achievement of universal access to education as espoused by the vision 2030. 2. Vision 2030 The Ministry of Education has taken into consideration the issues therein in defining the learner in the curriculum since the Vision spells out the kind of a citizen the country desires. 3. Strategic Plan For The - Leadership Management and Supervision Improvement Of Learner - improving Teacher Preparedness Performance 2022 To 2026 - Strengthening Assessment - Improving Monitoring - Learner support Page 84 of 356 Distribution of schools by ward. Table 50: Distribution of Schools by Ward Ward ECE Primary Community Secondary Private Special School Schools School School Unit Lwandi 0 11 5 3 0 0 Kawimbe 0 6 1 2 0 0 Nsunzu 0 7 6 3 0 0 Motomoto 0 10 2 4 8 2 Kazimolwa 0 6 1 2 10 2 Mwambezi 0 7 3 3 0 0 Mwamba 0 7 1 1 0 0 Intala 0 9 5 1 0 0 Kalambo 0 3 0 0 0 0 TOTAL 0 66 24 19 18 4 Source: Ministry of Education Annual Statistical Source: Mbala Municipal Council Planning Department Figure 13: Location of Primary Schools in Mbala Source: Mbala Municipal Council Planning Department (2024) Page 85 of 356 Figure 14: Location of Secondary Schools in Mbala Source: Mbala Municipal Council Planning Department (2024) 2.2.5.2.2 Quality of Service Including Key Indicators of Performance The District has experienced an increase in learner enrolments for the past three years especially with the introduction of free education from ECE to Grade 12 in Primary and Day Secondary schools. The following table shows the differences in terms of enrolment between 2020 and 2023. Enrolment Analysis Table 51: Enrolment Analysis in Mbala District Level 2020 Enrolment 2023 Enrolment DIFFERENCE % Increase BO GIR TOT BO GIR TOT FO FOR TOT PERCENTA YS LS AL YS LS AL R GIR AL GE BO LS YS ECE 580 565 1145 1064 1214 2278 484 649 1133 50% Page 86 of 356 Primary 1276 1248 25249 1668 1694 35343 3915 4463 8378 71% 9 0 4 3 Second 1883 1484 3367 2855 2257 5112 972 773 1745 66% ary Total 1523 1452 29761 2060 2041 42733 5371 5885 11256 2 9 3 4 Source: Ministry of Education Annual Statistical Report 2023 Teacher Pupil Ratio Table 52: Teacher/Ratio in Mbala District S/No. Grade Level School Standard Ratio Actual Ratio 1. Primary Chalele Primary 1 To 40 1 To 64 2. Primary Mbala Primary 1 To 40 1 to 56 3. Primary Kalala Community 1 To 40 1 To 66 4. Secondary Lucheche Secondary 1 To 35 1 To 50 Source: Ministry of Education Annual Statistical Report 2023 The table above shows a scenario which is a general picture in almost all schools. Hence, it can be said that the quality of education is compromised due to over enrolments in relation to the required standards of teacher pupil ratio. Most teachers in the district are forced to teach large numbers of learners in a class due to poor staffing levels and shortage of classrooms. For instance, the district has 581 classrooms against 45,174 learners and this means that the average number of learners per classroom currently is 1:55. In this case, it can be said that the current classroom pupil ratio stands at 1:55 that is at the primary section. This number is far more than the required standard ratios outlined in the table above. 2.2.5.1.3 International Conventions and Agreements Table 53: International Conventions and Agreements - Education Sector S/N. Conventions/ Priorities Agreements 01. Education Act of Aims at regulating the provision of accessible, equitable 2011 and qualitative education. Source: Ministry of Education Mbala 2023 .2.5.2 Description of the Existing State of Development 2.2.5.2.1 Availability of Service Mbala District has a total number of sixty-six (66) primary schools, nineteen (19) secondary schools, twenty - four (24) community schools, four (4) special units, fifty-two (52) Early Child Page 87 of 356 Hood centers, eighteen (18) private schools. Twenty - five (25) schools are in the urban area while the rest are in the rural area. The table below shows Enrolment/Staffing Level Analysis Table 54: Enrolment/Staffing Level Analysis in Mbala District Female Male Total Enrolment 22,419 22755 45,174 No. of Primary School Teachers 341 412 753 No. of Secondary School Teachers 286 231 517 TOTAL 627 643 1270 Source: Ministry of Education Annual Statistical Report 2023 The table above shows the current enrolment against the staffing levels in the District .There has been an improvement in the staffing levels to be specific at secondary section from 490 teachers in 2022 to 517 teachers in 2023 this will help improve the learner performance in the District. However, there is a challenge on the number of teachers in the primary sector as there is a need of 156 teachers to address the staffing levels of Mbala District. Therefore it is imperative that the Ministry of Education should deploy the stated number of teachers to curb this situation in the primary sector. In addition to focus on rural schools as this where the situation is so bad for example at Chisafwa primary and Saulo Kela Primary they are only three teachers from grade one to six. Also ensure that school infrastructure is improved in these schools for example staff accommodation to motivate the teachers to stay in these schools and provision of power in stated schools. Examination Performance Analysis 2020 - 2022 Table 55: Examination Performance Analysis (2020 - 2022) Year Grade 7 Grade 9 Grade 12 2020 51% 48% 51% 2021 63% 55% 66% 2022 55% 55% 70% Source: Education Standards Officer General Data Analysis Examination Report 2023 Page 88 of 356 The Ministry of Education in Mbala District has recorded significant improvement in the public examinations for grade 7, 9 and 12 as indicated in the table above. This improvement is due to improved monitoring, teacher supervision, instituting homework policy in all the 109 schools in the District to mention but a few strategies. Due to this Mbala District Ministry of Education came out number one at grade 9 and 12 in the province. This is encouraging and what is key is to continue working hard and to work as a team always. Desk Distribution Analysis Table 56: Desk Distribution Analysis in Mbala District Name Of School Available Shortfall Required Secondary 2683 3109 5792 Primary 4031 4454 8485 Community 1,286 899 2185 Ece 504 646 1150 Total 8504 9108 17612 Source: Ministry of Education Annual Statistical Report 2023 Currently, the District has 8504 desks available against a huge shortfall of 9108 desks and the desk pupil ratio is 1:4 against the required standard of 1:2. According to standard a double seater desk is supposed to accommodate 2 pupils but this is not what is prevailing on the ground. In some instances, learners sit on the floor especially in community schools. This is why; there is an urgent need to supply schools with desks, preferably single seater desks for secondary schools to better the quality of education in the district. In addition teaching/learning materials are not adequate especially in newly opened Community Schools. The pupil book ratio is quite high and pegged at 1:5 but according to required standards. It is 1:1. Therefore, there is a need to plan for restocking schools with assorted books from primary to secondary schools. Page 89 of 356 Staffing Level Analysis Table 57: Staffing Level Analysis in Mbala District Staffing Types Female Male Total Enrolment 22,419 22755 45,174 No. of Primary School Teachers 341 412 753 No. of Secondary School Teachers 286 231 517 TOTAL 627 643 1270 Source: Ministry of Education Annual Statistical Report 2023 Schools with Boreholes Table 58: Schools with Boreholes in Mbala Community School Ward Chila Christian Orphanage Lwandi Itokoto Community Intala Kakonde Nsunzu Kati Moto moto Mila Intala Victor Braun Kazimolwa Source: Ministry of Education Field Data 2023 Primary Schools with Boreholes Primary School Ward Chalamanga Primary Kalambo Chilambo Primary Kalambo Page 90 of 356 Chinenke Primary Mwambezi Chipoka Primary Lwandi Chisenga Primary Lwandi Chulungoma Primary Kazimolwa Grace Orphanage Primary Kazimolwa Kacheche Primary Lwandi Kaka Primary Lwandi Kakozya Primary Mwamba Kaluluzi Primary Intala Kalwanga Primary Nsunzu Kamyanga Primary Kalambo Kawama Primary Kawimbe Kawimbe Primary Kawimbe Landula Primary Intala Ward Lucheche Primary Kazimolwa Lumi Primary Kawimbe Masamba Primary Nsunzu Mfwambo Primary Kawimbe Ming'omba Primary Nsunzu Mulefu Primary Kawimbe Musombizi Primary Nsunzu Page 91 of 356 Mwamba Primary Mwamba Mwambala Primary Lwandi Mwenda Primary Namukale Primary Kalambo Penza Primary Mwamba Pumpa Primary Lwandi Zombe Primary Intala Ward Source: Ministry of Education Field Data 2023 Secondary Schools with Boreholes Secondary School Ward Isanya Day Secondary Moto-Moto Kaka Day Secondary Lwandi Ward Masamba Day Secondary Nsunzu Mbala Boarding Secondary Kazimolwa Mbulu Day Secondary Kazimolwa Source: Ministry of Education Field Data 2023 Schools with Open Wells Table 59: Schools with Open Wells in Mbala Community Schools Ward Primary Schools Ward Kakonde Nsunzu Nsangu Primary Intala Musende(Kakondo) Intala Primary Musipazi Primary Kalambo Kaluluzi Primary Intala Page 92 of 356 Chilambo Primary Kalambo Kalambo Falls Primary Kalambo Outward Bound Primary Mwambezi Source: Ministry of Education Field Data 2023 Schools without Water Table 60: Schools without water in Mbala Community Ward Ntungo Mwambezi Saulo Kela Lwandi Kanembo Lwandi Twazwane Intala Kalala Motomoto Makungu Orphanage Mwamba Bufwayo Mwambezi Kanembo Lwandi Source: Ministry of Education Field Data 2023 Schools with Ablution Blocks/Waterborne Toilets Table 61: Schools with Ablution Blocks/Waterborne Toilets in Mbala Primary Wards Secondary Ward Mbala Primary Kazimolwa Lucheche Secondary Kazimolwa Chila Primary Kazimolwa Masamba Day Nsunzu Secondary Victor Braun Kazimolwa Mbala Central Day Kazimolwa Secondary Lushoto Community Mwamba Mulungushi Primary Mwambezi Mbala Boarding Kazimolwa Secondary Chila Deaf Unit Kazimolwa Mulungushi Day Mwambezi Secondary Source: Ministry of Education Field Data 2023 Page 93 of 356 Availability of Service Communities surrounding schools are able to identify and appreciate the education activities happening in institutions. Parents participate in school activities by making decisions through the Parent Teacher’s Committees (PTCs) in Primary / Secondary Schools and School Board meetings in Grant Aided Schools for example at St. Paul’s Secondary and in all the 19 secondary schools including the grant aided college St Mary’s college of Education. Additionally the existence of NGOs that are addressing different services in the Education sector are as follows:- Table 62: Organizations offering Education Services S/N Name Of Organisation Its Mandate Contact 1 Campaign For Female Education / Advancement of Girl CAMFED Child Education through provision of Bursaries and School Requisites 2 Sight Savers Provision of Assistive Technology For Improved Performance 3 Reformed Open Community Provision of Schools - Rocks Infrastructure and Teaching and Learning Materials 4 Improved Children and Adolescent Improvement of Program- ICAP School Retention and Progression 5 House Hold In Distress - HID Provision of Psychosocial Support 6 Zambia Center for Capacity Building and Communications Program -ZCCP Sensitizations on Gender Norms Page 94 of 356 7 Enock Chileshe Chota. EC2 Provision of Teaching and Learning Materials Technological Support 8 Decisive Minds Provision of Psychosocial Support

2.2.5.4 Quality of Service Including Key Indicators of Performance Schools in the District are sparsely located, making most learners walk long distances to access the nearby school. In some cases, learners start school when they are old enough to walk long distances to school, for example 9 – 12 years. This has led to high dropout and absenteeism rates. Members of the Community are also concerned about the following: ✔ Shortage of teachers ✔ Shortage of classroom space ✔ Inadequate/lack of teaching/learning materials especially in new community schools ✔ High cost of maintaining already existing infrastructures / Construction of infrastructure in Community Schools ✔ Schools are in need of furniture i.e. Desks.

2.2.5.5 Impact of Changes Anticipated Over the Next Ten Years The projected increase in population of learners in most schools in the next 10 years will Staffing Male Female Total Shortfall Primary 341 412 753 156 Secondary 286 231 517 93 ECE 4 27 31 35 Total 631 670 1301 284 Source: Ministry of Education Annual Statistical Report 2023 Source of Power Schools Connected to National Grid Mbala District exert pressure on the demand for education service and this will lead to; ✔ Increased number of primary schools Page 95 of 356 ✔ Increased number of Community Schools ✔ Increased number of secondary Schools The following table tabulates the projected numbers of the increased schools in the next 10 years: Category Current Number Of Projected Number of Schools Schools In The Next Ten Years Primary 66 96 Community 24 39 Secondary 19 34 Source: Ministry of Education Annual Statistical Report 2023

2.2.5.6 Proposed Investment and Development Programmes In the next ten years, the district projects to build modern infrastructure in the following categories to meet the needs of growing learner population Summary of Development Programs Ece Centres Centers Stand Schools Primary Schools Schools Secondary Boarding Community Schools Colleges Of Education Universities Library Skills Centers Boarding Houses Standard Sports Grounds Day Secondary Alone ECE New 10 30 15 2 15 1 1 20 1 15 0 Constructio ns Maintenanc 0 40 0 0 24 0 0 0 0 5 120 e and Rehabilitati on Completion 0 0 0 1 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 TOTAL 10 60 15 3 39 1 1 20 1 20 120 Source: Ministry of Education Field Data 2023 Page 96 of 356 The District only has One (1) boarding secondary school and eighteen (18) day secondary schools which are far apart on average 30 km and primary school’s learners move at-least 4.6km on average. This implies that some children in the day secondary schools are weekly boarders and cannot not manage to walk long distances on a daily basis. These schools do not have standard boarding houses and hence the need to plan at-least 15 boarding houses to cushion the deficit. The District needs to plan for the completion of one (1) Skills Training Centre which will help build youths into better citizens. Through skills development jobs would be created in the district. The District has one (1) grant aided tertiary training college called St. Mary’s College of Education hence the need to plan for a teacher training college under GRZ which shall help meet the needs of the District and other neighbouring Districts. The District needs a University as well so that neighbouring Districts will benefit as well this will eventually bring Educational development in the District. Literacy Levels Table 63: Literacy Levels in Mbala Grade 2020 2021 2022 % Actual % Actual % Actual Grade 1 2115 10% 13% 3,250 15% 4135 to 4 Grade 5 1995 12% 15% 2157 17% to 7 Grade 8 1028 40% 43% 1322 50% 1843 to 9 Grade 1165 65% 70% 1850 76% 2380 10 to 12 Source: Ministry of Education Field Data 2023 Note that from the above table the low literacy levels is more significant at lower primary level this is due inadequate teaching and learning materials, large classes, inadequate time Page 97 of 356 The school site is an important part of the educational process because schools that are well located, designed within a systematic plan, safe and operated in an efficient manner allocated for poor family and educational background.

2.2.5.7 The Impact of the Continuation of Existing Trends on Land Use and Population Distribution Patterns Contribute to the development of society. Since land is a scarce resource, optimal land use is a spatial necessity. Usage preferences should be planned and presented to decision makers according to criteria in relation to other developments. Additionally, Schools in both customary and state areas have not been formalised through inventory, capture and ultimately issuance of Title. In-order to avoid encroachments on Government land, all institutions must ensure that they obtain title for the respective land which they own. Out of 109 schools in the district only one (1) grant aided primary and one (1) grant aided secondary schools have land title.

2.2.5.8 Environment and Climate Change Analysis 2.2.5.8.1 The Impact of Existing Trends on the Environment and Climate Change The construction of schools and school facilities has led to the damage of the environment through deforestation. The loss of trees and other vegetation can cause climate change, desertification, soil erosion, fewer crops, flooding, increased greenhouse gases in the atmosphere, and a host of problems for the residents. 2.2.5.8.2 The Impact of Environmental and Climate Change Issues on the Sector Climate change is increasing the frequency and intensity of extreme weather events such as, floods, droughts, heat waves and wildfires .These extreme weather events are in turn disrupting schooling, precipitating learning losses, dropouts and long term impacts. Climate change is causing massive school closures. For instance, the rigorous evidence from COVID-19 shows that, on average, a day of school closures is a day of learning lost. Further more extreme weather events threaten learning, enrolment, and the future prospects of students through both direct and indirect channels. Direct effects of climate shocks harm the quality of service delivery and classroom environment ,increasing school closures, extend the length of those school closures through the use of schools as emergence centers ,and destroy school infrastructure for example at Kamyanga Primary school a 1x2 classroom block was blown off Page 98 of 356 , Holland Kela primary school a staff house and a 1x2 CRB had their roofs blown off, Mwambala Primary 1X3 CRB roof blown off and at Isofu Primary 1x3 CRB roof blown off. Table 64: Education Problem Tree in Mbala Core Issues Causes Effects Poor learner Performance Deficit of Desks In all Schools. Less concentration by pupils while sitting on the floor, as they spend most of the time looking for where to sit. Inadequate Teaching and Increased pupil to book ratio. Learning materials Inadequate staff Teachers are not always found accommodation. in school hence poor performance recorded in some schools by both teachers and learners. Deficit of Classroom Blocks in This will allow congestion schools. amongst learners therefore making the learning environment not conducive. Inadequate Transport i.e. one Inadequate monitoring and Inefficient education vehicle against the following Supervision, affecting teacher standards management sections, Planning, Human and learner performance Resource, Standards to mention but a few. Increased dropout rates Early marriages Increase in illiteracy levels Religious beliefs Increased poverty levels Long distance to school

2.2.6 SECTOR: HOUSING AND SOCIAL SERVICES

2.2.6.1 Key Government Priorities being and to be Implemented at A Local Level (Review of Policies and Plans) Table 65: Policy for Housing and Social Services Department Policy/Plan Focus Area 2024 Objective Based This Is A Locally Developed Plan By The Local Authority To Budget/2021-2026 Guide Operational Expenditure For The Department Of Implementation Plan Housing And Social Services As Well As The Recreation Page 99 of 356 Facilities For The Year 2024. It Sets Out The Outputs To Be Achieved Under Each Of The Programs Such As, Local Tourism Promotion, Public Housing, Infrastructure Development At Markets And Bus Stations, Youth And Women Empowerment Through Provision Of Trading Spaces In Markets Of Mbala District And, Land And House Empowerment To Women And Other Vulnerable Groups Through Formalization Of Unplanned Settlements.

2.2.6.2 Existing State of Development Housing units in informal settlements are in a poor state as these units are in unplanned areas and the materials used in the construction of these houses are not durable and not resilient to withstand climatic challenges. Majority of the settlers in the informal settlements do not have legal occupancy documents that recognise them as formal owners of their property, this disadvantages them from accessing financial services such as loans from lending institutions, access other services such as connection of water and electricity. Mbala district has not been an exception to such challenges.

2.2.6.3 Quality of Service Mbala district is faced with a rise in population growth and expansion of illegal settlements like any other urban district. Therefore, to arrest the current trend there is need to formally upgrade the already existing settlements of Maround, Overspill and Chulungoma compound. The standard of services such as water, roads, electricity, streetlights, health and security is poor in these areas leading to hardships and a high cost of living. The district needs to implement programs that upgrade illegal settlements to attain a status where service provision is easily delivered to the Communities. The number of applicants for occupancy licenses and number of occupancy licenses issued are some of the indicators used to analyze the development of illegal settlements.

2.2.6.5 Existing and Proposed Investment and Development Programs Support to acquisition of occupancy licenses for informal settlements programs will enable upgrading of illegal settlements and will enable delivery of adequate water points such as Page 100 of 356 kiosks and sanitation, upgrading of roads, street lights and drainages, and providing waste management programs such as garbage collection. The district has embarked on planning of new settlements that will include development of residential areas of all categories i.e. high cost, medium and low-cost to accommodate decent housing units. This project will enable for organized development of the planned settlement areas and effectively see a rise in the number of decent housing units.

2.2.6.6 The Impact of Environmental and Climate Change Issues on the Sector Unplanned settlements in most cases are affected by floods because settlers settle in areas that are prone to floods. Property damage as a result of poor infrastructure that cannot withstand floods. Outbreaks of diseases or epidemics such as cholera emanate from floods and additionally, households are affected by inadequate water supply, food shortage during such disasters caused by climate change. Planning Policies for Informal Settlements According to Marie Huchzermeyer and Aly Kara (2006), they have defined informal settlements as settlements of the urban poor developed through the unauthorised occupation of land, they are regarded by many as unhealthy and overcrowded blights on the urban landscape ‘squatter camps’ in common parlance. The Urban and Regional Planning Act No. 3 of 2015, stipulates the land use planning policies in informal settlements. The Urban and Regional Planning Act No. 3 of 2015 defines informal settlements as follows: “Group of people living on land they have no legal claim to Houses of temporary, semi- permanent or permanent nature erected on land that have not formally been permitted by the planning authority and serviced by residential use under this Act or any other written law”. Clusters of housing and other infrastructure built without the formal permission of the planning authorities under this Act, any other written law or repealed Acts: or Settlements that have only temporary permission from the planning authority to occupy the settled land (Urban and Regional Planning Act, 2015). The Human and Social Development Strategic Development Area of the 8th National Development Plan addresses the need to develop human capacities, through investments and interventions in education and skills development, health and nutrition, water and sanitation. In addition, it aims at reducing poverty, inequalities and vulnerability. As such, the needs of informal settlements will be met through this Strategic Development Area. Therefore, the need for human and social development cannot be over Page 101 of 356 emphasised as is evident from the many interventions so far put in place since the launch of the 8NDP by the New Dawn Government. The URP Act provides that a local authority may declare or may not declare an improvement area. Meaning that an informal settlement can be declared or undeclared by a local authority. This is where an improvement area is declared, a local area plan must be approved. Once the Local Area Plan is adopted the provisions in the URP Act in relation to planning application, land use and development control will apply to the improvement area (Ministry of Local Government, 2016). In terms of appropriate building and development control of informal settlements, the local authority does not intervene but upgrading of informal settlements can be implemented when the settlements grow beyond their capacities. The URP Act under section 40 (7) provides provision for the Minister to prescribe specific requirements for planning permission and development control in informal settlements where the local plan exists (Urban and Regional Planning Act, 2015). Currently, there are no proposals for land use policies within informal settlement

2.2.6.8 Impact of changes anticipated over Ten Years 2.2.6.8.1 Population Change - Future Demands for more planned areas and facilities According to the Zambia Statistics Agency (ZSA) 2022 census population, Mbala district has a population growth rate of 3.2%. Table 66: Mbala District Population Growth Rate Population 2024 Population 2028 Population 2033 District Total 172103 195212 228510 Source ZSA 2022 The population projection for the next 10 years shows that the population for 2033 will be 228,510. In terms of surface area, Mbala is 3,346.3 km2 and has a 2024 population density of 49.8/km², while in 2033 the population density will be 68.8/km². The increased population density will negatively affect the settlement pattern of the district, unplanned areas will be more densely populated resulting in expansion of existing compounds. This vice would only be solved through upgrading of existing compounds into improvement zones. Social Services Page 102 of 356 Markets and Bus Stations Management of Markets and Bus Stations shall be under the control of the Local Authority having jurisdiction in the area in which they are situated as stated by the Markets and Bus Stations Act No 7 of 2007.Mbala district has 4(four) markets namely Town centre, Mbulu, Kasenga and overspill markets which are operational and 1(one) planned market at Zombe border. Mbala Municipal Council shall manage the Markets under its jurisdiction according to the market guidelines. The population projection will increase to 228,510 by 2033.This gives the current growth rate of 3.2. Social Facilities Table 67: Social Facilities in Mbala MBALA MARKETS AND BUS STATION FACILITIES 2024 S/N Name Of Facility No. Of Capacity Of Projected Capacity Facilities The Facility Of Facility In 10 Years 1 Mbulu Market Shelter 1 35 1120 2 Town Center Market 2 88 2810 Shelter 3 Overspill Market Shelter 1 30 960 4 Kasenga Market Shelter 1 83 2650 5 Mbala Main Bus Station 1 8 25 Shops 6 Town Center Ablution 1 2 6 Block 7 Bus Station Ablution 1 2 6 Block 8 Kasenga Market Ablution 1 2 6 Block 9 Mbulu Market Ablution 1 8 25 Block Source: Mbala Municipal Council Housing and Social Services Department (2024) Page 103 of 356 Community Sporting The Ministry of Youth, Sport, and Arts in Zambia plays a crucial role in promoting youth development, sports, and artistic endeavours. Its mission and responsibilities include; i. The Ministry of Youth, Sport, and Arts is responsible for developing and implementing programs that empower young people, promote sports, and support artistic expression. ii. Its mission is to facilitate the realisation of the full potential of youth, athletes, and artists while contributing to their physical and mental well-being Proposed Number of Sporting Facilities per Ward Table 68: Proposed Number of Sporting Facilities in Mbala MBALA SPORTING FACILITIES 2024 S/N Name Of Sports Proposed No. Capacity Of Projected Capacity Of Facility Of Facilities The Facility Facility In 10 Years 1 Mbala District Sports 1 2,000 6,400 Complex 2 Mwamba Ward Mini 1 1,000 3,200 Sports Complex Hub 3 Lwandi Ward Mini 1 1,000 3,200 Sports Complex Hub 4 Mwambezi Ward Mini 1 1,000 3,200 Sports Complex Hub 5 Intala Ward Mini Sports 1 1,000 3,200 Complex Hub 6 Kalambo Ward Mini 1 1,000 3,200 Sports Complex Hub 7 Nsunzu Ward Mini 1 1,000 3,200 Sports Complex Hub 8 Moto moto Ward Mini 1 1,000 3,200 Sports Complex Hub Page 104 of 356 9 Kawimbe Ward Mini 1 1,000 3,200 Sports Complex Hub Source: Mbala Municipal Council Housing and Social Services Department (2024)

2.2.6.9 Consideration of the Underlying Factors Contributing to the Issues Identified Table 69: Housing and Social Services Problem Analysis Core Issues Causes Effects a. Lack of resources to ● The Local Authority ● Lack of basic services promote sustainable human has no finances to ● Pollution settlement implement ● Overcrowding sustainability of ● Poor waste human settlement management b. Lack of adequate resources ● No funding from ● Spatial divide to manage urbanization Government ● Marginalisation ● Slums ● Ghettoization of certain localities ● c. Lack of adequate resources to ● No funding from ● Substandard housing facilitate development of decent and Government units with water affordable housing leaks. ● Poor ventilation ● Congested housing units increasing the risk of airborne diseases d. Lack of resources to plan ● Inadequate land for ● Few women with land and promote equitable access to the Local Authority. and property land for housing development Much of the Land ownership documents under traditional land ● Few women have owned by men due to access to land cultural practices that disadvantage women e. Lack of resources ● to ● Mushrooming of upgrade the 3 ● unplanned No funding to implement the compounds settlements of the district program of upgrading the ● Mismatch of unplanned settlements resources with due to ● increased squatter compounds f. Lack of resources to ● No funding to ● Only Rich residents facilitate access to housing finance facilitate the access to have access to housing finance firms finances and own property Page 105 of 356 ● Poor people deprived the opportunity to own properties g. ● of the Decreased capacities Incapacitated workforce ● Incapacitated Local Authorities workforce h. Lack of modern● district ● Unproductive youth sports facilities population ● Negative behavior exhibited by youths through abuse of drugs i. ● shelter Inadequate market ● Increased street facilities within the district and ▪ Inadequate funds to vending around the borders construct the market ● Poor collection of shelters by council market revenue by council ● Untidy town ● High cost of maintaining Central Business District m. No modern Library ● High illiteracy levels ● No modern council among residents of library Mbala ● Poor reading culture by Children ● Inadequate access to educational information. n. No council ● preschool ● Over crowded room classroom block ● Inadequate classroom for learners to carter for learners at ● Poor concentration by TVMI learners o. No affordable housing ● No modern affordable ● Limited revenue base units owned by the local authority houses built by council for the Local Authority p. No local market shops built ● No modern council ● Limited revenue base and owned by council shops for the Local Authority q. No council deports and ● No council storages ● Limited revenue base storage facilities in all the 9 wards and deports for the Local of the district Authority r. Inadequate resources● No totourism investment profile ● Lack of established identify and market local tourism document tourist sites by sites council Source: Mbala Municipal Council Housing and Social Services Department (2024) Page 106 of 356

2.2.7 SECTOR: WATER AND SANITATION The water sector in Mbala district is the sector charged with the responsibility of ensuring the population of Mbala district has access to water supply and sanitation services. The sector comprises the Department of Water Resources Development (DWRD) and Chambeshi Water Supply and Sanitation Company (CWSSCo.) under the Ministry of Water Development and Sanitation, and the Water and Sanitation Coordinator (WatSan) under the Local Authority. Department of Water Resources Development The Department of Water Resources Development (DWRD), under the Ministry of Water Development and Sanitation (MWDS), was established in 2016 following the abolishment of the Department of Water Affairs (DWA) which has been in existence since the 1940s. This was necessitated by the fact that some of the functions of water resources management, particularly hydrological functions that the Department of Water Affairs (DWA) was performing were given to the Water Resources Management Authority (WARMA) established by an act of Parliament No. 11 of 2011. As a result of these reforms, DWRD was created to focus on water infrastructure development, Trans-boundary water resources management and development as well as water policy guidance and development. Mandate: to provide policy guidance on national water resource-related issues and develop both surface and groundwater resources of inland and trans-boundary water bodies to ensure adequate water resource availability and equitable access by all users for sustainable national socio-economic development. Chambeshi Water Supply and Sanitation Company Chambeshi Water Supply and Sanitation Co. is the utility company that is responsible for water supply and sanitation services in the district. Water and Sanitation Coordinator The District Water and Sanitation Coordinator is responsible for planning, monitoring and evaluation of activities under the National Rural Water Supply and Sanitation program within the district and ensuring sustainable operation and maintenance of water supply and sanitation infrastructure. Page 107 of 356

2.2.7.1 Key Government Policies, Laws and Framework 2.2.7.1.1 Water and Sanitation Policies Table 70: Water and Sanitation - Policies and Priorities S/N. Policy Priorities 1. National Water and Ensuring equitable access to clean water and Sanitation Policy sanitation services for the population, regardless of location or socioeconomic status. 2. The National Water This policy outlines the government's Policy of 2010 strategic direction and objectives related to water resources management in the country. The policy sets out the principles, goals, and strategies for sustainable development, allocation, and use of water resources to meet the needs of various sectors while ensuring environmental protection and social equity. Source: Ministry of Water Development and Sanitation (2024) Page 108 of 356 2.2.7.1.2 Government Laws Table 71: Government Laws - Water and Sanitation S/N. Laws Priorities 1 The Water Act This Act lays out the rules and guidelines for how water resources in Mbala should be managed, developed, conserved, protected, and preserved. It also covers issues related to water rights, ensuring that water is used fairly and sustainably. Source: Ministry of Water Development and Sanitation (2024) 2.2.7.1.3 National/District Strategies Table 72: National/District Strategies - Water and Sanitation S/No. Strategy Priorities 1. Increasing access to safe and reliable water supply services 1. National Urban for urban residents. Water Supply And 2. Improving sanitation facilities and promoting hygiene Sanitation practices to reduce waterborne diseases. Programme 2011 - 3. Enhancing the sustainability and efficiency of urban water 2030 supply and sanitation systems. 4. Strengthening institutional capacity and governance for effective management of urban water resources. 5. Promoting community participation and partnership in the management of water supply and sanitation services. Page 109 of 356 1. Reducing physical losses in the water distribution system 2. National Non- through infrastructure improvements and leakage detection Revenue Water and repair programs. Management 2. Addressing commercial losses by improving metering, Strategy 2022 - 2026 billing, and revenue collection processes. 3. Enhancing operational efficiency and system performance of water utilities through capacity building and adoption of best practices. 4. Promoting water conservation and sustainable management practices to minimize water wastage. 6. Strengthening monitoring, evaluation, and reporting mechanisms to track progress and performance in Non- Revenue Water reduction efforts. 7. Enhancing public awareness and stakeholder engagement in promoting water conservation and efficient water use. Page 110 of 356 1. Increasing access to clean and reliable water supply services 3. The National Rural for rural populations, with a focus on marginalized and Water Supply and underserved communities. Sanitation 2. Improving sanitation facilities and promoting hygiene Programme behaviors to reduce waterborne diseases and improve public (NRWSSP) 2019 - health outcomes. 2030 3. Enhancing the sustainability and resilience of rural water supply and sanitation systems through capacity building and infrastructure development. 4. Strengthening community participation and ownership in the planning, implementation, and management of water and sanitation projects. 5. Promoting gender equality and social inclusion in access to water and sanitation services, ensuring that the needs of all community members are met. 1. Improve water resource development and management 4. Ministry of Water 2. Improve water supply Development and 3. Improve sanitation and hygiene Sanitation Strategic Plan 2022 - 2026 1. Water harvesting through investment in climate smart 5. Department of technologies Water Resources 2. Inter and Intra – Basin Water Transfer schemes Development 3. Climate resilient infrastructure development Strategic Plan 2023 - 4. Groundwater development through investment in Wellfield 2025 studies and development, and development of production boreholes 5. Aquifer identification, mapping and protection Page 111 of 356 6. Chambeshi Water 1. To promote good corporate governance and Supply and transformational leadership in order to enhance Sanitation Strategic transparency, accountability and integrity in the delivery Plan 2021 - 2025 of water supply in sanitation services. 2. To upgrade existing infrastructure and diversify through innovation. 3. To promote good customer service and satisfaction through increased customer coverage from the current 79% to 95%. 4. To enhance operation and maintenance cost efficiency in order to increase cost coverage from 83% to 100% by December 2025. 5. To enhance strategic human resource management in order to improve organization performance by 2025. 6. To improve water quality from 98.23% to 100% by 2nd quarter of 2021. 7. To improve delivery yourself adequate and affordable sanitation services from the current 61% to 70% and increase water coverage from 80% to 95% by December 2025. 8. To increase and maintain 24 hours of water supply from the current 18 hours by December 2025. 9. To enhance ICT infrastructure in order to improve operational efficiency by December 2025 Source: Ministry of Water Development and Sanitation Page 112 of 356 2.2.7.1.4 International Conventions and Agreements Table 73: International Conventions and Agreements - Water and Sanitation S/N. Conventions/ Priorities Agreements 1. Universal access to safe water: The goal aims 01. Sustainable Development to achieve universal and equitable access to Goals (SDGs): SDG 6 safe and affordable drinking water for everyone by 2030. 2. Sanitation and Hygiene: It also emphasizes improving sanitation and hygiene practices globally. Access to proper sanitation facilities is crucial for public health and environmental sustainability. Source: sdg.un.org

2.2.7.2 Description of the Existing State of Development The population of Mbala district has been increasing exponentially over the years. This translates into an increase in water demand for various uses that range from household water supply to agricultural purposes. According to data from Chambeshi WSSCo, current water production for piped water supply in Mbala district per year is at 2,880,000m3, with 6,129 properties (public infrastructure and households) connected to piped water. This water is abstracted from Lake Chila and Lucheche stream. 2.2.7.2.1 Surface Water Infrastructure Mbala District has a total of fourteen (14) Dams and Weirs. They are categorised into four (04) dams and ten (10) weirs. The dams include Chitindi, Mwandwizi, Kalala and Kalambo Dams. The weirs include Lucheche, Kalala, Chambeshi, Kawala, Londe, Chineke, Tutenzi, Kalambo, Mwenda, Katindili spring and Munyezi weirs. These hydraulic structures serve various purposes that include commercial and domestic water supply, irrigation of crops, source of water for livestock and aquaculture. Page 113 of 356 Routine maintenance works on these surface water infrastructures are carried out to ensure the operability and longevity of the structures. However, when the hydraulic structures are below the structural and operational standards, rehabilitation works are instituted. The stakeholders in the water sector understand the importance of the hydraulic structures in harnessing surface water resources and the development of the socio-economic status of the district. Therefore, the need for the development and construction of more dams and weirs in the district cannot be overemphasised. This will increase agricultural productivity and will also increase access to water for households in line with Vision 2030. Figure 15: Hydrology Map Source: Mbala Municipal Council Planning Department 2.2.7.2.2 Groundwater Infrastructure Mbala District has four hundred and ninety-six (496) boreholes, where four hundred and forty- seven (447) are functional boreholes and forty ninety (49) are non-functional boreholes. The boreholes are spread out in all the wards in the district; however, optimal water coverage has Page 114 of 356 not yet been achieved as there are still households that do not have access to safe and clean water. Figure 16: Map of Boreholes in Mbala District Source: Mbala Municipal Council Planning Department

2.2.7.3 Availability of Service There has been investment in both water resources management and water resources infrastructure in recent years to increase access to water resources and improve sanitation for community members in the district. However, in spite of these investments, access to safe and clean water is still a challenge in the district as most households, especially in the rural parts of the district still have no access to clean and safe water. The urban parts of the district rely on piped water and sewerage systems which are provided by the water utility company Chambeshi Water Supply and Sanitation Company (CWSSCo.). While the rural parts of the district rely entirely on groundwater resources and constructed sanitation facilities. 2.2.7.3.1 Urban Water Supply Table below outlines the piped water coverage in urban areas of Mbala district Page 115 of 356 Table 74: Piped water coverage in urban - Water and Sanitation S/N DISTRICT WARD WARD PROPERTIE WATER POPULATIO POPULATIO S WITH SUPPLIE N N ACCESS TO D PIPED (m3) WATER 1 161,595 Kazimolwa 42,364 6,500 2,880,000 MotoMoto 6,620 20 Source: Chambeshi Water and Sanitation Co., Mbala 2.2.7.3.2 Rural Water Supply According to available data, water supply coverage in rural Mbala is at 90% coverage. This translates into a population of 67,050 people who have access to clean and safe water, while those without access to water is 16,160. The table below shows the analysis of the population and water coverage in rural areas of Mbala district. Table 75: Water Coverage in Rural Areas S/N Ward Population Water Demand No. of No. of Boreholes Water (M3 Per Year) Schemes 1 Kazimolwa 42,364 2,319,429 62 0 2 Mwamba 26,431 1,447,097 31 4 3 Mwambezi 19,025 1,041,619 50 0 4 Kalambo 11,114 608,492 24 2 Page 116 of 356 5 Moto Moto 6,620 362,445 10 3 6 Intala 10,491 574,382 44 0 7 Kawimbe 12,352 676,272 47 0 8 Nsunzu 22,273 1,219,447 65 1 9 Lwandi 26,431 1,447,097 114 4 Source: Mbala Municipal Council Engineering Department Population with Access to Piped Water S/N Water Points Piped Population Coverage (Functional) Water Schemes Total With Without Population Access Access To To Water Water 1 447 66 161,595 145,436 16,160 90% Source: Mbala Municipal Council Engineering Department Page 117 of 356 Distribution of Boreholes by Ward Table 76: Distribution of Boreholes by Ward S/N WARD BOREHOLES Total Functional Non-Functional 1 Kazimolwa 73 62 11 2 Mwamba 37 31 6 3 Mwambezi 53 50 3 4 Kalambo 27 24 3 5 MotoMoto 13 10 3 6 Intala 48 44 4 7 Kawimbe 52 47 5 8 Nsunzu 72 65 7 9 Lwandi 121 114 7 Source: Department of Water Resources Development & Mbala Municipal Council Engineering Department Page 118 of 356 2.2.7.3.3 Sanitation Status According to available data, sanitation coverage is at 98% coverage for urban Mbala and 95% coverage for rural Mbala. Most of the population has access to sanitation facilities; however, a high percentage of the sanitation facilities are pit latrines. This poses a threat to groundwater through contamination with faecal matter. The construction of pit latrines needs to be monitored and properly regulated to reduce the risks of contamination of groundwater resources, because groundwater is the source of most of the water supply in the district. Table 77: District Sanitation Status. S/N Description Population Sanitation Sanitation Coverage With Without access to access to sanitation sanitation 1 Rural 108,269 102,856 5,413 95% 2 Urban 61,326 60,099 1,227 98% Source: Chambeshi Water Supply and Sanitation Co. & Mbala Municipal Council Engineering Department Page 119 of 356 2.2.7.3.4 Dams and Weirs Distribution of Dams and Weirs by Ward Table 78: Distribution of Dams and Weirs by Ward Benefiting Villages S/ Name Coordinates War River Use of N d / Dam/Weir Benefiting Households Strea m Latitud Longit e ude ● Domestic 1 4 20 use 0 ● Livestock Chitindi Dam watering Saise river ● 31.60734 Mwamba Irrigation -8.89297 ● Fish farming ● Privately Lucheche stream 2 Nil Nil Kalala/Isanya owned 31.33810 MotoMoto dam used -8.80150 for Dam Irrigation ● Privately Kalambo/Saise 3 Nil Nil Kalambo river owned 31.47820 dam used Nsunzu -9.07340 for Dam Irrigation Page 120 of 356 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 Katindili Kawala Kalipepa Kalambo Kalala Weir Chineke Weir Chambes Mwandwizi Dam Spring Weir Weir Weir hi Weir WSSCo. -8.93485 -9.14371 -9.14291 -9.05826 -8.81841 -8.87805 Weir -8.82811 -8.905099 31.2599 31.6396 31.57562 31.47222 31.34706 31.32014 31.36036 31.483982 8 Mwambe Nsunzu Nsunzu Nsunzu MotoMoto Mwambezi MotoMot Kawimbe zi o Pepa Kalambo Lucheche stream Mwambezi Luchech Mwandwizi river stream stream stream e stream ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Fish Fish for use Fish use owned Water Irrigation Irrigation farming Irrigation farming Irrigation Irrigation Privately watering Irrigation farming Irrigation watering weir used Livestock Domestic the district Supply in Livestock Domestic 8 1 4 4 1 8 Nil Nil 3 53 56 6 35 3 12 0 10 21 61 8 68 Page 121 of 356 Nil ● Domestic Luchech 31.37416 MotoMot Luchech e stream 12 3 15 e Weir use -8.83343 0 o ● Irrigation ● Domestic Munyez 31.1982 Mwamb Munyez i stream 13 1 96 i Weir -8.95643 use 70 ezi ● Irrigation ● Irrigation Tutenzi 31.2994 Mwamb Mwamb stream 14 2 80 -8.85706 Weir 0 ezi ezi Source: Dam Surveillance Data, Department of Water Resources Development, 2022

2.2.7.4 Quality of Service Including Key Indicators of Performance Despite the developments in the water sector, the sector still needs investment in developmental projects in order to increase access to the vast water resources in the district.

2.2.7.5 Impact of Changes Anticipated Over the Next Ten Years The population of Mbala district is on exponential growth. The growth in both the urban and rural population will translate into an increase in demand for water, sanitation and solid waste management services. The water sector in the district needs to invest in the development of critical infrastructure in order to meet the increase in demand and ensure that every household has access to these basic needs services. S/N Population Water Population Expected Demand Water 2024 2034 (M3/Year) Demand (M3/Year) 2024 2034 1 166,766 9,130,438.5 228,510 12,510,922.5 Source: Mbala Municipal Council Page 122 of 356

2.2.7.6 Population Change – Future Demand for Services and Facilities As the population of Mbala increases, demand for Water, Sanitation and Hygiene (WASH) services exponentially increases. Population change plays a significant role in shaping the demand for water and sanitation services and facilities. Planning and investment in infrastructure, services, and sustainable practices are essential to meet the needs of growing populations while safeguarding public health and the environment. 2.2.7.7.1 Increased Demand for Water Resources i. Population Growth: As the district population increases, the total water consumption rises. This includes water for drinking, cooking, cleaning, and other household uses. ii. Urbanisation: Development of the urban areas of the district attracts migration of people from the rural areas. This migration increases the urban population and therefore strains the existing water supply systems. 2.2.7.7.2 Pressure on Sanitation Systems i. Sewage and Waste Management: More people generate more waste. Effective sewage treatment and waste management systems are required to handle this increase. Without proper management, there can be significant health and environmental consequences. ii. Sanitation Facilities: A growing population requires more toilets, waste disposal units, and other sanitation facilities. Ensuring access to these facilities is crucial for public health. 2.2.7.7.3 Infrastructure Development and Upgrades i. Expansion of Services: New residential areas need to be connected to water supply and sanitation networks. This often involves significant investment in infrastructure, including water treatment systems and water supply pipelines. ii. Upgrading Ageing Infrastructure: The existing infrastructure experience wear and tear, therefore it needs to be upgraded in order to service the growing population. 2.2.7.7.4 Quality of Services Page 123 of 356 i. Water Quality: Increased demand can affect water quality if sources are over-exploited or contaminated. Ensuring safe drinking water becomes a critical issue, necessitating stringent water quality monitoring and treatment. ii. Sanitation Standards: High population densities can make it difficult to maintain sanitation standards, especially in informal settlements or areas lacking proper infrastructure. This can lead to outbreaks of waterborne diseases and other public health issues. 2.2.7.7.5 Environmental Impacts i. Sustainable Water Use: Increased demand can lead to over-extraction of water resources, affecting ecosystems and reducing the availability of water for future use. Sustainable water management practices are essential to balance human needs with environmental protection. ii. Waste Disposal: Effective treatment and disposal of wastewater are necessary to prevent environmental degradation. Poorly managed sanitation systems can lead to pollution of water bodies, soil, and other natural resources. Page 124 of 356

2.2.7.8 Existing and Proposed Investment and Development Programmes 2.2.7.8.1 Existing Development Programmes Table 79: Existing Development Programmes - Water and Sanitation S/N Project Beneficiaries Year of Completion commencement (%) 1 Rehabilitation of 1,320 2024 90 Chitindi Earth- Fill Dam 2 Drilling and 3,600 2024 100 Construction of 24 boreholes Source: Department of Water Resources Development & Mbala Municipal Council Engineering Department Page 125 of 356 2.2.7.8.2 Proposed Investment and Development Programmes Table 82: Proposed Investment and Development Programmes - Water and Sanitation S/N Project Type Project Description Year of commencement i. EU Solar PV Project  Renewable solar energy New 2025 ii. Water Supply technology to enhance Construction network expansion financial and operational and connection of performance more houses to the  Putting up a new sewer 2026 sewer network network that will run from Chulungoma all iii. New water supply the way to Lucheche network to Senga treatment plant Hill under the  Connection of 9000 umbrella of people to water supply Chambeshi WSSCo. network through drilling 2024 With support from of boreholes World Vision  water schemes to be iv. Construction of constructed 2024 Water Schemes v. Construction of  6 Ablution blocks to be 2024 Ablution blocks constructed 1. Borehole 50 boreholes to be Rehabilitation 2025 Rehabilitation rehabilitated Source: Mbala Municipal Council Engineering Department & Chambeshi Water and Sanitation Company 2.2.7.8.3 Potential Dam sites The Department of Water resources Development intends to construct more dams and weirs in the district to enhance harvesting of surface water. Below are the potential dam sites: Table 80: Potential Dam sites in Mbala District Page 126 of 356 S/N Code Latitude Longitude Ward Village Stream 1 Mba01 -8.9339 31.2593 Mwambezi Katindili Katindili 2 Mba02 -868067 31.3895 Intala Kaputu Mwenyi 3 Mba03 -8.8835 31.55262 Kawimbe Lombe Lombe 4 Mba04 -9.30404 31.29596 Nsunzu Kalulu Kalulu 5 Mba05 -8.66855 31.41409 Intala Musipazi Chipoma Source: Department of Water Resources Development

2.2.7.9 The Impact of the Continuation of Existing Trends on Land Use and Population Distribution Patterns i. Rising Water Demand: As the population grows in Mbala, the demand for water for domestic and commercial use will increase. This may strain existing water sources and infrastructure. ii. Expansion of Water Supply Networks: There will be a need to extend and upgrade water supply systems to accommodate the growing population, ensuring that all areas have access to clean water. iii. Depletion of Groundwater and Surface Water: Increased water extraction from rivers, lakes, and groundwater aquifers may lead to depletion of these sources, affecting water availability for both domestic and commercial use. iv. Pollution Risks: Higher population density and urbanisation can increase the risk of water pollution from domestic waste and agricultural runoff, compromising water quality. Page 127 of 356 2.2.7.9.1 Challenges in Sanitation Services 2.2.7.9.1.1 Urban and Rural Disparities i. Urban Growth and Sanitation Infrastructure: Rapid urbanisation may result in the development of informal settlements with inadequate sanitation facilities. Ensuring access to proper sanitation services in these areas will be challenging. ii. Rural Sanitation Needs: In rural areas, there may be limited access to sanitation facilities, leading to the continued practice of open defecation, which poses health risks and environmental pollution. 2.2.7.9.1.2 Infrastructure Development i. Expansion of Sanitation Facilities: There will be a need to expand and upgrade sewage systems, toilets, and waste treatment facilities to meet the needs of the growing population. This includes constructing new latrines, septic tanks, and sewage treatment plants. ii. Challenges in Maintenance and Management: Maintaining and managing sanitation infrastructure in both urban and rural areas will be critical. Inadequate maintenance can lead to system failures and health hazards.

2.2.7.10 Environment and Climate Change Analysis 2.2.7.10.1 The Impact of Existing Trends on the Environment and Climate Change The population growth exacerbates effects of climate change by increasing the demand for water resources therefore reducing the capacity of the water resources in the district. Agricultural practices such as the use of chemical fertilisers contribute to the contamination of both groundwater and surface water sources 2.2.7.10.2 The Impact of Environmental and Climate Change Issues on the Sector The increase in temperatures caused by climate change alters the water cycle and increases the rate of evaporation in water bodies. This implies that there is low water recharge in both surface and groundwater sources, and this will lead to reduced water production, as well as access to water for the population. This may further reduce sanitation levels therefore causing an increase in waterborne diseases. Page 128 of 356

2.2.7.11 Water Sector Problem Tree Table 81: Water Sector Problem Tree in Mbala District Core Issues Causes Effects Inadequacy of  Majority of the  People are forced to access water supply for a households are not water from shallow wells and section of the connected to the main surface water sources which puts population in water supply network them at risk of water borne Mbala district  Inadequate boreholes diseases and Water Schemes in communities Nonfunctional  Lack of consistent  Households lose access to clean Groundwater maintenance of the and safe water leaving them resources infrastructure vulnerable to unsafe sources infrastructure  Ageing of the infrastructure Dilapidated Surface  Lack of consistency in  There is a reduction in reservoir water infrastructure maintenance programs volume, therefore, the required (Dams and Weirs) for the infrastructure volume of water to be harvested  Lack of rehabilitation is not attained and renovation efforts  Community members are not able to utilise the Dams and Weirs for animal watering and irrigation Lack of Aquifer  Aquifer mapping  Groundwater management is a mapping data activities have not been challenge due to lack of this funded valuable data Groundwater  Assessment and research  Recharge zones remain recharge zones programmes have not unprotected and this may affect have not been been funded groundwater resources identified Poor delivery of  Lack of a vehicle for the  Projects are not timely supervised services offered by Department of Water  Groundwater and Sanitation the department Resources Development infrastructure is not developed  The motorbike for the and constructed to the stipulated Department of Water standards. Therefore, the Resources Development is infrastructure breaks down within in a dilapidated state the shortest period of time Page 129 of 356  Use of pit latrines increases and Majority of  The sewer system this may populate groundwater households in the infrastructure is not sources urban areas are not adequate to cater for the connected to the population sewer system Vandalism of the  Failure to pay water bills  Water losses water system by customers  Non-Revenue Water (NRW) for infrastructure water utility Dilapidated water  Lack of  Non-revenue water supply funding/investment in  Poor water quality infrastructure water utility company  Poor service delivery by the Water Utility Company Low water storage  Increase in district  Reduced hours of water supply capacities population  A number of households remain  New client application for unconnected to the main water connection to the water supply network supply network Source: Department of Water Resources Development, Mbala Municipal Council Engineering Department & Chambeshi Water and Sanitation Company

2.2.8 SECTOR: SOCIAL WELFARE

2.2.8.1 Key Government Priorities being and to be Implemented at the Local Level (Review of Policies and Plans) Government Policies, Laws and Framework Table 82: Government Policies, Laws and Framework in Social Welfare S/N. Policy Priorities 1. National Social Protection Poverty reduction and social inclusion Policy (NSPP) 2. Social Protection Policy Child protection and development Framework 3. National Poverty Reduction Poverty reduction Strategy 4. Gender Policy Gender equality and women's empowerment Page 130 of 356 5. Child Development Policy Ensuring access to quality to early childhood education and care S/No. Laws Priorities 1. Child code Act No. 12 of 2022 Child protection and juvenile justice 2. Vulnerable Persons Act No. 13 Protecting vulnerable persons from neglect, of 2016 abuse and exploitation 3. Child development act No. 14 Protecting children from abuse, neglect and of 2016 exploitation 4. Persons with disability act No. Disability inclusion in social protection 6 0f 2012 programmes 5. Disaster management Act No, Emergency response and disaster risk 13 of 2010 reduction 6. Social Protection Act No. 13 of Social inclusion in social protection 2019 programmes Source: The Amended Constitution Of Zambia Act 2016 - National Assembly Social Welfare Framework S/No. Framework Priorities 1 Social demography Social equality in social protection programmes 2 Social Justice Addressing poverty, inequality and discrimination 3 Social development Economic growth and social investment Source: Zambia National Social Protection Policy National Strategies Table 83: National Strategies in Water and Sanitation S/No. Strategy Priorities 1. Social Cash transfer Providing financial assistance to vulnerable households 2. Food Assistance Providing food assistance to vulnerable households 3. Graduation of Increased Economic empowerment ,Asset building and beneficiaries linkages to other services Page 131 of 356 4. Improved child Child safety and parental support Welfare services 5. Improved public Education and information on social protection awareness programmes Improved staff Training and Development And Putting in Performance 6. performance Management Systems Improved staffing Recruitment and hiring, workforce analysis and 7. levels succession plans Improved safety and Provision of counselling, safe house and shelter and 8. protection of GBV and raise awareness Human Trafficking Source: Ministry of Community Development and Social Services Strategic Plan for 2023- 2026 International Conventions and Agreements Table 84: International Conventions and Agreements - Water and Sanitation S/N. Conventions/ Priorities Agreements 1. 0Universal declaration of Right to social security 1human rights . 2. 0International Covenant on The right to social security and protection. 2Economic, Social and . Cultural Rights (ICESCR) 3. 3Convention on the Rights The Right to social security and child protection. . of the Child (CRC) 4. 4Convention on the Guarantee equal access to social security and . Elimination of All Forms protection. of Discrimination against Women (CEDAW) 5. 5International Labour Social security, income security, and maternity . Organization (ILO) protection. Conventions Page 132 of 356 6. 6Sustainable Development Goal 1 (No Poverty) and Goal 10 (Reduced . Goals (SDGs) Inequalities) hence emphasising social protection. Source: Ministry of Foreign Affairs website-2024, National Assembly of Zambia Website-2024

2.2.8.2 Description of the Existing State of Development 2.2.8.2.1 Availability of Services A total of 11,701 households are on the Social Cash Transfer Programme under the Department of Social Welfare in Mbala district. Other department functions include Public Welfare Assistance, Child Protection, Juvenile Justice, and support for gender-based violence victims. Female beneficiary’s makeup 59% of able-bodied beneficiaries, with Kazimolwa ward having the most households. Only 9.8% of beneficiaries have a disability (refer to table 88) .This data can target specific groups, design interventions, monitor program effectiveness, and advocate for policy changes. Table 88 summarises social cash transfer beneficiary demographics to aid program managers and stakeholders in decision making. Table 85: Social Cash Transfer Demographics in Mbala District S/n Ward Area No. of Number Social Cash Transfer Total Coordinatin Cwacs Beneficiaries g Committee Male Femal Male Female able e able Disable disabled bodie bodie d d d 1 Kawimb Kawimbe 6 222 676 41 28 967 e 2 Kazimol Kazimolwa 9 420 1990 133 140 2,683 wa Page 133 of 356 3 Lwandi Lwandi 10 385 974 76 87 2,522 4 Motomo Motomoto 4 205 816 50 57 1,128 to 5 Mwamb Mwamba 6 214 692 52 51 1,009 a 6 Mwambez Mwambezi 6 269 674 55 41 1,039 i 7 Intala/ Intala/ 11 334 1078 76 87 1,575 Kalamb Kalambo o 8 Nsunzu Nsunzu 11 406 1200 88 84 1,778 Grand Beneficiary Total 63 2,455 6,900 571 575 11,701 Source: Zambia integrated social protection information system, 2024. Table 85 shows that female able-bodied beneficiaries outnumber males, accounting for 59% and 41% respectively. Kazimolwa ward has the most social cash transfer beneficiaries, with 47.5% having disabilities. This data can help target specific groups like women and the disabled for tailored program interventions, monitor effectiveness, and advocate for policy changes. The analysis in the table above highlights the trends and patterns as follows, Female able bodied beneficiaries outnumber male able bodied beneficiaries by 59% to 41% respectively. Most social cash transfer beneficiaries’ households are in Kazimolwa ward with highest Disability Status of 47.5% of the total beneficiaries who have disabilities. 2.2.8.2.2 Quality of Service Including Key Indicators of Performance Mbala District communities saw a rise in social protection program beneficiaries, with increasing enrolment from 2020 to 2023. Table 86 compares Social Cash Transfer enrolments and introduction of 2024 Emergency Cash Transfer activity. Page 134 of 356 Social cash transfer (SCT)/ Emergency Cash Transfer (ECT) beneficiaries Enrolment Analysis Table 86: Social cash transfer (SCT)/ Emergency Cash Transfer (ECT) beneficiaries Enrolment Analysis Level 2020 Enrolment 2023 Enrolment 2024 Enrolment Difference % Increase SCT 4,790 6,961 Not yet 2171 31 % ECT - - 4670 - Source: Zambia Integrated Social Protection Information System 2024

2.2.8.3 Impact of Changes Anticipated Over the Next Ten Years 2.2.8.3.1 Population Change – Future Demand for Services and Facilities The 2022 census data shows Mbala district's population at 161,595, with rapid growth straining resources for lower and middle-income residents. Increased public spending is needed to fight poverty and hunger, exacerbated by long-term population growth. Social services will face more strain, especially with climate change. More social workers will be necessary in the next decade. To address this, investment in the social sector is crucial, focusing on welfare, protection and infrastructure. Public involvement in social programs has led to conflicts, with political interests sometimes influencing decisions. Marginalised groups often lack a voice in decision-making, due to limited information and differences in cultural beliefs and practices. 2.2.8.3.2 Existing and Proposed Investment and Development Programmes Existing investments for social welfare include cash transfer programs, social safety nets and child and family welfare programs. Current development programs focus on poverty reduction and social protection. Some government initiatives include the National Social Protection Policy, National Youth Policy, and National Disability Policy. International organizations like the United Nations, and World Bank provide support, along with NGOs such as Home in distress (HID), Natuampane. Private sector partnerships, and volunteer programs. Funding sources include government funding, international aid, private sector funding, and community contributions. Further, planned social protection programmes for the period in question are in the Development Framework in the appendices. Page 135 of 356 Increasing access to quality social services is a priority for the Social sector, focusing on social welfare and protection through investments in infrastructure and human resources at the district level. Initiatives include public welfare schemes, grievance management, financial literacy, and awareness campaigns on social assistance. Additional emphasis will be placed on expanding social service providers, building facilities, and enhancing services during the implementation phase.

2.2.8.4 The Impact of the Continuation of Existing Trends on Land Use and Population Distribution Patterns. Population growth necessitates more social amenities, qualified staff, and social infrastructure. Increased social protection beneficiaries require more land and road construction to reach quality services.

2.2.8.5 Environment and Climate Change Analysis. 2.2.8.5.1 The Impact of Existing Trends on the Environment and Climate Change Increasing population leads to higher demand for social services, causing construction of new infrastructure thereby leading to increased deforestation which worsens climate change. 2.2.8.5.2 The Impact of Environmental and Climate Change Issues on the Sector Climate change will impact the social sector by weakening social connections, hindering responses to environmental threats, and causing displacements and migrations. This will affect social and cultural identity, human health, infrastructure, and essential services like energy, food, and water supplies. It will worsen social and economic inequalities, disrupt the economy, and increase the frequency and severity of disasters. More resources will be needed to counter these impacts, potentially leading to inefficiencies in social protection programs.

2.2.8.6 Problem Tree Analysis Table 87: Problem Tree Analysis under Social Welfare Core Issues Causes Effects 1. Social and economic  Reduced opportunities for inequality personal growth and development 2. Increased inequality on  Overwhelming demand for social High poverty levels social services services. 3. Lack of access to  Increased vulnerability to technology misinformation Page 136 of 356 4. Limited resources for  Reduced civic engagement establishment of  Missed opportunities for data database infrastructure. driven decision-making

2.2.9 SECTOR: COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT The Ministry of Community Development and Social Services under the Department of Community Development is mandated to implement some of the Social Protection programs and activities which aim at improving the Livelihood of our people in our communities. These include Women empowerment services, Food Security Pack Services, Adult literacy, self- Help ventures in communities, General Community Development work encompassing cross- cutting issues such as Climate change, poverty reduction activities, HIV/AIDS, GBVs and linkages to other service providers working in a multi-sectoral approach within the District. The Department is also implementing a World Bank supported programme called Support Women and Livelihood (SWL-GEWEL) programme. All these Social protection programmes are aimed at ensuring the protection of the most vulnerable households in our communities. Due to the weather pattern which has affected our country, we are currently implementing the Emergency Wetland sub cropping component of the Food Security Pack Programme for 2024/2025 in Mbala District. We need Key Intervention such as 1. Housing 2. Roads 3. Food Security 4. Hygiene 5. Basic health 6. Nutrition security 7. Women Empowerment 8. Literacy 9. Life skills (functional literacy) and 10. Community Development Training. We are currently working with all relevant Stakeholders such as International Organizations, Local and Faith Based organizations including Cooperating Partners to reduce poverty levels and improve their livelihood in the District. Page 137 of 356

2.2.9.1 Key Government Priorities being and to be Implemented at the Local Level (Review of Policies and Plans) The services which the Department of Community Development is providing are in table 92: Table 88: Services provided by Community Development. S/N Name Of Sub Centre Available Ward The Service Statistics 1 Women Kaka, Kawimbe, Mwamba, 53 Groups in Kazimolwa, Mwambezi, Empowermen Mbala Central, Masamba, 17 Cwac’s moto moto, Intala, t Munyezi, Kaluluzi, Zombe Mwamba, Lwandi, Nsunzu, and Lunzua. Kawimbe (8 wards) in Mbala District. 2 Village Mbala Central and 15 Kawimbe and Kazimolwa Banking Kawimbe 3 Food Security Kaka, Kawimbe, Mwamba, 2,124 Kalambo, Nsunzu, Pack Services Mbala Central, Masamba, Kawimbe, Lwandi, Munyezi, Kaluluzi, Zombe Mwamba, Intala, Moto and Lunzua. moto, Mwambezi and Kazimolwa. All the wards in Mbala District. 5 Support of Kaka, Kawimbe, Mwamba, 16 projects Kalambo, Lwandi, Nsunzu, Self-Help Mbala Central, Masamba, Kawimbe, Mwamba, ventures Kaluluzi, Zombe and Intala, Moto moto, Mbala Lunzua. Central, Mwambezi and Kazimolwa 4 Adult literacy Motomoto, Kawimbe and 17 learners Moto moto, Kawimbe and services Lwandi Lwandi 6 Support Lunzua, Kaluluzi, 1,337 Kazimolwa, Mwambezi, Women and Munyezi, Masamba, Mbala moto moto, Intala, Livelihood Central, Mwamba, Mwamba, Lwandi, Nsunzu, (GEWEL) Kawimbe and Kaka Kawimbe (9 wards) in Mbala District. Source: Department of Community Development field Data -2024 Page 138 of 356 2.2.9.1.2 Government Policies, Laws and Framework Table 89: Government Policies and Framework under Social Welfare S/N. Policy Priorities 1. National Community Development The policy is helping the vulnerable policy groups in Mbala District to improve their livelihood through social support of food security packs and starter up capital Community Development Frameworks Priorities The 1 Department a. of Community The Department of Community . Development is mandated to implement development in Mbala District various Basic Social Protection acknowledges the key priority issues that Programmes (BSPP) which are aimed at need attention under pillar two which is protecting, promoting, and assisting the poverty and vulnerability reduction. poor and vulnerable in our society. The The department is aware of high levels of department takes cognizance of the poverty and vulnerability, which usually district's developmental context including affect more women than men, which the challenges and opportunities towards provide a strong justification for the need actualizing the developmental objectives. for social protection programmes in the The department will continue to District. In order to enable poor people to implement programmes aimed at cope with present needs, the district is improving the welfare and livelihoods of implementing Social Protection people (youths, women and men), programmes such as Food Security Pack, especially the poor and vulnerable in Support Women Livelihood, access society, including the aged and people microfinance services (Village Banking with disability (PWD). (Soft Loan), Food Security Pack (FSP) and general community development work. Respecting the aforementioned social interventions, the Department of Community Development is employing various strategies with the view of attaining the developmental goals which are specific. Source: Ministry of Community Development and Social Services Strategic Plan for 2023- 2026 Page 139 of 356 2.2.9.1.3 National Strategies Table 90: National Strategies for Social Welfare S/No. Strategy Priorities 1. Women Village Banking and Savings Groups to women in the age group empowerment of 19 to 64 years services 2. Food Security Vulnerable but viable farmers who meet the selection criteria of Pack Services the programme 3. Adult literacy Basic literacy at District levels services 4. Self-Help Community Driven Projects Supported through recoveries ventures 5. Support Women Women in the age group of 19 to 64 years and Livelihood (GEWEL) Source: Ministry of Community Development and Social Services Strategic Plan for 2023- 2026 2.2.9.1.4 International Conventions and Agreements Table 91: International Conventions and Agreements for Social Welfare S/N. Conventions/ Priorities Agreements 01. United Nation on the This agreement helps persons with Disability in Rights of persons with Mbala District to participate in all social protection Disability- 2006 programmes such as Food security pack programme and Support Women Livelihood (Gewel Project), Source: United Nation on the Rights of persons with Disability- 2006

2.2.9.2 Description of the Existing State of Development In order to enable poor people to cope with present needs, the department is implementing some of the Social Protection programmes such as Food Security Pack, Support Women Page 140 of 356 Livelihood, access microfinance services (Village Banking (Soft Loan), Food Security Pack (FSP) and General community development work. S/N Name Of The Service Sub Centre Available Statistics 1 Women empowerment 8 sub centres 1,337 2 Village Banking 2 sub centres 15 3 Food Security Pack Services 9 sub- centres 2,124 4 Adult literacy services 3 sub - centres 17 learners 5 Support of Self-Help ventures 7 sub- centres 16 projects 6 Support Women and Livelihood 8 sub centres 1,337 (GEWEL) Source: Department of Community Development field Data- 2024 2.2.9.2.1 Availability of Service The services which the Department of Community Development in Mbala District is providing are as follows: Table 92: Services provided under Community Development S/N Name Of The Service Currently By 2033 Available- 2024 1 Women Empowerment 17 Cwac’s 43 Cwac’s 2 Village Banking 2 Cwac’s 61 Cwac’s 3 Food Security Pack Services 21 Cwac’s 42 Cwac’s 4 Adult Literacy Services 3 Cwac’s 60 Cwac’s 5 Support of Self-Help ventures 7 Cwac’s 56 Cwac’s 6 Support Women and Livelihood 17 Cwac’s 43 Cwac’s (GEWEL) Source: Department of Community Development field Data -2024 2.2.9.2.2 Quality of Service Including Key Indicators of Performance Name Of The Service Quality Of Service By 2033 - 2024 Women Empowerment Good Excellent Village Banking Average Good Page 141 of 356 Food Security Pack Services Good Excellent Adult literacy services Fair Good Support of Self-Help ventures Average Good Support Women and Livelihood Good Excellent (GEWEL) Source: Department of Community Development field Data- 2024 2.2.9.2.3 Standard Area of Operation Ratio One (01) Community Development Assistant Must cover a radius of 16 km as a set standard for a sub centre officer. Number of Sub Centres in Mbala District Table 93: Number of Sub Centres in Mbala District Name Of A Sub Available Officers Shortfall Required Officers Centre Kaka 1 Nil Nil Kawimbe 1 Nil Nil Mwamba 0 1 1 Mbala Central 0 1 1 Masamba 0 1 1 Munyezi 0 1 1 Kasesha 0 1 1 Muzipazi 0 1 1 Zombe 0 1 1 Lunzwa 0 1 1 Total 8 8 Source: Department of Community Development field Data -2023 The staffing levels at extension service level is poor and this is where the strength of the Department of Community Development lays. The transport situation is again in a poor state. The required number of staff at extension service is 10, we only have 2 at the moment with a balance of 8 not yet employed to fill the vacant sub centres officers. Page 142 of 356 Table 94: Transportation Available under Community Development Name Of A Sub Available Transport Shortfall Required Centre Motorbike Kaka 0 1 1 Kawimbe 0 1 1 Mwamba 0 1 1 Mbala Central 0 1 1 Masamba 0 1 1 Munyezi 0 1 1 Kasesha 0 1 1 Muzipazi 0 1 1 Zombe 0 1 1 Lunzua 0 1 1 TOTAL 0 10 10 Source: Department of Community Development field Data- 2023 We have transport at District level except for our officers at the sub-Centre level (field officers). 2.2.9.2.4 Water and Sanitation Community Development houses in Mbala District are connected to Mechanised Water System Table 95: Houses Connected to Mechanised Water System under Community Development in Mbala District Sub Centre Number Of Mechanised Working/Not Ward Houses Houses Water Working Kaka 1 1 Working Lwandi Kawimbe 0 0 Not available Kawimbe Mwamba 1 1 working Mwamba Mbala central 0 0 Not available Kazimolwa Munyezi 0 0 Not available Mwambezi Kasesha 0 0 Not available Intala Muzipazi 0 0 Not available Kalambo Zombe 0 0 Not available Intala Page 143 of 356 Lunzua 0 0 Not available Nsunzu Masamba 0 0 Not available Nsunzu Total 2 8 Source: Department of Community Development field Data -2023

2.2.9.3 Impact of Changes Anticipated Over the Next Ten Years In the next ten years, the population of Mbala district is likely to grow and this change in population entails change in the provision of social services to the people. There is a need to plan and reserve new areas of settlement in all the Nine Wards of Mbala District and to look into issues of Housing, Roads, Food Security, Hygiene, Basic Health, Nutrition Security, Women Empowerment, Literacy, Life skills (functional literacy) & Community Development Training. We are looking forward to enhancing Stakeholders participation from International Organizations, Local and Faith Based organizations including our Cooperating Partners. Social protection programmes under the Department of Community Development in Mbala District will provide support to households and groups who lack sufficient capacity to generate adequate reliable income to strengthen their livelihoods. Not only that, the Government under this Department will continue providing policies and practices that protect and promote the livelihoods and welfare of people suffering from critical levels of poverty. 2.2.9.3.1 Population Change – Future Demand for Services and Facilities Due to the increase in population projected to take place in Mbala District in the next Ten years, there is a need to expand Social Protection services. This applies to all other programmes or services the department is currently providing. 2.2.9.3.2 Existing and Proposed Investment and Development Programmes Name of The Service Currently February 2033 Available- 2024 Women Empowerment 53 Groups 200 Groups Village Banking 15 groups 150 Groups Food Security Pack Services 2,124 packs 6,000 packs Adult Literacy Services 3 Classes 9 classes Support of Self-Help ventures 7 Groups 49 Groups Page 144 of 356 Support Women and Livelihood 1,337 5,250 (GEWEL) Source: Department of Community Development field Data 2023 2.2.9.3.3 Existing Development Programmes The programmes which are currently existing in Mbala District is as follows: i. Food Security Pack Programme ii. Support Women Livelihood (SWL-GEWEL) iii. Access to microfinance services (Village Banking (Soft Loan) iv. Village banking v. Women Empowerments vi. General community development work. Further, refer to the Development Framework in the appendices for proposed investments. 2.2.9.3.4 Summary of Development Programs The services by the Department of Community Development in Mbala District need to expand from where we are now so that a good number of our vulnerable but viable people can graduate from their poverty status to stand on their own compared to what we are providing. Illiteracy levels are high and this has had an impact on our people to compete favourably between Men and Women in the District. i. Communication network towers was another issue which needs to be addressed. This came out strongly during the field interaction. ii. Electricity in far-flung areas needs to be addressed due to the fact that children are now computers and they need electricity in rural areas. iii. Feeder roads need to be opened up in order to transport farming produce. The end result is selling their crops to briefcase buyers to neighbouring countries like Tanzania. iv. Early marriages were also prominent in the sense that girls get married at tender ages. v. Some pupils were affected due lack of boarding facilities and the end result is them renting houses on their own. vi. At community and household levels, women are in most cases restricted from participating in important decisions such as resource planning, use of family planning and access to services such as health and education. Male involvement is needed in Page 145 of 356 health services; this requires concerted efforts from all meaningful stakeholders to work in a Multi-Sectoral approach.

2.2.9.4 The Impact of the Continuation of Existing Trends on Land Use and Population Distribution Patterns The current existing trends on land use and population distribution patterns, if not checked will contribute to land degradation, to the extent that the land will no longer be able to support the growth of crops due to high utilization of chemical fertilisers and also cutting down of trees (deforestation) for establishing new farming areas and charcoal burning as an economic venture. In respect to the above mentioned impact on land use, there is a need to mitigate the negative effects on land, the department is sensitising and providing knowledge in conservation farming. This is to ensure that vulnerable people do not perpetually rely on chemical fertilisers but to use a user-friendly approach in new methods of farming.

2.2.9.5 Environment and Climate Change Analysis The Department is aware of the environment and climate change. Climate change is one of the most critical challenges of our time, demanding urgent action to mitigate its impact and promote environmental sustainability. To effectively address this complex issue, the department has adopted data-driven approaches and environmental analysis which play a crucial role in informing beneficiaries to utilise agricultural and other economical practices which are not detrimental to the environment. Conservation Agriculture, supporting women Livelihood and planting of trees are encouraged to our beneficiaries. 2.2.9.5.1 The Impact of Existing Trends on the Environment and Climate Change The people of Mbala are aware of the practices which are negatively contributing to environment and climate change such as cutting down of trees in preparation of farms to the beneficiaries under the food security pack programme. Human activities are driving large scale changes through land use. The sustained overuse of natural resources has caused unprecedented levels of environmental destruction, including the loss of ecosystems and biodiversity. Page 146 of 356

2.2.5.2 The Impact of Environmental and Climate Change Issues on the Sector Through sophisticated modelling and analysis techniques, we can evaluate the potential impacts of climate change on vulnerable ecosystems, infrastructure and human populations. Looking at the impact on human population, Vulnerable and incapacitated people in Mbala District have been affected in the way they conduct their agricultural production activities and the weather pattern has become unpredictable. Nonetheless, the information pertaining to the environment and climate change collected and communicated within the department, enables the department in the district to share information with communities and District Development Coordinating Committees (DDCC Members) to prioritise interventions and develop resilience plans to mitigate the adverse effects of climate change.

2.2.9.6 Community Development Problem Tree Table 96: Community Development Problem Tree Core issue Causes Effects Poor delivery of i. Inadequate human and  Community Development social services financial resource Assistants will not be in constant ii. Long distance to reach touch with the beneficiaries on beneficiaries Ground iii. Inadequate support to  Duplication of work/targeting the social protection same beneficiaries programmes in Mbala  Increase of Dependency district. syndrome by the targeted iv. Poor collaboration beneficiaries. amongst stakeholders  No efficiency in the service v. High Illiteracy levels provided to illiterate people vi. Poor adaptation to technology Page 147 of 356

2.2.10 SECTOR: PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT

2.2.10.1 Key Government Priorities Being and to Be Implemented at the Local Level (Review of Policies and Plans) Table 101: Government Policies, Laws and Framework S/N. Policy This provides for 1. Zambia National Open Defecation The strategy gives the Nation a strategic framework and direction for the Key measures to Free Strategy {ZNODFS} end open defecation and promote universal access to sanitation by 2030. 2. National Solid Waste Management This gives a strategic framework and direction for the management of solid waste in the Nation. Strategy for Zambia. 3. National Rural Water Supply and The policy is aimed at accelerating universal access to clean and safe water, adequate sanitation Sanitation Programme (NRWSSP) services and management of solid waste. 2019 - 2030 6. The Zambia Environmental This guard provides a comprehensive road map and a guide towards sustainable, eco-friendly management Agency solid waste practices of waste management in order to strategic plan 2022 – 2026 safeguard the environment and health. S/N Laws This provides for o. 1. The Solid Waste Regulation and Provides for the sustainable regulation and management of solid waste. Management Act of 2018 2. Public Health Act Cap 295 of The The prevention and suppression of diseases and generally regulates all matters connected laws of Zambia with Public health in Zambia. Page 148 of 356 2.2.10.1.1 National Strategies S/No. Strategy Priorities 1. Improved Health, Food And  Disease prevention and control through Nutrition priority programs such as: -Food safety inspections. ● Strategy: Strengthen Public -Inspection of premises. Health -Food handlers’ certification.  Health education and promotion.  Epidemic preparedness and disease control.  Pest prevention and control. 2. Improved Water Supply and  Infrastructure development. Sanitation -Improve availability of water infrastructure. ● Improved access to clean  Water quality monitoring and safe water -Enhance provision of adequate safe water and sanitation. 3. Improved Sanitation services  Infrastructure development. -Improve availability of sanitation infrastructure.  Solid waste management. -Enhance provision of adequate solid waste management services. -Expand capacity for solid waste collection and disposal.  Sanitation and hygiene promotion. -Promote good sanitation and hygienic practices. -Pollution prevention and control. -Keep Zambia Clean Green and Healthy.  Cemeteries maintenance and Funeral services.  Investment promotion. -Solid waste franchise companies Source: Public health department 2024

2.2.10.2 Description of the Existing State of Development The existing state of development in the District highlights several critical issues related to waste management: 1. Insufficient Waste Collection Resources: ● The District has only one refuse tractor and trailer. Page 149 of 356 ● This limited capacity means waste collection is restricted to the Central Business District (CBD) and a few households that subscribe to the service. Most residents resort to digging refuse pits, burning waste and non-crude or indiscriminately disposal methods ● The non-tipping design of the tractor presents additional challenges as workers manually load and offload waste, the process itself is time-consuming and labour intensive thereby failing to meet set targets. ● The inefficiency further aggravates the problem of inadequate waste collection, as it reduces the overall productivity and effectiveness of the waste management system. 2. Inadequacy of the Dumpsite Location: ● The current dumpsite is situated within a residential area. This poses significant health risks to the residents due to potential contamination and exposure to waste. ● It increases scavenging due to easy accessibility of the area which does not only pose a risk to them but also leads to further dispersal of waste, worsening environmental contamination and reducing the overall aesthetic appearance of the area. 3. Financial Constraints: ● The annual budget allocated to the institution is not sufficient. ● Due to these financial limitations, the construction of additional solid waste infrastructure is not feasible at present. These points underline the need for more improved waste management strategies and additional funding to ensure a healthier and more sustainable environment for the District. 2.2.10.2.1 Quality of Service Including Key Indicators of Performance No Key Indicator Indicator Current Status 1. Coverage of waste Percentage of areas and Waste collection is restricted to the collection households covered by waste Central Business District and few collection service. subscribed households. Frequency a. of waste Number of times waste is Variable with some areas potentially collection collected per week in serviced experiencing infrequent collection areas. due to resource constraints. Page 150 of 356 2. Waste collection efficiency Average time taken to collect and Prolonged due to non-tipping tractors dispose of waste per trip. requiring manual loading and offloading. 3. Waste disposal practices Compliance with health and Non-compliant as the dumpsite is environmental regulations within a residential area, posing regarding dumpsite location and health risks and encouraging management. scavenging 4. Public satisfaction Residents’ satisfaction levels Likely low due to limited coverage, with waste management services. inefficiency and health risks. 5. Financial adequacy Sufficiency of budget allocated Inadequate preventing the for waste management construction of additional infrastructure and operations infrastructure and expansion of services. Source: Public health department 2024

2.2.10.3 Impact of Changes Anticipated Over the Next Ten Years No Aspect Anticipated Change Impact 1. Waste collection resources Introduction of additional  Improved coverage and and service efficiency refuse collection equipment frequency of waste and modernised machinery like collection services across skip trucks, compactor trucks more/larger areas. and more tipping tractors and  Increased efficiency in trailers waste collection.  Reduced manual labour and quicker completion of daily tasks. 2. Dumpsite location Relocation of the dumpsite to a  Reduced health risk for non-residential area residents.  Decreased scavenging.  Improved compliance with health regulations. 3. Infrastructure development Construction of an engineered  Enhanced efficiency in landfill, adequate refuse bins waste handling and located in strategic locations. disposal.  Increased recycling. 4. Public awareness and Implementation of education  Increased public engagement campaigns on waste awareness and management practices participation on :  Proper method of solid waste management and disposal.  Discouraging the burning of waste will lead to a cleaner environment.  sensitise the general public on how to minimise the Page 151 of 356 generation of waste by reducing, recycling, reuse 5. Financial management Improved budget allocation  Better funding for solid and financial management for waste to improve waste services. equipment, maintenance of infrastructure and bins.  Ensuring sustainable service delivery. 6. Environmental impact Adoption of environmentally  Reduction in pollution and friendly waste management environmental practices. degradation, promotion of sustainable development. 7. Public health Enhanced waste management  Improved overall public systems and practices. health.  Reduction in waste related diseases and other health issues. 8. Development of waste Long term plan  Incorporation of a management plan franchise company.  Improve service delivery using different innovative methods  Having a well-managed database of waste collection.  Formulation of by-Laws Source: Public health department 2024

2.2.10.4 The Impact of the Continuation of Existing Trends on Land Use and Population Distribution Patterns Environmental degradation and health risks i. Indiscriminate disposal and other improper waste disposal methods such as digging and burning of refuse pits may lead to land degradation, soil pollution and contamination of ground water sources. This in-turn makes the land less suitable for residential and agricultural use. ii. Prolonged exposure to health hazards will increase the disease rates Page 152 of 356

2.2.10.5 Environment and Climate Change Analysis 1. Land degradation 2. Water pollution 3. Air pollution 4. Biodiversity loss 5. Public health risks 6. Greenhouse gas emissions 7. Increased temperatures 8. Extreme weather 9. Water scarcity 2.2.10.5.1 The Impact of Existing Trends on the Environment and Climate Change 1. Reduced land fertility and suitability for agricultural and residential purposes. 2. Deterioration of water quality, posing health risks to humans, animals and the ecosystem. 3. Air quality degradation, leading to respiratory problems and other health issues. 4. Loss of biodiversity and disruption of the local ecosystem. 5. High incidence of illnesses such as respiratory infections, gastrointestinal and vector- borne diseases. 6. Contribute to global warming and climate change. 2.2.10.5.2 The Impact of Environmental and Climate Change Issues on the Sector 1. More frequent infrastructure and mechanical repairs and replacements, high maintenance costs. 2. Greater demand for health interventions and mitigation strategies. 3. Reduced efficiency and reliability of waste management services. 4. Increased regulatory compliance costs and complexity. 5. Accelerated innovation and technology adoption in the sector.

2.2.10.6 Problem Tree Core Issues Causes Effects Ineffective waste 1. Resource limitation  Health and safety risks management 2. Inadequate equipment  Public health issues system and machinery: limited  Uncollected garbage refuse bins, non-tipping  Safety hazards tractors.  Households using refuse pits 3. Insufficient funds  Opening burning of waste and allocated to waste pollution. management. Page 153 of 356 4. Inability to invest in modern waste management technology. 5. Limited service coverage: collection primarily in the CBD and few subscribed areas Source: Public health department 2024

2.2.11 SECTOR: FORESTS, ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT

2.2.11.1 Key Government Priorities Being and To Be Implemented At A Local Level (Review of Policies and Plans) S/N Forest Policies Purpose 1. Forest Act , 2015 The act gives the district the guide of forest licences , establishment of community forest group, and ensure community participation in management of forestry resources 2. National Forestry Policy of 2014 To ensure protection of the environment and sustainable development, management and utilization of natural resources for the benefit of the present and future generations. 3. National Climate Change Policy Provision of adaptation and mitigation measures such as tree planting and beekeeping activities targeted at minimising the impact of climate change in the district. Source: Ministry of Green Economy and Environment

2.2.11.2 Description of the Existing State Of Development 2.2.11.2.1 Availability of Service 2.2.11.2.1.1 Gazetted Forest Areas The district manages ten (10) protected forest areas with a total hectarage of 69,219.00 covering 12.7% of the total land area of the district. These forests are all encroached and degraded to different levels. Due to non-availability of funds the department has not been able to carry out ecological monitoring and forest condition assessments. However, at national level Zambia is losing about 300,000 hectares of forests per annum (ILUA report 2014) the main tree species are Brachystegia –Julbernardia (miombo). The tables below show the protected forest areas Page 154 of 356 Name Of Forest Category P.No Sg No Si. No Size In Status Ward Reserve Ha Kalambo National P1 202/4 Gn.66/43 518 Intact Kalambo Chambeshi National P.150 214/63 Si.312/63 19,303 Heavily Nsunzu Encroached For Illegal Settlements And Agricultural Purposes Lungu National P.51 96/1 Si.40/64 18,939 Heavily Kalambo Encroached Both Illegal Settlement And Agricultural Purposes Lunzua National P.50 98/1 Si.40/60 22,986 Heavily Mwambezi Encroached For Agricultural Purposes Lunzua National P.136 356/1 Si.41/73 1,785 Heavily Mwambezi Extension Encroached For Agricultural Purpose Kasisi Gorge National P.86 396/1 Si.145/78 88 Heavily Nsunzu Encroached For Agricultural Purposes Mbala Local P.44 94/1 Si.107/78 1,800h Heavily Kazimolwa Encroached For Agricultural Purposes Chila Local P.76 288/1 Si.53/70 2,030 Heavily Motomoto Encroached For Both Settlement And Agricultural Purposes Page 155 of 356 Samfu Local P.59 106/1 Si.140/70 6,236 Heavily Intala Encroached For Agricultural Purposes Total 10 69219153 Source: Forestry Department Mbala 2.2.11.2.1.2 Community Forest Management Area (CFMA) The District has two (2) community management areas, Kulolwa community forest management group (KCFMG) and Londe community forest management Group (LCFMG). Kulolwa community forestry management group has formal agreement in place with the forestry department. Londe community forest management group has reached recognition stage boundaries of the forest area are clearly defined and mapped. Community Forestry Management Area S/N Name Of Community Number Of No.Ha Ward Stage Forest Community Forest Management Area 1 Kulolwa 1800 Intala Implementation Of Forest Management Plan 2 Londe 2000 Motomoto Recognition Stage Source: Mbala Forestry Department Page 156 of 356 Forest Reserves in Mbala District Source: Mbala Municipal Council Planning Department Ungazetted Forests These are forests which are in open areas and fall under customary land and the Local Authority called Trust and State Land (Trust land - Under Chiefs, State Land – under the Council). Plantation The district has one established plantation inside Chila Local Forest with a total area of 2002 hectares for plantation expansion. From the 2002 hectares, only 2 hectares is currently stocked with Eucalyptus species regrowth .The Plantation is located along Zombe road approximately 2 km from Mbala Town. The name of the plantation is called Chila and there are two old departmental houses. These structures are in a deplorable condition. However, the two houses are occupied by one retired General Workers who was stationed at the plantation. The threats on forests in the District range from deforestation, unsustainable charcoal production, unsustainable farming practices, illegal timber harvesting and encroachment in the protected areas. Government expectations are to enhance efforts in coordinating sustainable environmental management programmes in mitigating the environmental challenges. Page 157 of 356 Beekeeping Enterprise The district has seven (07) beekeeping groups established and trained in modern beekeeping techniques in four (4) wards of the district supported by Tralard project (Transforming Landscapes for Resilience and Development). Table showing existing beekeeping groups in the district: S/N Name of Status Business activities Organization Ward Beekeeping Group supporting the group 01 Kamwazwilizye Registered Able to process, Tralard Intala package and sale 02 Ntulo Registered Able to process, Tralard Mwambezi package and sale 03 Lutundu Registered Able to harvest and Tralard Lwandi process 04 Saise Registered Able to produce , Tralard Moto moto process , package and sale 05 Mushili women Registered Able to produce, Tralard Kalambo process, package and sale 06 Uningi Registered Able to hang , crop, Tralard Nsunzu package and sale 07 New Lukundo Registered Able to hang, crop, Tralard Nsunzu women package and sale Source: Forestry Department Mbala

2.2.11.3 Description of the Existing State of Development 2.2.11.3.1 Quality of Service Including Key Indicators of Performance Staffing Levels There is serious need to recruit forestry staff for effective management of the forest estate in the district Sn Position Number Available Staff Deficit Required (Standard) 1 District Forestry Officer 1 0 1 Page 158 of 356 2 Senior Forestry Technologist 1 1 0 Forestry Technologists 1 1 0 3 Forestry Technician 4 0 4 4 Forestry Range Guard 2 1 1 5 Office Orderly 1 0 1 6 General Worker – Nursery 1 0 1 7 Guard 1 0 1 Total 11 2 9 Source: Forestry Department Mbala 2.2.11.3.2 Quality of Service Including Key Indicators of Performance Table: showing issues arising from public participation process Name Of The Sector Issues Forestry ● Inadequate Forest Conservation Programme ● High Rate Of Deforestation ● Inadequate Transport ● Low Staffing Levels ● Lack Of Office Block ● Inadequate Restoration Of Degraded Areas ● Inadequate Community Tree Nurseries ● Increased Encroachment

2.2.11.4 Impact of Changes Anticipated Over the Next Ten Years The population projection for the next 10 years shows that the population for Mbala District 2033 will be 228, 510. In terms of surface area, Mbala is 3,346.3 km and has a population density of 49.8km, while in 2033 the population density will be 68.8/km. The average temperatures in Mbala are projected to increase, while rainfall patterns will become more unpredictable. This is expected to lead to more frequent and severe flush floods and storms in some parts of the district. These changes will exacerbate water scarcity and stress in agricultural crops. There will be increased demand for both timber and charcoal will lead to more trees being cut down, resulting in forest cover loss and reduced biodiversity. In addition, managing forest Page 159 of 356 resources sustainably will become more challenging, requiring effective policies and practices to balance economic development and conservation goals. The natural environment, including forest and biodiversity, will also experience stress. Changes in climate will lead to shifts in species distributions and vulnerability which are already under pressure from human activities such as deforestation. The agricultural sector will be severely impacted such that the district will experience substantial reduction in crop yields such as maize and beans. This will threaten food security and livelihoods The growing population in the district will drive increased demand for forest products such as timber, charcoal, honey, poles and wild fruits over the next decade, this rise in demand will coincides with Challenges like widespread charcoal burning, human activity leading to wildfires and deforestation near ecological sensitive areas. The housing and construction will continue to be a major driver of wood products demand, this increase in residential construction will continue to consume more wood per household.

2.2.11.5 Environment and Climate Change Analysis 2.2.11.5.1 The Impact of Existing Trends on the Environment and Climate Change The IDP area falls under agro ecological zone III with annual rainfall ranging from 1000- 1500mm. Agriculture expansion has negative impacts on the environment; the most prominent negative impact has been the conversion of forests and grasslands for agricultural use. This results in a high deforested area and has an overall impact on the rainfall pattern. In the process of clearing land for farming, huge tracts of forests are cut and burnt resulting in death of small and large organisms. Most of the organisms denatured are those that are found in the decomposition biomass and nitrogen fixing in the soil (eg bacteria) Urbanization and infrastructure development: the urban expansion and infrastructure development will alter the natural landscape, leading to habitat loss and disruption of ecosystem Page 160 of 356 Water resources changes in land use and deforestation will affect water availability, quality and hydrological cycles, alterations in water cycles due to land use changes will exacerbate water scarcity or flooding events in some parts of the district. In the planning areas, most farmers do not practise crop rotation as a way of fertility retention but prefer to practise shifting cultivation when a piece of land has been deemed infertile infertility due to continued usage over the years, leaving the said piece land bare and inactive.. This practice not only disturbs the local biome but can cause the land to become susceptible to erosion, land degradation, landslides due to loose soils as soils are displaced by tree cutting and floods. The planning area on average receive normal to above normal rainfall (1000mm to 1500mm) and this has resulted in low crop yields for crops such as maize and soya beans especially in the valley areas due to flooding Deforestation has continued to mount pressure on the environment due to high demand for land for agriculture. On the other hand Tomato and coffee commercial farmers cultivate over hectares of land, this has brought about more pressure on the environment due to high demand for strands and wood fuel which is used in curing of coffee. This has resulted in high levels of deforestation in the area. 2.2.11.5.2 The Impact of Environmental and Climate Change Issues on the Sector Name Of The Sector Impacts Forestry Increased Frequency And Intensity Of Extreme Weather Events, Climate Change Will Lead To More Frequent And Severe Flush Floods And Storms Which Will Increase Tree Mortality And Disrupt Ecosystem Function. Climate Change Will Affect The Availability And Quality Of Forest Products Such As Timber, Fuel Wood, And Non Wood Forest Products Such Mushroom, Caterpillar And Wild Fruits Influencing Livelihoods Dependant On Forest Resources Source: Forestry Department Mbala. Page 161 of 356 Forestry sector in the district provides a range of services: i. Forest Management: Practices aimed at maintaining healthy forests, including reforestation, forest protection and management. ii. Ecosystem Service: Forests contribute to biodiversity conservation, carbon sequestration, water regulation and soil protection. iii. Recreation: Forests are often used for tourism, camping and outdoor activities iv. Forest Rehabilitation and Restoration: initiating projects that will rehabilitate degraded forest areas and restore ecosystem functions. v. Wildlife Conservation: protecting and conserving wildlife habitat within the forests including endangered species vi. Forest Protection: implementing fire prevention measures and managing forest fires to minimise damage and protect forest ecosystems Environmental Sustainability Core Issues Cause Effects Increased  Slash And Burn Agriculture  Climate Change Deforestation Techniques (Chitemene  Desertification System)  Soil Erosion  Charcoal Production  Disruption Of Water Cycles  Infrastructure Development  Loss Of Medicinal Resources (Urbanisation)  Social Conflicts  Unsustainable Harvesting  Increase In Greenhouse Gases Methods Of Non-Wood Forest In The Atmosphere Products  Loss Of Food And Habitat For  Expansion Of Agricultural Animals Which Leads To Land Extinction  Infrastructure Projects  Loss Of Biodiversity  Wildfires  Disruption Of The Water Cycle  Increase In Air Pollution  Landslides Forest  Population Growth And Land  Climate Change Encroachment Pressure  Environmental Hazards  Lack Of Fertile Land  Biodiversity Decline Page 162 of 356  High Poverty Levels  Reduced Ecosystem Services  Infrastructure Development (Regulatory, Provisional,  Illegal Logging And Timber Supportive And Cultural Extraction Services)  Extinction Of Endemic Species  Loss Of Animal Habitats  Increased Carbon Emissions  Loss Of Cultural And Social Economic Values  Loss Of Resilience To Climate Change Lack Of Forest  Lack Of Funding  Un Effective Management Of Management Plan Forest Estates  Un Sustainable Harvest Of Forestry Produce  Increased Illegal Trafficking Of Forestry Produce  Loss Of Forest Cover Inadequate  Failure By The Ministry To  Inefficiencies In Service Transport Purchase Vehicles Delivery Source: Forestry Department Mbala

2.2.12 SECTOR: TRANSPORT, COMMUNICATION AND ENERGY This provides a concise analysis of Transport, Communication and Energy.

2.2.12.1 Description of the existing state of development The foundation for Zambia's involvement in the international economy was established by the National Information and Communication Technology (ICT) Policy of 2006. As a result, sector institutions will use the national Information and Communication Technology (ICT) policy as a guide when creating sector-specific Information and Communication Technology plans and policies that will permit the use of Information and Communication Technologies in their various projects and programs. This has implications for the Integrated Development Plan (IDP). The 2019 National Transport Policy seeks to strengthen the transportation sector's position as Page 163 of 356 a catalyst for the social and economic advancement of both the public and private sectors. As a result, the Integrated Development Plan will support participation of both public and private sectors in the development of sustainable transportation networks in the district and its surrounding areas. 2.2.12.1.1 Availability of Service i. Transport The public road network is divided into three categories, which are main roads, feeder roads, and district roads. The public road network is maintained by the Local Authority (LA) and Road development Agency (RDA). The 650 km of paved and unpaved roads in the Mbala District Road Network include bridges and culverts. About 80%t of the road network is unpaved, while 20% of it is paved (see Table below). Unfortunately, certain sections of the roads are subpar especially on river and stream crossings. Table 8: Main and Secondary Roads in the District Road No. Road Name Length Standard (Km) RD4 U6-7 -Kawimbe - kazimowla 61 Gravel RD5 Kawimbe 20 Gravel RD6 Kawimbe – lumi border 14 Gravel RD15 Kalambo 35 Gravel RD16 Chipoka-chisafwa 23 Gravel RD437 Kasende -kaseshya 13 Gravel RD438(a) Cairo road 3 Gravel RD438(b) Chulungoma 4.6 Gravel R47 President avenue 15.5 Bituminous R56 Mbala – Mpulungu 13.1 Bituminous R57 Lungu avenue 0.4 Gravel R59(NS) Market road 5.0 Bituminous R60(NS) Kampompo 9.6 Bituminous R61* Little Poland 0.8 Bituminous R62 Fra road 9.2 bituminous Page 164 of 356 U2 Nakonde road 80 Bituminous U3 Allan Chelemu 4.3 Bituminous U8* Chalele-Chalele 11.0 Gravel Road Partly Total Feeder Road Length 224.6 Gravel/Bituminous Surveyed **GRNS Source: Mbala Municipal Council Engineering Department (2024) Figure below shows some of the roads in Mbala District. The district has a few tarred roads in the township area, while the rest of the district has gravel roads. Despite some of the gravel roads being up to gravel standard, there’s need to upgrade most of the roads especially in the rural areas of the district to bituminous standard because they serve as transportation routes for agricultural produce. A good road network will contribute to the economic growth of the district. Figure 14: Road Network in Mbala District Source: Source: Mbala Municipal Council Planning Department (2023) Page 165 of 356 iii. Communication Effective communication is pivotal for the development of any district. The Zambia Postal Services (ZamPost), located in the Mbala town centre, provides postal services in Mbala District. The district benefits from seven (7) communication towers managed by Infratel Corporation Limited, facilitating mobile services. However, coverage still needs to be improved in some areas due to a lack of essential infrastructure. The district is serviced by three mobile network providers which are Airtel, MTN, and Zamtel offering telecommunication, internet, and mobile money services. Nonetheless, certain regions still experience inconsistent or non-existent mobile network coverage. Reliable network coverage is essential for economic growth as it attracts investors who favour regions with robust connectivity. The map below shows the coverage of mobile networks in Mbala district. Figure 15: Mobile Network Coverage Source: Mbala Municipal Council Planning Department (2024) Page 166 of 356 Additionally, the district experiences intermittent radio signals from the Zambia national broadcasting corporation (ZNBC) and Radio. However, Mbala has one community radio station whose signal primarily covers the all Mbala constituency. Reliable network coverage is crucial for economic growth, as it attracts investors who prefer areas with strong connectivity. iv. Energy Energy is a critical input in the socio-economic development of the Mbala district and the country at large. Mbala District is endowed with a range of renewable energy sources such as sunlight for solar energy and wind energy production due to its geographical position. In Mbala district, the primary energy sources are the national electricity grid, solar energy, charcoal, wood, and biogas. According to available data, 30% of households are connected to the national electricity grid, while 70% rely on solar energy. Additionally, 50% of households utilize charcoal and wood as their energy sources. Although biogas is the least utilized, with only 0.1% of households using it, there is a gradual increase in its adoption for cooking purposes. Charcoal is the most widely used energy source due to its affordability compared to alternatives like solar power and national electricity grids. However, its production is discouraged because it is environmentally harmful; it contributes to air pollution and deforestation, which can ultimately disrupt precipitation patterns and exacerbate global warming 2.2.12.1.2 Quality of Service Including Key Indicators of Performance i. Transport Peri-urban roads span a total of 322.5km, with 137.5km of these roads being bituminous and 185 km being gravel roads as shown in table below; Road No. Road Name Length Standard (Km) RD4 U6-7 - Kawimbe - 61 Gravel Kazimowla Page 167 of 356 RD5 Kawimbe 20 Gravel RD6 Kawimbe – Lumi border 14 Gravel RD14 Zombe road Gravel RD15 Kalambo 35 Gravel RD16 Chipoka - Chisafwa 23 Gravel RD437 Kasende -Kaseshya Gravel RD438(a) Cairo road 3 Gravel RD438(b) Chulungoma 4.6 Gravel R47 President Avenue 15.5 Bituminous R56 Mbala – Mpulungu 13.1 Bituminous R57 Lungu Avenue 0.4 Gravel R59(NS) Market road 5.0 Bituminous R60(NS) Kampompo 9.6 Bituminous R61* Little Poland 50.0 Bituminous R62 Food Reserve Agency road 9.2 bituminous U2 Nakonde road 14.7 Gravel U3 Allan chelem 4.3 Bituminous Page 168 of 356 U8* Chalele-Chalele 11.0 Gravel Road Partly Total Feeder Road Length 330 Gravel/Bituminou Surveyed s **GRNS Source: Mbala Municipal Council Engineering Department (2024) The Mbala District is a beneficiary of the Mbala-Kasama, Mbala-Mpulungu, and Mbala- Nakonde bituminous roads, with 20% of the total stretch in poor condition and 80% in good condition. a. Feeder Roads The significance of feeder roads cannot be overstated, as they serve as essential connectors between farmers and markets. These roads facilitate the transportation of agricultural produce, making the process much easier for farmers. b. Road Maintenance Ongoing road construction projects include building, grading, contouring, and camber restoration using locally sourced materials and funding from the Community Development Fund (CDF). Currently, primarily residential roads especially in rural areas are being constructed. However, the progress of these projects is significantly hindered by a lack of financing, equipment, and labour. c. Bus Stations Mbala District has limited, but essential public transport infrastructure consisting of one main bus station located at town centre and one bus stop located at Mbulu market for local and out of district movements. These facilities play a crucial role in providing connectivity for residents, supporting access to essential services, and facilitating regional movement. ii.Communication The district's youth now have more job options due to the communication companies' provision of mobile money services, which also made it simpler for people to send and receive money and pay for power bills and other utility bills. Saving money has also become easier for those Page 169 of 356 working in the unorganised sector since the introduction of mobile money services. However, provision of the mobile money services has brought about challenges for the district. This is because the spaces designated for commercial ventures such as the booths are only in the planned areas of Mbala district and these areas are not fully serviced. These ventures are currently common in the urban space, and they are mainly taking place on road reserves which are meant for future road expansions. There are over 1000 booths in the district, most of which are located on the frontages of most markets and shops. This has negatively affected the aesthetics of the district and contributed to the generation of waste. The Zambia National Broadcasting Corporation (ZNBC) provides digital television transmission services and radio services in the district. Other digital television services exist via private providers such as Multichoice Zambia Limited, Topstar Zambia, and Muvi Television. The district currently has no television station; however, it is served by one community radio station that plays an essential role in local communication and information dissemination. This radio station provides a valuable platform for sharing news, educational programs, and community updates, thereby supporting community engagement and access to information. Largely, the fast-growing nature of the district requires a corresponding increase for telecommunication infrastructure investments to fill the gaps in places without network coverage and to serve the growing population. This also applies to both mobile phone network and internet access and this will need a reciprocal increase in investment in communication infrastructure to fill the gaps in places without network coverage as well as to service the growing population. iii. Energy Over the past few months, Mbala district has experienced power outages and regular interruptions in the service due to load management. Measures to curb this crisis have been put in place by different consumers. Alternative sources of energy such as solar energy, gas, wood and charcoal have been used. Wood and charcoal, however, contribute to adverse impacts on the natural environment such as climate change and air pollution due to large numbers of trees being cut and burnt to meet the ever-rising demand. Page 170 of 356 Under rural electrification, over 100 households are connected to electricity in Masamba, Kaziwe and Kalwanga Villages. When compared to their targets, Rural Electrification Authority (REA) did not achieve its targets due to limited private sector participation in the sector and inadequate funding to achieve the set targets. This scenario demands for increased funding in this sector to increase access and use of clean energy in the district. The district is connected to the National Grid and the major player in this Energy sector is ZESCO Limited. However, ZESCO’s supply does not cover the entire district, and this issue is compounded by the fact that the Rural Electrification Authority (REA) does not connect to areas in the district which are outside forty-five km radius from the National Grid. The following are the major sources of energy: Table 13: Major Sources of Energy Source of Energy % of Households Utilising Energy National Grid Electricity 40% Solar Energy 30% Charcoal and Wood 50% Gas/other sources 10% Source: Mbala Zambia Electric Supply Company (2024) Page 171 of 356 Table 14: ZESCO coverage disaggregated by Residential. Category of Connection Planned/ Projected Actual Residential 4000 2656 Source: Mbala Zambia Electric Supply Company (2024) During the period from 2015 to 2021, ZESCO had a project to connect 4000 households. Of the 4000 residential households, 2656 households were connected to the national electricity grid, accounting for 10% of the total number of households in the district. The district has a connection backlog of about 300 paid-up customers. The target on residential connections was not achieved due to operational constraints. Connections by Rural Electrification Authority In order to accelerate electricity access in rural areas, the Rural Electrification Authority (REA) was established through the enactment of the Rural Electrification Act No. 20 of 2003. Rural Electrification Authority’s mandate is to provide electricity infrastructure to the rural areas of Zambia using appropriate technologies. Mbala has a number of rural areas that remain unconnected to electricity. Table below shows the areas in which some households were connected by REA. Table 15: REA Connectivity Status Area Projected/Planned Actual Connections Connections Masamba 250 52 Iyanda 80 25 Page 172 of 356 Kaziwe 90 15 Kalwanga 150 61 Total 570 153 Source: Mbala Zambia Electric Supply Company, Mbala (2024) The One Hundred and Fifty-Three households connected to electricity by Rural Electrification Authority (REA) account for 26% of the total households in the district. The Authority’s failure to meet their set targets is attributed to inadequate sensitization to people of these areas and no mechanism to coordinate players in rural electrification. The Authority is further faced with inadequate funding to fulfil its mandate.

2.2.12.2 Impact of Changes Anticipated Over the Next Ten Years 2.2.12.2.1 Population Change – Future Demand for Services and Facilities a. Transport As the district's population continues to grow, the demand for transport networks similarly increases. It is essential that mobility solutions evolve to accommodate the shifting patterns of movement, which are largely influenced by demographic trends such as urbanization and an aging population. To effectively address these changes, substantial investments in new and enhanced transport services and infrastructure will be required. b. Communication Modes of communication are also rapidly modernising in tandem with population growth and technological advancements. However, rural areas in Mbala District still lack basic communication infrastructure and services, even in spite of the rising demand for communication services like mobile networks. Demand will outstrip supply if the gap is not closed as the population continues to grow and more individuals switch to new forms of communication as literacy and exposure to new trends increases. Page 173 of 356 c. Energy Energy sector plays a critical role in the economic development of all sectors in Mbala District. The population in the district is projected to be 218,154 by the year 2033. This will result in the increase in the demand for electricity and natural resources such as wood fuel. The peri-urban part of the district is expected to have higher population densities as compared to the rural areas; the major contributing factors to this change are rural- urban drift; people moving from rural areas to peri-urban areas in search of employment opportunities and an increase in the number of births. With the expected growth, the current deficit in household connectivity is likely to put pressure on the sector in the coming years and ZESCO may not be able to keep up with the pace at which the district population and demand for electricity is increasing if considerable investment is not pumped into the sector. Currently, the majority of the district’s rural population are heavily dependent on wood and charcoal for cooking and candles or paraffin lamps for lighting during night. This over dependence on forests is expected to worsen by the year 2033, as the resource is likely to be exploited to levels where rainfall patterns are affected. The rate at which trees are being cut in most rural areas, in a quest to cushion the ever- increasing demand for charcoal and wood is very alarming.

2.2.12.2 Existing and Proposed Investment and Development Programmes i. Transport Existing Investments Proposed investments Kawimbe Kamuzwazi Grading and gravel compaction Roads Source: Mbala Municipal Council Engineering Department (2024) Page 174 of 356 ii. Communication Existing investments Proposed investments Nil Improve communication by providing more communication towers to areas which are not covered with network Source: Mbala Municipal Council Engineering Department (2024 iii. Energy Existing Proposed Investments Investments Rural Electrification Connecting of Masamba, Iyanda and Kalekwa Authority Source: Mbala Zambia Electric Supply Company, Mbala (2024)

2.2.12.3 The Impact of the Continuation of Existing Trends on Land Use and Population Distribution Patterns i. Transport Urbanisation is inevitable due to population growth, which will represent urban land use in terms of the location and spatial accumulation of activities like management, retail, manufacturing, and residential living that create flows that are supported by the transportation system. Because urban activities are local and interactive, land use and transportation are therefore intertwined. Since the majority of residents' activities depend on traffic accessibility, which is crucial for population aggregation, land use of transport is expected to be the most important factor influencing the pattern of population distribution. ii. Communication The distribution of the population helps us comprehend people's patterns of activity and the liveliness of cities. Improving urban spatial organisation requires an understanding Page 175 of 356 of the link between land use and population density. Since communication and transportation are closely related, it is expected that urbanising areas will have better access to communication services and infrastructure than places with inadequate transportation networks. iii. Energy The population of Mbala District is growing at relatively 0.35% and the district is predominantly rural with some growth points showing signs of urbanizing in the next 10 years. As population increases, the population density grows and the higher the population density, the higher the environmental concerns in poor rural districts like Mbala. This is because the majority of the population depend on direct exploitation of natural resources for their livelihood. Hence as population increases, there is an anticipated increasing demand for natural resources such as wood fuel for energy needs because wood fuel is cheap and readily available. There will be a need for investing in clean but cheap energy that should be easily accessed in order to avert the pending environmental degradation.

2.2.12.4 Environment and Climate Change Analysis 2.2.12.4.1 The Impact of Existing Trends on the Environment and Climate Change i. Transport Transpiration will eventually suffer as a result of the district's ongoing road construction, widening, and opening of new roads, which will clear vegetation. Droughts and less precipitation will result from this. Thus, climate change and its effects on the environment. Additionally, the ongoing removal of natural vegetation in the name of better mobility will cause soil erosion, which will ultimately lower the fertility of the soils in the places where these improvements are being made. This suggests that future vegetation growth in such locations will be slowed down. Page 176 of 356 Source: Mbala Municipal Council Planning Department (2024) ii. Communication Building towers and other communication infrastructure will have a detrimental effect on the ecosystem and ultimately the district's climate. This is due to the fact that the development project will necessitate clearing the site of plants and trees. The pattern of rainfall changes as a result of vegetation clearing. iii. Energy One of the major sources of energy in Mbala District is charcoal. Charcoal burning leads to deforestation and this affects the rate and levels of transpiration. This eventually affects the rainfall pattern and eventually leads to climate change. Furthermore, the energy sector is in effect the largest emitter of greenhouse gases such as carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide into the atmosphere that when they react with rainwater in the atmosphere, it results in acidic rain which eventually negatively affects the natural environment. Page 177 of 356 2.2.12.4.2 The Impact of Environmental and Climate Change Issues on the Sector i. Transport The transportation industry, which includes air, sea, rail, and road transportation, is a vital and essential business enabler. It depends on substantial infrastructure and serves as the foundation for almost every other sector. Infrastructure related to transportation is susceptible to the effects of climate change, especially intense rainfall. ii. Communication Climate change may have an effect on information and communications technology by raising operating and maintenance expenses, weakening and degrading wireless signals, and overheating data centres, exchanges, and base stations. The aforementioned effects of climate change on the ICT industry may lead to changes in service availability and quality, infrastructure deterioration, and service disruption. These effects have the potential to erode social cohesion, emergency response, and economic activity. iii. Energy Climate change presents increasing challenges for energy production and transmission. A progressive temperature increase will positively impact on the production of solar energy, and high precipitation leads to the increase in the water levels in the water bodies resulting in increased production of hydroelectric power. On the other hand, extreme weather events and changing precipitation patterns will negatively affect energy production and delivery as low precipitation may result in reduced hydroelectric power production and cloud cover during the rainy season leads to reduced production of solar energy. Summary (for each sector/thematic area) Transport The primary issues seen in the transportation sector are as follows: i. Road infrastructure in both urban and rural areas is in poor condition, and trucks are parked carelessly. ii. Insufficient airstrip space to support air travel. iii. Insufficient bike and pedestrian lanes to lower the number of traffic accidents. Page 178 of 356 Energy The following are the core problems of the energy sector; i. Inadequate electricity provision. ii. Deforestation iii. Inadequate evacuation lines iv. Climate change Consideration of the Underlying Factors Contributing to the Issues Identified. Table 16: Problem Tree Transport and Communication Thematic Core Issue Causes Effects Area Transport Poor Road · Lack of · Dilapidated Network Maintenance Roads · Lack of Funds · High Cost in to Construct Transport or to Rehabilitate · Difficulties to the Roads Access the Markets · Lack Equipment · Difficulties Access the · Wash ways Health Facilities · Difficulties To Access Education Facilities Communicati Poor · Inadequate · Delay in on Communicatio Communicati Information n Network on Towers and Exchange Receiver Signals Page 179 of 356 · Poor Receiver Signals Energy Limited · Lack of Capital · Delays in doing Connection To Investment business The National Grid · Erratic Funding · Poor security of Operations as the district lacks street · Inadequate lighting Funding of Operations · Poor production of · Lack of goods and evacuation services system

2.2.13 SECTOR: SECURITY (ZAMBIA POLICE) 2.2.12.13.1 Key Government Priorities Being and to Be Implemented at the Local Level (Review of Policies and Plans) Government Policies, Law and Framework S/N POLICY PRIORITIES 1. Penal Code A code of laws concerning crime and their punishment 2. Service Instructions Outlines the offences and sentences of offenders when brought to book 3. Service Standing Orders It gives guide on how officers should conduct themselves in line with discipline and police work

2.2.13.2 Description of the Existing State Of Development The security wing of the Zambia Police Service promotes law and order in the district. It supports victims of gender-based violence and human rights through community-based initiatives. It ensures accessibility and credibility, providing a stable framework for justice that benefits society. By applying the law fairly, the Service fosters an environment for economic development and good governance, ensuring peace and security for all, regardless of gender. 2.2.13.2.1 Availability of Service Page 180 of 356 Mbala Police Station is currently operational and is supported by three community police posts: Maround Police Post, which has four housing units; Senga Police Post, which was recently opened despite having substandard infrastructure and operates under Mbala Police Station; and Zombe Border Police Post, which is not operational due to a lack of infrastructure. Additionally, the service acquired a plot at the Council for the construction of a new police camp. 2.2.13.2.2 Quality of Service Including Key Indicators of Performance Zambia Police Service is there to provide security, preserve life and bring offenders to book but this objective is not being fulfilled up to standard because of lack of staff accommodation. Most of the Officers do not reside in the camp due to dilapidated infrastructure which is a danger and health hazard to officers and their families. Mbala Police Station has two holding cells for male suspects and one is currently used as a female cell. There is no cell for juveniles, forcing the officers to keep juvenile offenders in the same cell for male suspects which is inappropriate. Further, Mbala Police Station was built a long time ago, this has led to consistent blockage of sewer system and lack of water supply at the facility including the holding cells and poses a health hazard to the officers and suspects. The Station has a reliable vehicle (Land Cruiser) that was bought under CDF, however, the station still faces transport challenges to effectively manage the district and following up the cases for Maround Police Post which is a challenge especially when more than one case has been reported at the station hence Maround need transport to be specifically stationed there for quick response to emergencies and dealing of crimes before suspects escapes and evidence are tempered at the scene. Zombe Police Post is not in operation due to lack of infrastructure making the area very porous and risky which needs the presence of the police. Types of crime with rating by the district No Type Mbala Maround Zombe police police border station post police post 1 Murder rate Average Low Low 2 Assault rate High High High 3 Robbery rate Average Average Average Page 181 of 356 4 Property-related crime Low Low High rate 5 Sexual offences rate High High Average 6 Public/collective Low Low Low violence rate Source: Zambia Police, Mbala (2024) There is an on-going challenge of increasing levels of crime and violence in the District. This is caused by high levels of illiteracy, social, and economic inequality. Although crime rates in Mbala sometimes are high and sometimes it is low, statistics of crime data shows that reported crime rates in the district have been increasing since 2021 to date (2024). This has become main concern for residents Staffing Level Analysis Staffing Male Female Total Shortfall Mbala Police 31 10 50 39 Station Maround Police 3 1 4 10 Post Zombe Border NIL NIL NIL 12 Police Post TOTAL 34 11 54 61 Existing Investment Future Investment Programmes Comments Programs 1 Main Police Station Extension of Police Cells for Juvenile and Females Need To Have Juvenile and Females Their Separate Cells Mbala Police Plot Construction of New Police Camp Need New Housing Units for Officers for Easy and Quick Response to Emergencies Sewer System at the Main New Sewer System and Water Maintenance of Old Sewer System for Station Sanitation Easy Accessibility of Water Supply in the Cells 1 C.D.F Land Cruiser 3 Land Cruisers Maround Police Post Need Stationed Vehicle to Respond Quickly When Emergency Arises and Also One for Zombe Border Police Post When It Will Be In Operational 2 Police Posts 3 Police Posts Construction of Infrastructure at Zombe Border Police Post for It to Be Operational 1 unfinished C.D.F Ablution Completion of C.D.F Ablution Completion of C.D.F Ablution Block Block Block at the Main Station for Members of the Public Who Comes At the Station to File Complaints Source: Zambia Police, Mbala (2024 Page 182 of 356

2.2.13.3 Environment and Climate Change Analysis The Impact of Existing Trends on the Environment and Climate Change The environmental and climate change has a negative impact on the service delivery as some roads in certain localities become almost impassable. Hence, case follow ups become a challenge as a result, justice is denied to members of the communities indirectly. Consideration of the Underlying Factors Contributing To the Issues Identified Mbala Police Station Core Issues Causes Effect High Gender Based -Alcohol abuse -Loss of lives Violence -Marital disputes -Loss of property -Traditional practices -High divorce rates -Early marriages -Trauma Inadequate motorised -Lack of transport to cater the entire -High crime rate patrols areas of the district High crime rate -Absence of Police presence in -Vandalism police posts which are not yet -Violence operational -Sexual abuse/GBV -Drug and alcohol abuse -Inadequate sensitization Absence of Police Officers -Incomplete and inadequate -Increased crime rate in Police Posts which are infrastructure -Unreported and late reporting of crimes not in operation. -Delayed justice -Unattended to crimes scenes -Disturbance of evidence -Inadequate Police patrols

2.2.14 LAND ADMINISTRATION AND STATE OF DEVELOPMENT LAND USE PLANNING

2.2.14.1 Key Government Priorities being and to be Implemented at a Local Level (Review of Policies and Plans) Land in Zambia is regulated by several pieces of legislation including the Constitution and each of them provide for different elements of land governance. The following Acts and Policy provided the basis for land administration: Constitution of Zambia, No 2 of 2026 provides for principles of land governance and administration Land Act (2019) provides a framework for the regulation and governance of land administration. The land Act vests all land in the President, and explicitly recognizes both Page 183 of 356 leasehold tenure and Customary. Lands Acquisition Act (Cap 189) makes provision for the compulsory acquisition of land and other property and compensation. Urban and Regional Planning Act, No. 3 of 2015 provides for Development, Planning and administration principles, standards and requirements for Urban and Regional Planning process and systems. National Lands Policy provides for the administration and the management of the land resource for the benefit of present and future generations; it further gives a comprehensive framework that guides on how land should be administered and managed.

2.2.14.2 Description of the Existing State of Development 2.2.14.2.1 Availability of Service The district has been planned for different land uses in order to provide services suitable to residents of the district and make it a liveable place for all. Mbala District has a total surface area of approximately 10,832 Km2 while the Council Planned area (state land) has a surface area of approximately 21.61 Km2 Much of this land has been taken up by various land uses such as residential, commercial, institutional and industrial. The table below gives details on the land use distribution. Table: Different land use types S/n Land Uses Area (square kilometre) 1 Commercial 0.4385 2 Open Space 0.06124 3 Institutional 0.305301 4 Industrial 0.116685 5 Residential 16.46 6 Forests Nil Page 184 of 356 8 Dumpsite 0.071269 9 Cemetery 0.6193 10 Special Use 3.4297 11 Place Of Worship 0.111738 Total 21.61 Km2 Mbala Municipal Council Planning Department (2024) From the above table it shows that residential land use is the highest land use for Mbala in comparison to special use which is in second place. Over the years, there will be a change in figures as special use will reduce to accommodate residential and supporting land uses. Land Tenure Systems All land in Zambia is vested in the President as provided for by the Constitution. Zambia has a dual land tenure system, namely Customary and Leasehold, with legal provisions in the 1995 Land Act. According to statistics available at independence, customary tenure covers 94% of land in Zambia, while approximately 6 per cent of land in Zambia is state land under leasehold tenure. The law also provides for conversion of customary land to State land. Customary land in Mbala is administered by the Chiefs using the customary laws and norms applicable to different jurisdictions and subject to Zambian laws and Natural justice. The Urban and Regional Planning Act, enacted in 2015, provides for development, physical planning and administration and is applicable in both state and customary land (Global land tool network, 2023). Mbala district comprises both Customary and leasehold tenure. Majority of the land in the district is under customary 10,810.39Km2 While state land which is the Council planned area measures approximately 21.61 Km2 the Local Authority has been given the mandate to allocate land to developers as well as conduct conversion of land tenure to leasehold tenure this is in accordance with Cabinet Circular 1 0f 2015. A certificate of title is issued by the Ministry of land which is valid for 99 years and can be renewed. Additionally, Mbala has over the years experienced unplanned settlements and the rampant illegal allocation of land have also contributed to un-coordinated developments in the District. Page 185 of 356 The local Authority Lacks land banks for expansion of the council planned area thus they need to Lobby for more land from Traditional leaders through Planning Agreement. Mbala Local Authority has been having land disputes over the state and chief boundaries for Chulungoma area located in Mbala district. This has resulted in uncoordinated spatial developments and land administration. Below is the table depicting the land tenure categories of Mbala District. S/N Land Tenure Category Size (Square Meters) 1 State Land 21.61 Km2 2 Customary 10,810.39Km2 Source: Mbala Municipal Council Planning Department (2024 2.2.14.2.2 Quality of Service Including Key Indicators of Performance The Local Authority’s responsibility under the planning department’s Physical Planning Section is to identify land for future developments. Creation of Lay-out Plans and allocation of parcels of land created. Mbala district has one Council planned area; it is in this regard that the Council has been in contact with the Traditional leaders to lobby for land to create another planned area. Page 186 of 356 The figure below shows the layout plan for Mbala Planned area Mbala Municipal Council Planning Department (2024) 2.2.14.2.3 Quality of Service Including Key Indicators of Performance There is a standardised service charter for effective service delivery to the public when accessing land administration services as well as other services. However, the planning department is understaffed thus making the quality of service delivery poor. The department is not properly equipped with transport thus affecting the delivery of service.

2.2.14.3 Impact of Changes Anticipated over the Next Ten Years 2.2.14.3.1 Population Change – Future Demand for Services and Facilities Mbala district is an urbanising district which has experienced an increase in population from 110,738 in 2010 to 161,595 in 2022 at an estimated annual growth rate of 3.2 per cent. This has led to an increase in demand for housing, as well as commercial development. This projected population growth will demand for provision of more services and these will require more land. There will be high demand for housing and there will be an increase in the number Page 187 of 356 and size of informal settlements. As a result of this there will be an increase in the demand for land especially in the Council Planned area. However, expansion of the current council planned area will be necessary through the engagement of traditional leaders in order to accommodate the growing population. This expansion of land development will lead to a growth of the local population. Population change will largely affect land use leading to converted housing, commercial and industrial uses in the district. The land use pattern will also be affected by the population growth as many developers would want to settle near the Central Business District for easy access to services as well as economic activities. During the period of the IDP there will be high demand for serviced land that is state and customary tenure. Existing and Proposed Investment and Development Programmes i. Upgrading of informal settlements. Mbala district has seen an increase in informal settlements due to the high demand for land; these include Maround area located in Ma round area of Mbala district. ii. The local Authority Lobbying for more land from the traditional leaders for future expansion of the Council planned area to accommodate the growing population. Thus there will be a need to enter into planning agreements. iii. Need to establish the Council boundary from the Chief boundary in Chulungoma area as well as carry out community sensitization on the acquisition of land in both State and Customary tenure. iv. Development of the Zombe Kasesha border will accommodate the growing population and expansion of economic activities. v. Servicing of plots in the planned area.

2.2.14.4 The Impact of the Continuation of Existing Trends on Land Use and Population Distribution Patterns The increased population will have an effect on how resources are managed and distributed in the district. The population growth will also affect the land use pattern available for agriculture, forest land cover etc. Page 188 of 356

2.2.14.5 Environment and Climate Change Analysis 2.2.14.5.1 The Impact of Existing Trends on the Environment and Climate Change The rapid increase of the population will put pressure on the natural environment. There will be increased deforestation, disposal of harmful waste to the environment, and loss of ecosystems that sustain the global atmosphere. 2.2.14.5.2 The Impact of Environmental and Climate Change Issues on the Sector 1. Loss of crop lands, forest lands for industrial expansion and extraction of minerals 2. Increasing impermeable surfaces meaning more flooding Summary 1. Encroachment of the planned area 2. Illegal acquisition of land in the planned area 3. Un-serviced plots in the Council planned area 4. Creation of Informal settlement Core Issues Causes Effect Encroachment of the Planned lack of sensitization undefined affects availability of land area planning boundary to the distorts the zoning of the area public No clear physical boundary Illegal acquisition of land in Inadequate transport loss of revenue for the council the planned area uncoordinated development Un-serviced plots in the -Scarce financial resources undeveloped plots Council planned area

2.2.14.6 PROGRAMME FOR THE PREPARATION OF LOCAL AREA PLANS AND OTHER DETAILED PLANNING ACTIVITIES Mbala Municipal Council has highlighted thirteen (13) existing areas in the district that require Local Area Plans (LAPs) to improve services and enhance the living conditions of the communities. These plans will concentrate on upgrading current settlements and enabling the development of new areas and access to formal services (Water, Sanitation, electricity and roads). Frequent development control measures will be enforced in all LAP zones to manage land use and control developments within the areas effectively. Page 189 of 356 Programme for Preparation of Local Area Plans S/N Name Of Area Planning Approach Tasks Involved Time 1 Ma round Settlement -Data collection 2025-2026 upgrading - Community and stakeholders consultation -Reporting 2 Overspill Settlement -Data collection 2025-2026 upgrading - Community and stakeholders consultation -Reporting 3 Zombe Border New Creation -Community and 2024 stakeholders Consultation -Data collection -Report Writing -resettlement 4 kaka Settlement -Community and 2025-2026 improvement Stakeholder Consultation -Planning Agreement -Data Collection -Report Writing 5 Chipoka Settlement Community and 2025-2026 improvement Stakeholder Consultation -Planning Agreement -Data Collection -Report Writing 6 Mwamba Settlement Community and 2025-2026 improvement Stakeholder Consultation -Planning Agreement -Data Collection -Report Writing 7 Kawimbe Settlement Community and improvement Stakeholder Consultation -Planning Agreement -Data Collection 2025-2026 -Report Writing 8 Masamba Settlement Community and 2025-2026 improvement Stakeholder Consultation -Planning Agreement -Data Collection -Report Writing 9 Kalwanga Settlement Community and 2025-2026 improvement Stakeholder Consultation -Planning Agreement -Data Collection -Report Writing Page 190 of 356 10 Kawama Settlement Community and 2025-2026 improvement Stakeholder Consultation -Planning Agreement -Data Collection -Report Writing 11 Mwenda Settlement Community and 2025-2026 improvement Stakeholder Consultation -Planning Agreement -Data Collection -Report Writing 12 Chimula Settlement Community and 2025-2026 improvement Stakeholder Consultation -Planning Agreement -Data Collection -Report Writing 13 Kamuzwazi Settlement Community and 2025-2026 improvement Stakeholder Consultation -Planning Agreement -Data Collection -Report Writing Source: Mbala Municipal Council Planning Department, 2023

2.2.15 SECTOR: CROSS CUTTING ISSUES Cross-cutting issues are topics that are identified as important and cut across most or all aspects of development. Mbala district is not exceptional to these issues. Currently Mbala district is facing some challenges such as high unemployment levels among the youth, high HIV incidental rate (4.1%) and low women representation in governance. In addition there is also the issue of stigma which the people living with disability are facing. In order to address some of these cross-cutting issues in the district, the following laws and policies are being used as guidelines to mitigate these challenges.

2.2.15.1 Key Government Priorities being and to be Implemented at a Local Level (Review of Policies and Plans) Table: 01 Government Policies And Laws S/N. Cross Cutting Policy Priorities issue 1. Gender ● National To incorporate a number of gender policy developments at national, regional 2000 and international levels such as global best gender practices; research findings, gender Page 191 of 356 disparities and gender based violence 2. HIV and AIDS ● Test and treat To have all people who are all policy or positive put on treatment the 90-90-90 strategy adopted in 2017 3. Disability ● Disability To have Persons with Disabilities policy in enjoying equal opportunities that Zambia are fundamental for living and policy 2012 development by 2030 4. Youths ● 2024 To recognize the substantial role National of national progress with Youth Policy emphasis on government’s dedication to address various youth-related issues Govt. Laws S/No. Cross Cutting Laws Priorities issue 1. Gender ● The Gender ● Mandates public and Equity and private bodies within their Equality Act ambit of responsibility to No. 22 of promote gender equity and 2015 equality in all spheres of ● Anti GBV life Act No. 1 of ● The Act provide for the 2011 protection of victims of gender based violence a 2. HIV and AIDS ● HIV and  Protect and promote the AIDS Act of rights of persons infected 2017 with and affected HIV and AIDS 3. Disability ● Zambia  To domesticate and Disability act implement the UN 0f 2012 Convention on Rights of Persons with Disabilities while repealing the1996 Persons with Disabilities act Source: Mbala District AIDS Coordination Advisor Office Page 192 of 356 Gender Mbala as a district has formulated a District Gender committee spearheaded by the District Administrative Office. It has a membership of 22 officers from line ministries, Non- Governmental organizations, Community based organizations and Faith based organizations Community Gender Analysis The table below highlights the gender analysis at ward level (WDCs): Table Community Gender Analysis S/N Ward Name No. Of Male No. Of Female Total Number 1 Kazimolwa 6 1 7 2 Intala 7 0 7 3 Mwambezi 7 0 7 4 Kalambo 8 0 8 5 Lwandi 8 0 8 6 Nsunzu 8 0 8 7 Moto- Moto 7 0 7 8 Kawimbe 6 1 7 9 Mwamba 8 0 8 Total 65 2 67 Source: Mbala District Health Office Note: From the table above, 98% represents men and 2% represents women. The data above shows that women in all the wards are underrepresented and this as explained by the members is attributed to women having to perform many household chores such as lack of information on leadership, to some extent fear to lead amongst the women and negative cultural norms. District Gender Analysis The table below shows the gender distribution at Mbala Municipal Council and it includes the devolved departments as well as the District Administration District Gender Analysis MBALA MUNICIPAL COUNCIL GENDER DISTRIBUTION Department Division Male Female Total Division 1 17 15 32 Division 2 19 8 27 Page 193 of 356 All departments for Division 3 33 14 47 Mbala municipal council DISTRICT ADMIN/DEVOLVED DEPARTMENTS District Administration 3 0 3 Ministry of Health 17 11 28 Community Development 3 2 5 Social welfare 2 2 4 Forestry 1 1 2 Buildings 1 0 1 Labour office 1 0 1 District Cooperatives and entrepreneurship Dev. 1 0 1 Officer DMMU 1 0 1 Agriculture 3 3 6 Fisheries and livestock 5 1 6 Ministry of Education 12 5 17 Ministry of Information (ZANIS) 3 0 3 TOTAL 122 62 184 Percentage % 66.3% 33.7% 100% Source: Mbala District AIDS Coordination Advisor Officer The gender percentage distribution of Mbala district shows that there are more males in formal employment at both management and other levels of decision making. This is evident from the tables above. Mbala District has one constituency which has 9 wards. The composition of leadership at council level is made of nine (9) male councillors and the Mayor who is also male. Zambia aims to attain its vision of integrating gender equity and equality in the socio-economic development processes by 2030. To support this vision, the district through the local authority has set up gender structures at both district and ward levels. Despite these interventions the district has been faced with challenges such as early teenage pregnancies, Low education levels among women and High GBV related cases.

2.2.15.2 Impact of Changes Anticipated over the Next Ten years If the problem of gender equality remains unchecked poverty levels among women will increase significantly as they will not participating actively in developmental programs HIV/AIDS Prevalence in Mbala District Mbala district has acknowledged that HIV/AIDS is a pandemic and has placed it as a major challenge on sustaining and improving delivery of services in the Public Service by Page 194 of 356 mainstreaming of the pandemic in all its Programs. The table below shows the District HIV vital statistics as obtained from Mbala district annual health report. Mbala District HIV Vital Statistics MBALA District HIV Vital Statistics Indicators Figures Est. number of new HIV Infection: 0-14 12 Est. number of new HIV Infection: 15-49 119 Number of active stakeholders: CBOs 1 FBOs 1 Government 14 NGOs (International) 4 NGOs (Local) 1 Private Sector 2 Source: Mbala District Health Office (2024) The table above shows that HIV is more prevalent between the ages 15-49 as they are the most sexually active. This can also be seen from the estimated number of new infections (119).Intergenerational sex is the main contributing factor for new HIV infections. Economic activities have also been are the key drivers of new HIV infections as local and foreign traders camp in communities trading in beans and maize were social networks are created and, in the process, sexual relations. This is evident in the table below where most of new infections happen to occur in areas which are in the urban and Peri-urban areas Page 195 of 356 Current District HIV infections per ward S/N Ward Total Number Infections Per Ward 01 Intala 196 02 Kalambo 1 03 Kawimbe 269 04 Kazimolwa 4881 05 Lwandi 258 06 Moto- Moto 8 07 Mwambezi 411 08 Nsunzu 372 09 Mwamba 114 TOTALS 6510 Source: Mbala District Health Office Stakeholder engagement in Prevention of HIV The district has twenty- seven (27) active stakeholders in HIV/AIDS service provision (23 are members of the District HIV and AIDS Committee while 4 are partners). The range of services provided by these stakeholders are streamlined as shown below; Table 05 Stakeholder engagement in Prevention of HIV S/N Stakeholder Focus Area Area Of Operation DISTRICT HIV AND AIDS COMMITTEE 1 District health office Advocacy & capacity building trainings All wards at community level, submission of quarterly reports 2 Local government (Mbala Advocacy programs, condom All wards Municipal Council) distribution in public places mainstreaming of HIV programs in capital projects submission of quarterly reports 3 Ministry of Education Advocacy Programs, Distribution of All wards (DEBS) ICE Materials and sex education, submission of quarterly reports 4 Mbala General. Hospital VMMC ,eMTCT advocacy condom All wards programming, HTC 5 Moto moto Museum Advocacy programs condom All wards programming distribution of ICE Page 196 of 356 6 Zambia Correctional Advocacy programs ART Services, All wards Service HTC submission of quarterly reports 7 Zambia Police Advocacy programs, GBV Prevention, All wards submission of quarterly reports 8 Office of the President governance All wards (SD) 9 ZANIS Advocacy programs, ICE All wards 10 Community Development Advocacy programs ,condom All wards programming 11 Social Welfare Advocacy programs All wards 12 Ministry of Agriculture Advocacy programs, condom All wards (DACO) programming 13 ZAF Advocacy programs, HTC, Condom All wards programming 14 ZNS Advocacy programs, HTC, Condom All wards programming 15 Zambia Army (Special Advocacy programs All wards Forces) 16 Households In Distress Advocacy programs, submission of All wards quarterly reports 17 Maround Care Group Advocacy programs, submission of All wards Coalition quarterly reports, condom programming, HIV and gender sensitization on capital projects 18 Network of Zambian Advocacy, Community led monitoring All wards People Living with HIV (NZP+) 19 Mambwe-Lungu cultural Advocacy programs, Condoming All wards Association 20 Pastors’ fellowship Advocacy programs, spiritual guidance All wards 21 Youth Committee Advocacy programs All wards (Representative) 22 Radio Luswepo Advocacy programs, ICE All wards 23 Traditional Health Advocacy programs, Condom All wards Practitioners Association of programming Zambia PARTNERS 24 Right to Care Advocacy programs, Condom All wards programming HTC, Page 197 of 356 25 ECAP 1 Advocacy programs, Condom All wards programming, supporting VCAs to have access to health and HIV Services 26 ZCCP-Kwatu Advocacy programs, gender programs All wards 27 FHI 360 Advocacy for Key population All wards protection against HIV Source: Mbala District AIDS Coordination Advisor Office Disability The population of people living with disability in Zambia was at 251,427 according to the 2010 census report. Data shown below was collected from all wards on persons living with disabilities in the district through the Zambia agency for persons living Disability (ZAPD). The table below highlights information collected on persons living with disabilities in all the wards of the district. Disability Assessment S/N Area No.Male No. Female Total Disabled Disabled 01 Kazimolwa 41 50 91 02 Kawimbe 11 23 34 03 Lwandi 16 37 53 04 Intala 7 42 49 05 Motomoto 21 29 50 06 Mwambezi 16 4 20 07 Mwamba 7 6 13 08 Kalambo 13 8 21 09 Nsunzu 10 9 19 TOTAL 145 205 350 Source: ZAPD Northern Provincial Office Table 07 Types of Disability S/N Type Of Disability Number Of People With Disability 01 Hearing Impairment 4 02 Vision Impairment 21 03 Albinism 16 04 Intellectual 10 05 Mental 7 06 Physical 205 07 Cerebral-Palsy 74 Page 198 of 356 08 Hydrocephalus 3 TOTAL 350 Source: ZAPD Northern Provincial Office From the data collected, persons were found with some disability, out of which were 205 females and were 145 males. The disabilities with the highest number and assumed to be most common in the district are those Physical and Celebraypalpsy The District has 4 schools for people with special needs Table 07 Schools for people living with Disability S/N Name Of Institution Focus Area 01 Victor Braun Primary Multiple Disabilities 02 Mbulu Special Unit Albinism And Vision Impairment 03 Chila Deaf Unit Hearing Impairment 04 Mbala Primary Intellectual Source: Mbala DEBS Office Youth The Zambian constitution in Article 266 defines a youth as a person who has attained the age of nineteen (19) years but is below the age of thirty –five (35) years however the age limit was lowered to15 years during the National Youth Indaba of 2015. According to the 2022 census report the total population of youths in Mbala district stood at 68,318 representing 65.7% of the district population. They present a challenge as well as an opportunity in the development of the district. Unemployment is by far the most significant challenge faced by this group and this is because the majority of them do not have appropriate vocational or professional training and therefore have limited chances of fully participating in the labour market. There is a need for sustained efforts to create skills and training centres and thereafter employment opportunities. Zambia’s Vision 2030 has identified youth empowerment as one of the efforts to reduce poverty. Through the Constituency Development Fund, Mbala has funded youth clubs and they have been empowered to start income generating activities. Currently the District has one skills training center which is no-functional. Page 199 of 356

2.2.15.3 Cross-Cutting problem Tree Core Issues Causes Effects GENDER Low number of women in ● Lack of Knowledge on Lack of equality and equity in leadership positions governance issues decision making ● Low educational levels among women ● Negative traditional norms High number of GBV related Harmful gender stereotypes ● Deaths cases and patriarchal cultures ● Disability ● Emotional and mental stress HIV AND AIDS High HIV new infections Very few active Youth Few adolescents and young persons among adolescents and young friendly spaces in the District are willing to visit the friendly persons (only 3 are active but have no spaces due lack of infrastructure permanent structures) DISABILITY Discrimination of persons Negative Traditional norms People who are differently abled will living with disability remain behind in developmental programs Lack of reading materials for Few books or reading Illiteracy levels among the visually the visually impaired materials in braille have been impaired will remain high supplied to the district YOUTH High unemployment Lack of skills and vocational ● Increase in crime rate qualifications ● Increase in the use of illicit drugs ISSUES ARISING RELATING TO GENDER GROUPS AND VULNERABLE GROUPS 1. Fisheries and Livestock Most cattle farmers are men and small ruminants and poultry rearing is dominated by the women folk and the youths (CSO, 2019). Men have more knowledge and skills in good cattle management compared to women due to cultural beliefs that cattle rearing is for the male folk. Fish farming is mostly dominated by men due to the labour intensity in pond construction and females mostly play their part in feeding the fish. 2. Tourism Participation in tourism by both sexes is supported and encouraged in the tourism sector. However, over the years it has been observed that the museum has had a higher number of women than men visiting the museum. One reason that could have led to this was that women Page 200 of 356 enjoy taking part in recreational activities despite being busy at home and in offices. They always want to take time off their busy schedule to visit some tourist places to have fun and pass time. The men also have slowly begun taking their families out for adventure; this is quite encouraging. 3. Health Participating in health seeking behaviours has generally been higher among women than men. This is due to a number of reasons to do with the need for seeking services such as Antenatal Care (ANC), child delivery and Postnatal Care services, which are a necessity to ensure the safety of both the mother and the child. There has been a lot of emphasis on male participation in Antenatal Care (ANC) and Postnatal Care (PNC) services with incentives given to them such as attending to the women who come with their husbands first. Teenage Pregnancies Table 45: Teenage Pregnancies Year 2021 2022 2023 Percentage 10.86% 14.85% 14.06% Source: DHIS2 (2023) The table above is a representation of the teenage pregnancies in Mbala district as a percentage of all pregnancies. It shows an increase from 2021 to 2023. It should be noted that Mbala has a number of youths that engage in health threatening behaviours such as alcohol and substance abuse and its resultant effects such as engaging in physical fights, engaging in unprotected sex due to peer pressure and poverty; gender-based violence; as well as robbery and theft of other people’s property. There are inadequate youth friendly corners in the health facilities, with only 5 spaces created in 5 health facilities. 4. Housing Our societies have for a long time considered men to be natural leaders and have assigned women with tasks of taking care of homes and children. This has disadvantaged women when it comes to ownership of property such as land and houses. Male dominance to ownership of houses is a social issue that needs to be addressed and create an environment that enables and promotes women to equally own land and houses. More policies surrounding women Page 201 of 356 empowerment of land and property need to be provided to bridge this inequality gap between women and their male counterparts. In addition, the youth and the disabled need supporting policies that equip them with equal opportunities to own land and houses. 5. Education Table 65: Boys/Girls Dropout Summary 2020 to 2023 in Mbala S/No. Year Girls Boys 1. 2020 175 151 2. 2021 206 171 3 2022 121 110 Total 502 432 Source: Ministry of Education Statistical Report 2024 Girls are less likely to continue their education and more likely to drop out of school than boys and Mbala District is not an exception. Evidence is shown in the table above on the dropout summary from 2020 to 2022 for girls and boys. This is due to child marriages and early pregnancies. 6. Water Women and girls bear the burden of fetching water in the communities. People with disabilities and elderly individuals may face physical barriers that limit their access to water sources and sanitation facilities. 7. Social Welfare Targeted interventions and policies needed for gender groups and vulnerable populations. Table 90: Gender Issues under Social Welfare Groups Category Issues arising •Gender-based violence •Limited access to education women •limited inheritance rights •Restricted reproductive rights Gender Men vi. Limited access to emotional support and mental health services vii. Higher rates of substance abuse and suicide Page 202 of 356 •Child labour and Children •Limited access to education and healthcare •Physical and emotional abuse vulnerable Elderly Social isolation and loneliness Limited access to healthcare and social services Limited access to education, and healthcare Social stigma and discrimination Persons with Inadequate accessible infrastructure. disability Source: Field (2024) 8. Public Health i. Health risks from waste exposure in children who play at the dumpsite and those involved in scavenging activities. ii. Waste workers with no proper protective equipment are at high risk of exposure. 9. Land Use Women are often the primary users of land for residential and agricultural purposes, but are frequently denied primary ownership to land and other natural resources because of cultural norms. Women are also often excluded from effective participation in the provision of land administration services. However, whenever the Local Authority opens up an area 30 percent of the planned plots are reserved for women and the turnout has been overwhelming. 10. Community Development Men, Women, youths, Persons with Disability and the Aged enjoy all the basic rights like anyone in Mbala District. Women have continued to lag behind their male counterparts in all spheres of national development. This is because of traditional beliefs that a woman cannot own Land or keep cattle, hence preference goes to men, resulting in lasting constraints on women’s socio-economic empowerment and progress. At community and household levels, women are in most cases restricted from participating in important decisions such as resource planning, use of family planning and access to services such as health and education. Male involvement is needed in health services. 12. Transport, Communication and Energy i. Transport With the goal to mix different duties, women usually walk longer distances than males and make shorter, more frequent excursions with more stops. In comparison, men typically exhibit Page 203 of 356 more straightforward and linear patterns. Women are much too frequently overlooked in transportation. There is a notable gender disparity in the transportation industry, whether it be among decision-makers, employees, or users. ii. Communication More women than males are impacted by gender discrimination in a variety of economic sectors. There are certain communication and information hurdles caused by the unspoken norm of keeping important information from women. Who profits from and how information and communication technology is developed and used are determined by the power dynamics in society. This is one of the reasons why there are so few women in the district holding administrative and political decision-making roles. Women's rights and other human rights are just as significant online as they are outside. ICT may be an effective tool to advance gender equality and a potent motivator for women's political and social empowerment. iii. Energy Globally, energy is an enabler of socioeconomic development including Zambia and Mbala district in particular. Mbala has low electricity connectivity and being a rural district, wood fuel is the predominant source of energy. In a household dependent on firewood, the task of collecting and transporting it is typically the responsibility of women and children, whereas cutting is performed by both genders. Women and girls spend more time cooking where the source of energy is wood, but there is an observed shared responsibility for those who cook on electricity by both girls and boys. This shows that access to modern cooking solutions can have a transformative impact on gender relations. This therefore calls for increased access to electricity in order to close up the gender balance gap. 13. Cross Cutting Issues i. Women do not support each other especially during elections or selection of leaders ii. Some sections of society still believe leadership is for men only e.g most cooperatives have more men in key leadership positions and in some cases women cooperatives are led by men. ISSUES ARISING FROM THE PUBLIC PARTICIPATION PROCESS 1. Agriculture Despite agriculture being the main contributor to the districts economy, there are several issues affecting the sector Page 204 of 356 i. Inadequate Extension services. ii. Inadequate farming inputs. iii. Poor and inadequate agriculture infrastructure. iv. High dependence on rain-fed agriculture. v. Inadequate irrigation facilities. vi. Lack of accommodation and office space for extension officers. vii. Need to increase supply of farming inputs. viii. Establishment of more agriculture camps. ix. Limited storage sheds in the district. x. Lack of sensitization on modern farming training. xi. Lack of credit facilities. 2. Fisheries and Livestock i. Dip Tanks and Spray Races The dip-tanks in Mwamba and Kaseshya Camps are in dilapidated state and non- functional. Livestock farmers in Mwamba Camp are committed to have their animals dipped, therefore the Department of Livestock Development under Enhanced Smallholder Livestock Infrastructure Project (ESLIP) gave out motorised knapsack sprayers to Livestock Cooperatives to assist in Ectoparasites control in 2023. However, these are not enough due the running costs (petrol for the sprayers to run) and also exposure to chemical dips presents a health hazard to farmers. The spray race in Central Camp (Chinenke Spray Race) is functional, however farmers are denied access by the owner of the land on which it sits. Therefore, there is a need to relocate the spray race. Ivuna spray race in Mwamba Camp is non-functional due to a malfunctioning pump. ii. Livestock Service Centre Tier One Chilipula Livestock Service Centre Tier One is non-functional due to negligence of the community. The dip-tank is in a dilapidated state and few of the infrastructure has been vandalised by the community at the facility. iii. Livestock Market Centre Page 205 of 356 Mbala Livestock Market Centre was handed over to the Livestock Marketing Board in 2021. The facility is non-functional and is being vandalised by the communities. The location of the facility is amongst the factors rendering it to be a white elephant. iv. Quarantine Centre The Quarantine Centre in Kaseshya Camp is non-operational due to the fact that Kaseshya Border Post is not a one stop border post. As a result, there is rampant illegal movement of livestock into Zambia from Tanzania. v. Milk Collection and Processing Centre This facility was handed over to the Mbala Livestock Co-operative Society in 2020. This facility is not fully functional due to lack of skilled manpower and operational capital. vi. Abattoir Mbala has two private Abattoirs in Central Camp. These facilities are dormant due to reduced volume of trade in terms of cattle. vii. Satellite Artificial Insemination Centre This facility is at the Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock (MFL) Offices in Mbala. The facility is non-functional due to defective equipment. viii. Veterinary Laboratory This facility is at the Ministry of Fisheries and Livestock (MFL) offices in Mbala. The facility is functional but does not have adequate equipment. ix. Control of Trans-boundary Animal Diseases (TADs) Contagious Bovine Pleural Pneumonia (CBPP) Task Force is ineffective for control of illegal animal movements because it is voluntary and lacks incentives and they have to fend for their own transport. x. Control of Rabies Disease There is a need to sensitise the communities about Rabies disease. Maintenance of the cold chain is difficult as camp extension staff do not have refrigerators. This affects vaccination coverage as mostly camp extension staff do not have the vaccines. xi. Introduction of Improved Pastures Page 206 of 356 The seeds are expensive and are not readily available in Mbala. This has negatively impacted the adoption of farming of pastures. xii. Establishment of Rangelands Issues of human-animal conflict are common due to the fact that humans want to use these lands for agriculture purposes. Land is not readily available for establishment of rangelands. xiii. Livestock and Fisheries extension delivery The district only has two Livestock Assistants out of the six Veterinary Camps. These camps are too huge and this negatively affects service delivery. On average, there are two Agricultural Camps per Veterinary Camp and yet we save the same farmers. The office does not have a vehicle and this negatively impacts livestock and fisheries extension delivery. Camps without Livestock Service Centres have challenges in providing livestock services as they lack holding pens, dip tanks/spray races, crush pens etc. which are critical in the provision of necessary livestock services. These camps do not have camp houses which are essential in providing housing camp extension staff. 3. Tourism Availability of Service Given that there has been a growth in the number of museum visitors and consumers of various tourist services and users of other tourism facilities such as hospitality industry and transportation services over the years in the district. These are some of the issues that emanated from community engagement. i. The community members have registered their concerns about the EGP- Procurement plan as most of the suppliers of goods and services to the museum are not fully registered with PACRA, ZPPA and ZRA. ii. It was also a source of concern for the community to learn that despite Mbala having over twenty-five (25) heritage sites only a few have been gazetted and declared national heritage centres. iii. The absence of the education hall and inadequate furniture for learners to use when they visit the museum was a great source of concern. Page 207 of 356 iv. Lack of modern recreational equipment such as jumping castles and trampoline to attract the children to tourists’ centres was a great concern indeed. v. Our museum and other tourist attractions face challenges in terms of physical accessibility, making it difficult for people with disabilities or mobility issues to fully enjoy the exhibitions e.g. Lusaka National Museum. Furthermore, Moto Moto Museum location is a disadvantage. vi. Most of our tourists’ attractions including our museum struggle to appeal to different audiences in order to attract a diverse range of visitors, particularly younger audiences who might perceive them as outdated or not relevant to their interests. vii. Expertise and staffing: Maintaining a qualified and knowledgeable staff is a challenge, due to limited resources. viii. Even though the community do acknowledge and appreciate the presence of the second largest museum in Zambia, the local people still complain about the good services the museum provides due to the long distance to access their museum and other tourism services such as the Kalambo falls site which is forty (40) kms away. ix. Some community members complain about lack of understanding of the functions of the museums in national development and some of them have little or no interest to even visit the museum or any other tourist attractions that are found in Mbala district. x. Lack of car hire service for tourists who wish to hire such a service. xi. Uncoordinated tourism sector due to the absence of the tourism office 4. Health Availability of Service The public have a generally good response to health service provision given that there has been a growth in the number of health facilities over the years (from 17 in 2017 when the district was separated from Senga to 30 in 2024). The following are some of the responses: i. Even though the community do acknowledge the reduced distance that they have to cover to access health services due to increased number of health facilities, they still complain about distance to access health services because they still have to travel long distances (some even 10 Kms). Page 208 of 356 ii. Some community members complain about the lack of some family planning methods that they like. iii. Lack of ambulance service for certain medical cases. 5. Education i. Need for construction of fifteen (15) secondary schools, thirty (30) primary schools and ten (10) ECE centres. ii. The following secondary schools sitting on primary schools should be separated for example they cited the following schools, Kakungu Secondary, Mwamba Secondary, Masamba Secondary, Musombizi Secondary, Mbala Central Secondary and Mbulu secondary. They meant that they should have their own infrastructure. iii. Weekly boarding facilities to be improved in terms of infrastructure in the following schools Kawama Secondary, Kaka Secondary, Chipoka Secondary and Kawimbe Secondary to mention but a few. iv. All the twenty-four (24) community schools to be upgraded into primary schools and infrastructure improved. v. The ZEEP School will be built in Kalambo zone since there is no secondary school in the zone and it should be built in Nsizye area so that the communities from Kamyanga, Chilipula, Namukale and Musipazi benefit from the school. vi. Construction of play parks in all the fifty-two (52) ECE centres will motivate the learners. vii. Feeding programme to be implemented in all the nineteen (19) secondary schools apart from the eighty-seven (87) primary schools that are benefiting from the programme. Summary of issues for Education and Skills Development - DEBS i. Deficit of desks. ii. Inadequate Teaching / Learning Materials. iii. Deficit of Classroom blocks. iv. Deficit of Classroom Block. v. Inadequate staff accommodation. vi. Increased High Dropout Rates. vii. Lack of office Space. Page 209 of 356 viii. Inadequate transport. 6. Social Welfare Mbala District communities appreciate increasing social protection services for increased enrolment of beneficiaries. They requested infrastructure like women/ juvenile holding cells and old age homes. The main concerns from public input in our operational sub centers were inadequate transport, high poverty levels, lack of adequate education, unemployment and discrimination leading to homelessness and related issues such as Family separation, Poor physical and mental health as well as Social Isolation . 7. Public Health Core Issue Description Impact Limited awareness and Low levels of public awareness Insufficient public engagement and engagement about waste management participation in waste management policies and practices. initiatives. Demand for better Public dissatisfaction with Calls for expanded waste collection coverage limited areas covered during to include more residential areas to waste collection services. prevent people from digging refuse pits and burning waste. Requests for improved Need for better waste Increased demand for investment in solid waste management infrastructure such waste management infrastructure. infrastructure as skip bins, more refuse bays and bins placed in strategic locations. Service inefficiency Inefficiency due to having only Calls for modernised equipment such one non-tipping tractor for solid as skip truck or compactor truck waste. Scavenging Issues related to scavenging at Need to put up measures to deter the dumpsite scavenging such as fencing the dumpsite. Source: Public health department 2024 Page 210 of 356 8. Forestry Availability of Service Members of the community are able to identify some activities being implemented by the district such as beekeeping, promotion of community forestry management, revenue collection and tree planting. 9. Land Use Availability of Service i. Some of the areas in the council planned area are not serviced in terms of the road network and drainages. ii. The process of acquiring land and documentation in the council planned area takes a long time. iii. Filling system is disorderly making it difficult for clients to have access to their documentation on time. iv. Office space is limited to accommodate several clients thus some clients are told to wait outside. 10. Cross Cutting Issues i. Lack of reading materials in braille ii. Difficulties in accessing buildings (most buildings do not have ramps and rails) iii. No Zambia Agency for Persons with Disabilities (ZAPD) representative at district level iv. Negative attitudes by members of Public towards the disabled v. Difficulties in accessing wheelchairs and white cans vi. Difficulties in accessing empowerment funds such as Constituency Development Fund (CDF) and Farmer Input Support Program (FISP) vii. Lack of sign language interpreters in schools and public institutions viii. More sensitization is needed on HIV services available in the Health facilities 11. Housing The local authority is mandated to provide services for issuance of occupancy licenses and change of ownership to the residents of its locality. It was noted however, that this can only be achieved through areas which have formally been upgraded to improvement zones. 12. Water Availability of Service Water Supply Page 211 of 356 There are still areas that have no access to safe and clean water, therefore, some communities resort to using shallow wells and streams which are not safe. There is also inconsistent water supply from the water utility company. The water sector is working with relevant stakeholders in order to ensure that all households have access to safe and clean water in line with Vision 2030. Sanitation The progress on the access to sanitation and sanitation services has been significant over the years. However, 100% coverage has not been attained and a lot more work is required in order to reach this target. 13. Community Development i. Human resource at extension services is inadequate and the population is rapidly growing in Mbala District. ii. Farming inputs and starter up capitals given to the vulnerable households are not adequate to cater everyone. Participation in Mbala is promoted to women, youths, elderly persons, persons with Disability, Traditional leaders, church leaders and civic leaders to enhance inclusive participation without leaving anyone behind. iii. Illiteracy levels are high and this hinders our people to compete favourably between Men and Women in the District. iv. Communication network towers is another issue which needs to be addressed. This came out strongly during the field interaction. v. Electricity in far-fetched areas needs to be addressed due to the fact that pupils are now being taught IT skills using computers that need electricity in rural areas. vi. Feeder roads need to be opened up in order to transport farming produce. The end result is selling their crops to briefcase buyers to neighbouring countries like Tanzania. vii. Early marriages were also prominent in the sense that girls are getting married off at young ages. viii. At community and household levels, women are in most cases restricted from participating in important decisions such as resource planning, use of family planning and access to services such as health and education. Male involvement is needed in health services. Page 212 of 356 14. Transport, Communication and Energy Transport Submissions from public consultations indicated that the district generally has a poor road network and that some areas are inaccessible. For instance, for Mwambezi, Kalambo, Intala, and Nsunzu wards, it was noted that roads were in a deplorable state. Equally, bridges needed rehabilitation to ease access on most crossing points in the wards. It was further noted that in other Wards, some bridges (crossing points) become impassable as they are prone to flooding. This affects service provision and delivery. Therefore, the district requires its road network to be improved with all-weather roads as the current earth roads are in a poor condition. Crossing points are also supposed to be provided in areas where they are missing. Mbala District is in dire need of bituminous roads, good drainage system and modern bus station to house all public transport so as to ease movement of people and delivery of goods and services. Communication Community leaders highlighted during the public involvement process that access to Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs) diminishes as the distance from telecommunications towers increases. It was noted that connectivity remains weak in peri- urban wards that have some level of ICT coverage. In contrast, remote areas exhibited a similar lack of connectivity as other rural wards. Energy Community consultations have shown that the primary energy source for most residents is charcoal. However, this reliance on charcoal poses significant health risks due to air pollution. In some areas, renewable energy sources like solar power are being utilized, primarily provided by the Rural Electrification Authority. Individuals in formal employment often have the means to arrange their own energy solutions. Ultimately, it is the aspiration of every citizen to see the entire district connected to the National Grid Electric Power. Page 213 of 356

3.0 PART THREE: DEVELOPMENT FRAMEWORK The second phase of the integrated development planning process involves establishing the Development Framework for the IDP area. This framework outlines the development objectives, priorities, and strategies. Although the initial data collection may be sector-specific, subsequent stages emphasise a cross-sectoral approach to problem-solving. Additionally, this phase of the IDP introduces the planning values that guide decision-making throughout the planning process. Vision for the long term development of the district The development framework outlines various programs aligned with the development goals to address issues identified by both the community and district stakeholders through consultative meetings. The information is organized according to the Medium Term Expenditure Framework budgeting system. For each development goal, the intended objectives are specified, along with the strategies to achieve them. ⮚ The long-term vision for the district is to become “a hub of agricultural productivity and tourism with equitable distribution of services in a green environment by 2034.” Policies to Direct Development During the implementation of the Mbala Integrated Development Plan (IDP) process, the following policies shall be used to direct Development during the course of the implementation. These include the following: a) Eighth National Development Plan (8NDP) and the vision 2030 Page 214 of 356 The 8NDP and the vision 2030 are going to guide the District during the implementation of this plan which will run from 2024 to 2033 with the view of achieving social justice. b) National Policy on Climate Change The National Policy on climate change (NPCC) shall support and coordinate all responses to climate change in the Senga Hill District. c) The National Decentralization Policy of 2023 This is going to provide for implementation of projects and programmes in a decentralised manner. For instance, all projects which are going to be funded through CDF have been proposed by the local people in the district. The policy directs the development facilitators to follow the bottom-up approach to planning and development.

3.1 SUMMARY OF CORE-ISSUES Through public meetings and community consultations, several essential services required by the people of Mbala District were identified. The communities were tasked with pinpointing the gaps and challenges within their areas. These identified gaps highlighted the demand for various services. Below is a summary of the district’s primary issues: · Reduced Agricultural productivity. · Low production and productivity. · High dependence on rain fed agriculture. · Low Production and productivity in the livestock Sector in Mbala district. · Low Production and productivity in the Fisheries Sector in Mbala district. · Inadequate tourism infrastructure. · Inadequate museum infrastructure to promote museum operations. · Ineffective referral system. · Poor service delivery and outreach coverage. · Increase maternal mortality. · Poor health seeking behaviour. Page 215 of 356 · Poor quality of health care services. · Poor learner Performance. · Inefficient education standards management. · Increased dropout rates. · Ineffective waste management system. · Poor delivery of social services. · Increased deforestation. · Forest Encroachment. · Lack of forest management plan. · Inadequate transport. · High Gender Based Violence. · Inadequate motorised patrols. · High Crime Rate · Absence of Police Officers in Police Posts which are not in operation. · Encroachment of the planned area. · Illegal acquisition of land in the planned area. · Un-serviced plots in the Council planned area. · Low number of women in leadership positions. · High HIV new infections among adolescents and young persons. · Discrimination of persons living with disability. Page 216 of 356 · Lack of reading materials for the visually impaired. · High unemployment. Page 217 of 356

3.1.1 AGRICULTURE Development objectives Strategy Programs Activities Development Objective 1: To Improved production and Agricultural Crop Production, · Farmer training in sustainable farming practices, increase production and productivity Advisory and Technical irrigation practices and expansion of land under productivity by 2034, Services irrigation Maize from 2.5 MT/ha · Conduct on farm demonstrations to showcase the to 5 MT/ha, benefits and proper use of agricultural machinery Beans from 0.45 MT/ha · Conduct trainings in climate smart agricultural to 1 MT/ha, practices. Soya beans from 0.59 · Promote GAP such as pest control, fertilizer MT/ha to 1 MT/ha, and application and weed management Groundnuts from 0.62 MT/ha to 1 MT/ha. Development Objective 2: To Enhanced farmer ratio to the Agricultural Crop Production, · Facilitate demarcation of vast agricultural camps improve officer-to-farmer ratio recommended standards Advisory and Technical from 1:1,500 to 1:400 by Services 2034. Development objective 3: To Enhanced irrigation practices Agricultural Crop Production, · Construction of 2 irrigation facilities (weirs and increase hectarage under Advisory and Technical lining of canals) at Kaluluzi area in Kaseshya East irrigation from 536ha to 2,500 Services and at Ntenda in Lunzua West ha by 2034 · Conduct trainings in improved irrigation practices Development objective 4: To Enhanced mechanization Agricultural Crop Production, · Conduct trainings to 300 farmers on mechanization increase area under practices Advisory and Technical practices mechanization from 500ha Services 10,000 to by 2034 Development objective 5: To Enhanced investment in Agricultural infrastructure · Rehabilitation of camp houses improve field staff agricultural development accommodation by infrastructure rehabilitating 8 and construction of 10 new camp houses by 2034 Page 218 of 356 Development objective 6: To Enhanced investment in Agricultural infrastructure · Conduct trainings to farmers on post-harvest improve food security through agricultural development technologies improved storage by reducing infrastructure · Construction of 2 agribusiness marketing centre post-harvest loses by 100% Mwamba and Central blocks in 2034 Development objective 7: To Improve value addition of Agricultural Crop Production, · Conduct trainings to 10,000 farmers in best promote value chain commodities Advisory and Technical practices, improving output quality integration to all 10,000 Services · Establishing linkages between producers and off farmers by 2034 takers Development objective 8: To Improved extension service Agricultural Crop Production, · Procurement of 15 motorbikes for the extension improve extension service delivery Advisory and Technical staff delivery from seven (7) to all Services nine (9) wards by 2034

3.1.2 FISHERIES AND LIVESTOCK DEVELOPMENT Goal: A Diversified and Export Oriented Agricultural Sector by the year 2034 Development Developmental Strategy Program Activities Objective To increase production ● To reduce Animal diseases. Livestock Construction of Livestock service centers (Tier 1+) in each of the and productivity in ● To curb Illegal cattle movements. Infrastructure following wards; Kazimolwa, Nsunzu, Lwandi, Mwambezi, Mwamba, Livestock and ● To sub-divide the veterinary camps Development Intala and Moto moto Fisheries sub-sectors ● To increase funds for provision of Construction of slaughter facilities in each of the following wards ; by 45% by the year extension services Kazimolwa, Nsunzu, Lwandi, Mwambezi, Kalambo, Mwamba, Intala, 2034 Kawimbe & Moto moto Page 219 of 356 ● To purchase vehicles for provision Construction of camp extension staff houses in each of the following of extension services wards: Kazimolwa, Nsunzu (2), Lwandi (2), Mwambezi (2), Kalambo, Mwamba, Intala (1) & Moto moto (1) ● Increase infrastructure, transport Disease Control Foot and Mouth Disease (FMD) vaccinations in all high-risk areas and equipment for animal health and Including; Intala, Nsunzu, Lwandi, Kalambo, Mwamba & Kawimbe production extension service wards delivery ● To increase funds for provision Contagious Bovine Pleuropneumonia (CBPP) vaccinations in all high- of Aquaculture extension services risk areas Including, Intala, Nsunzu, Lwandi, Kalambo, Mwamba & Kawimbe wards ● To increase infrastructure, transport and equipment for aquaculture Research and Surveillance of Trans-boundary Animal Diseases (TADs) in all wards extension service delivery Development namely; Nsunzu, Lwandi, Mwambezi, Kalambo, Mwamba, Kazimolwa, ● To increase extension staff under Intala, Kawimbe & Moto moto Fisheries Department ● Improve the quality of fingerlings. ● To advocate for Gazetting of Extension Procurement of ten (10) motorbikes for extension staff existing fisheries Services Procurement of two (2) Motor Vehicles for District staff Livestock Rangeland establishment in each of the following wards namely: Development Kazimolwa, Nsunzu, Kalambo, Intala, Mwambezi, Mwamba, Kawimbe and Moto moto Fisheries and Construction of Aquaculture Service Centers in Moto moto and Lwandi Aquaculture wards Development Page 220 of 356 Fisheries Extension Service Delivery (Trainings, awareness, sensitization programs etc.) in each of the following wards: Nsunzu, Kalambo, Intala, Mwambezi, Mwamba, Kawimbe, Moto moto, Kazimolwa and Lwandi wards

3.1.4 WATER AND SANITATION Development Strategy Programs Activities objectives 6. Drilling and 1. Site selection To enhance Provision of safe and Construction of 2. Geophysical survey access to clean clean water for domestic 554 Boreholes 3. Drilling and construction of boreholes and safe water use through increasing 4. Borehole pumping test to 100% boreholes 5. Installation of handpumps and civil works households by 6. Supervision and monitoring 2034 Page 221 of 356 ● Rehabilitation of  Waterpoint selection 49 non-functional  Procurement boreholes  Rehabilitation  Commission 7. Construction of ● Selection of potential water points for mechanisation water supply ● Borehole pumping test schemes ● Construction of water schemes on recommended water points ● Supervision and monitoring ● Connection of 6. Selection of new customers Provision of safe and households and 7. Procurement of materials clean water for domestic properties to the 8. Installation and connection of properties to the main use through connection main water supply water supply system of more households and system properties to the main water supply system Page 222 of 356 ● Connection of ● Procurement of material Increase access Provision of the main public and private ● Installation and connection to the sewer system to sanitation sewer system buildings to the facilities and main sewer services for system households from 95% to 100% by 2034 ● Conducting ● Triggering (Community engagement) Provision of sanitation Community Led ● Verification education activities Total Sanitation ● Certification of Chiefdoms activities iv. Construction of 1  Selection of potential dam site Improve Enhance water Dam  Community engagement resilience harvesting for domestic,  Feasibility studies through water commercial, and  Design harvesting by agricultural use  Construction 2034  Commissioning Page 223 of 356 ● Conducting ● Preliminary Data Collection Achieve 100% Enhance Groundwater Aquifer mapping ● Field Surveys protection of protection through activities ● Exploratory borehole Drilling and Logging Groundwater Aquifer and Recharge ● Hydrogeological Mapping resources by zone identification and ● Interpretation and Reporting 2034 mapping ● Stakeholder Engagement ● Conduct iii. Topographic and geological data analysis Groundwater iv. GIS mapping recharge zones v. Hydrological data analysis identification vi. Field surveys activities vii. Geophysical surveys viii. Water table monitoring ix. Hydrological modelling x. Validation and continuous monitoring xi. Stakeholder involvement Page 224 of 356

3.1.3 TOURISM Goal 1: To contribute to the economic diversification of the local economy and promote job creation and social development of the District through increased investment in tourism by 2034. Development objectives Strategy Programs Activities To rehabilitate Lobbying for Rehabilitation of the ● Rehabilitate the dilapidated main Moto Moto finances for museum building and museum building ● Museum Rehabilitation other tourism related ● Rehabilitate 11 dilapidated Moto Moto building infrastructure in Mbala museum houses ● Houses (11) District ● Rehabilitation and paving the 2 museum car ● Cultural centre parks ● Car parks (2) ● Rehabilitation of the Moto Moto museum cultural centre by 2034 To establish a Meetings, Advocating for Construction of ● MICE Unit established at the Moto Moto Incentives, Conferences the development tourism related Museum and Exhibitions (MICE) of new Tourism infrastructure at the ● Construction of Museum Library and the unit as well as related museum and Kalambo Procurement of library materials construction of a infrastructure in falls site ● Construction of a laboratory and procurement Library, Laboratory, Mbala District of laboratory equipment and materials Crafts Shop, Children’s ● Construction of a children's gallery, crafts gallery, storeroom, shop, store room, ablution block and six education hall, the Chalets at the Museum ablution block and six (6) chalets at the Museum by 2034 Page 225 of 356 To construct 12 offices Lobby for funds Construction of 12 Construction of 12 offices, 10 at Moto Moto Museum to support tourism for construction offices at the museum and 2 at Kalambo falls site service delivery at the of Tourism and Kalambo falls site Moto Moto Museum and offices at Moto Kalambo falls site by Moto Museum 2034 and Kalambo falls site To upgrade 100 KM of Lobby for Upgrading the roads to Improve road infrastructure and accessibility of roads to bituminous financial bituminous standards tourism sites in Mbala by upgrading the roads to standard leading to the resources to (VIZ Moto Moto road, bituminous standards (VIZ Moto Moto road, Kalambo museum and other facilitate the Kalambo falls road, falls road, Kawimbe to Kamuzwazi road and Zombe tourists sites in Mbala upgrading of road Kawimbe to road) District by 2034 infrastructure Kamuzwazi road and leading to the Zombe road) museum and other tourist sites in Mbala To establish one Advocating for Establish a Mambwe- Establish a Mambwe-Lungu Community Museum Mambwe- Lungu the establishment Lungu Community community Museum in of the new Museum Mbala to carter for the Mambwe-Lungu local ethnic group by Community 2034 Museum in Mbala To implement one water Lobby for funds to Sinking a borehole at Drilling of a borehole and installation of solar water and sanitation project at carry out water the museum reticulation system to the museum and surrounding the museum and and sanitation villages surrounding villages by projects at the 2034 museum Page 226 of 356 To procure and install Lobby for funds to Procure and install ● Installation of CCTV at the Museum security systems and 15 procure security security systems and ● Procure 15 firefighting equipment at the firefighting equipment at and firefighting firefighting equipment Museum Moto Moto Museum by equipment at the museum 2034 To repair one Generator Lobby for funds to Repair the generator Maintenance of backup Generator at Moto Moto at the Moto Moto improve power Museum Museum by 2034 supply at the museum To identify, mark and Develop local Diversification of the ● Identification and Marking of 15 Local develop 15 local heritage heritage sites in tourism sector through Heritage Sites In and around Mbala and tourism sites in and Mbala District product development ● Identification of the heritage trail connecting around Mbala District by different sites in the project area 2034 ● Encourage local businesses to invest in tour operating business ● Lease the old prison which is under National Heritage Conservation Commission (NHCC) to the Tanganyika Abercorn Tourism Association (TATA) to promote tourism in Mbala To establish one District Establish a Advocate for the ● Establish a District Tourism office in Mbala Tourism Office by 2034 Tourism Office in decentralization of the District Mbala tourism sector ● Create 500 new jobs in the tourism sector in Mbala District Page 227 of 356 Receive visitorship of Establish tourist Establish an ● Record the number of local and International 5000 international and visitor information and visitors to the Museum and other sites tourists and 100 000 local information records management determined and made available to the tourists in Mbala District centre in Mbala system stakeholders by 2034 ● Establish an Information centre for tourists To conduct 15 research Diversification of Research and ● Conduct detailed research and document projects to augment the tourism sector document local history heritage sites in Mbala District. museum collections in through product and heritage sites ● Localize Moto Moto museum exhibitions in Mbala District by 2034 development Archaeology, History, Ethnography and Natural History. ● Conduct research in Archaeology, History and Ethnography, review the existing museum exhibitions, collect objects for research and exhibitions and document local history ● Promote cultural festivals and exhibitions annually ● Documentation of Intangible cultural heritage in form of Traditional songs and dances among the Mambwe-lungu ● Documentation and promotion of Traditional Ceremonies in Mbala ● Promotion of the recognition of Mambwe- Lungu and Namwanga Vingwengwe, and Insimba dance as an Intangible Cultural Heritage (ICH) master piece under UNESCO ● Create ICH inventory for the Mambwe-Lungu People Page 228 of 356 To create 10 new Diversification of Initiate new tourism Development of adventure and adrenaline tourism adventure and adrenaline the Tourism sector product development products at Moto Moto Museum, Mount Nsunzu and tourism products at surrounding areas, Kalambo falls, Chisanza area, Old tourist and heritage sites prison, Zombe fortification and other heritage sites in Mbala District by 2034 To train 500 local people Lobby for funds Introduce Ecotourism ● Identify and train 30 community tour guides in tourism and hospitality for the initiatives to benefit under the Moto Moto Museum Eco/Ethno related skills in Mbala establishment of local people in Mbala Tourism project in Mbala District by 2034 the 2 Community District ● Procure 10 bicycles under the Moto Moto based ecotourism Museum Ecotourism project in Mbala projects through ● Sensitizing, identification and training capacity building community members in Eco tourism initiatives management ● Training local community members in quality crafts and souvenirs production ● Formation of crafts clubs and cooperatives, organise capacity building through provision of skills enhancement training to the artistes, linking the craftsmen and women to local and international markets, and empowerment funds. Page 229 of 356 To increase local Tourism Product Promote participatory ● Encourage local businesses through the community participation Development in Tourism initiatives Hospitality and Catering Association of in tourism sector by 30% Mbala through through PPP Zambia in Mbala by 2034 Public Private ● Formation of the Mbala District Tourism Partnership (PPP) Steering Committee ● Come up with local initiatives in tourism marketing strategies ● Construct two new hotels and 5 lodges ● Grading and classification of Accommodation establishments in Mbala Page 230 of 356 To develop the Mbala Lobby for the Develop effective ● Come up with a detailed document profiling District Marketing and promotion and tourism promotions all the tourist attractions available in Mbala Tourism Investment Plan marketing of the and improve levels of ● Produce 100 films and 500 TV and Radio by 2034 Mbala tourism tourism marketing documentaries to advertise the rich tourist sector strategies attractions available in Mbala on TV and Radio ● Market the Eco Tourism project available in Mbala ● Production of Information Education Communication (IEC) materials i.e 10 000 brochures and post 15 000 cards as promotional materials ● Print and sell 10 000 T shirts on tourism promotion ● Identification of 15 tourism sites for investments, Site profiling, Television documentaries, Radio programs and publish Newspaper articles ● Link the district package to the Northern Tourism Circuit ● Produce and distribute 10 000 calendars on Mbala Tourism sites ● Develop a Mbala District Tourism Package and brand Page 231 of 356 To launch a digital Advocating for Improve on the ● Prolong the Average Length of stay of marketing campaign the development , marketing strategies Tourists (Days) in Mbala using both electronic and promotion and ● Improve tourism facilities in Mbala print media reaching 1 marketing of the million potential tourists tourists’ sites in by 2034 Mbala District To create one local Advocating for Opening of a local ● Community sensitization, Identification of wildlife management the local Wildlife management the area, fencing off the area and stocking of area in Mbala by 2034 community Area in Zombe area wildlife participation in ● Identification and training of community the sustainable members in local Game Management utilization of ● Stocking of wildlife natural resources through the creation of a local Game Management area in Mbala Page 232 of 356

3.1.4 EDUCATION Development Goal To Reduce Poverty And Vulnerability By 2034 objective To Enhance And Improve Education And Skills Development Main Strategy Provision Of Skills Development / Improve Education And Infrastructure Development Programme Procurement of 9108 Desks Cost (ZMK) Location Proposed Project Target Years source of output funding Project 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Im plementing Agency Procurement of K13,662,000 Kazimolwa, MOE ] Desks 13,6 MOE 9108 Desks Nsunzu, COOPERAT procured 62,0 Lwandi, ING 00 Mwambezi, PARTNERS Kalambo, - CDF Mwamba, Intala, Kawimbe & Motomoto Programme Construction of 100 staff houses ie3 bedroomed Cost (ZMK) Location Project Target Years Project output 1 2 3 4 5 Page 233 of 356 Proposed Responsible/Im source of plementing funding Agency Construction of 60,000,000 Kazimolwa, MOE ] Staff 12,0 12,00 18,00 18,000, 100 staff houses Nsunzu, COOPERAT houses 00,0 0,000 0,000 000 MOE i.e. 3bedroomed Lwandi, ING constructed 00 Mwambezi, PARTNERS Kalambo, - CDF Mwamba, Intala, Kawimbe & Motomoto Programme Construction of 150 (1x3} Classroom Blocks Cost (ZMK) Location Proposed Project Target Years Project source of output 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Im funding plementing Agency Construction of 78,000,000 Kazimolwa, MOE ] CRB 18,0 18,00 21,00 21,000, 150 (1x3} Nsunzu, COOPERAT constructed 00,0 0,000 0,000 000 MOE Classroom Lwandi, ING 00 Blocks Mwambezi, PARTNERS Kalambo, - CDF Mwamba, Intala, Kawimbe & Motomoto Programme Procurement of 2 land cruiser Vehicles Cost (ZMK) Location Target Years Page 234 of 356 Project Proposed Project 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Im source of output plementing funding Agency Procurement of 3 3,000,000 At the MOE ] vehicles 1,500, 1,500, land cruiser Ministry of COOPERAT procured 000 000 MOE Vehicles Education ING DEB office PARTNERS - CDF Programme Procurement of teaching and learning materials for45,174leaners Cost (ZMK) Location Proposed Project Target Years Project source of output 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Im funding plementing Agency Procurement of 50,000,000 Kazimolwa, MOE ] learning 15,0 15,00 10,00 10,000, teaching and Nsunzu, COOPERAT and 00,0 0,000 0,000 000 MOE learning Lwandi, ING teaching 00 materials Mwambezi, PARTNERS materials for45,174leaners Kalambo, - CDF procured Mwamba, Intala, Kawimbe & Motomoto Page 235 of 356

3.1.5 HEALTH Development Objectives Strategy Programmes Activities To increase accessibility to Expansion of healthcare Construction of health facilities, mini-  Construction of Health facilities in health services by 2034 from capacity hospitals and staff houses all wards. 29 to 37  Upgrading of roads in rural wards  Construction of maternity annexes  Recruitment of more staff  Enhance access to HIV Construction of youth friendly corners  Creation of youth friendly corners services for the youth in all the health facilities  Distribution of condoms in all the public places To increase the percentage of Expanding maternal Construction of maternity annexes  Construction of maternity annexes institutional deliveries by healthcare capacity in all the health facilities in all the 2033 from 73% to 90% nine wards  Improving access to safe Construction of mothers waiting  Advertising for tender motherhood shelters  Tender committee meeting  Construction of the mothers Reduce maternal mortality Capacity building of Training of health workers in  Organising for the training rate from 272/100,000 in health workers in emergency obstetric and newborn care  Sending out invitations 2023 to 34/100,000 in 2034 emergency obstetric  Conducting the training neonatal care (EmONC) Capacity building of Training of Safe Motherhood Action  Organising for the training Safe Motherhood Action Groups (SMAGs)  Sending out invitations Groups (SMAGs)  Conducting the training Page 236 of 356 To increase the number of Enhancing health care Construction of incinerators  Advertising for tender incinerators for infection waste management  Tender committee meeting prevention by 2033 from 13  Construction of the mothers to 26 Procurement of bins and bin liners  Collection of minimum 3 quotations  Purchasing of bins and liners To increase the number of Enhancing access to Mechanisation of water systems in  Advertising for tender health facilities with access clean water and health facilities  Tender committee meeting to safe and clean water by sanitation  Selection of vender 2034 from 24 to 35 Streamlining water Procurement of water monitoring  Collection of 3 quotations quality monitoring in reagents  Purchase of the water reagents service provision To improve lighting for Enhance access to Procurement of solar systems for  Advertising for tender improved service provision energy for night health health facilities  Tender committee meeting by 2034 from 12 to 35 health service  Selection of supplier facilities To improve transport for Strengthening last mile Procurement of motorbikes for health  Advertising for tender effective service provision health service delivery facilities and vehicles for ambulance  Tender committee meeting by 2034 from 7 to 37 (outreach) and enhance and monitoring  Purchase of motorbikes and ambulance service ambulance To increase fully immunised Strengthening cold chain Procurement of solar batteries and  Advertising for tender coverage from 85% in 2023 infrastructure for cold chain equipment tools box  Tender committee meeting to 98% in 2034 immunisation  Selection of supplier programmes To provide medical Provision of medical Procurement of medical equipment  Advertising for tender equipment for improved equipment  Tender committee meeting quality service provision by  Selection of supplier 2034 Page 237 of 356 Reduce Malaria incidence Strengthening Provision of Indoor Residual Spraying  Advertising for selection of spray from 379.8/1,000 in 2023 to community malaria (IRS) in all households operators 50/1,000 in 2034 control  Training of spray operators  Sensitising of the community  Spraying of houses Conduct ITN mass distribution  Sensitisation of the community  Registration of houses  Distribution of houses Training of Malaria change agents and  Organising for the training integrated community case  Sending out invitations management (ICCM)  Conducting the training

3.1.6 SOCIAL WELFARE Core issue Development Developmental Program Activity Objective Strategies To provide regular and Social cash transfer ● Implement social cash transfers, To reduce extreme High predictable transfers to ● Support access to quality educational literacy poverty and destitution poverty the poor and vulnerable programmes among vulnerable and levels households. poor households by 50% by 2034 Page 238 of 356 Reduce extreme To strengthen measures Emergency Cash Transfer • Promoting community resilience and disaster risk poverty and destitution to mitigate impact of reduction and management, among vulnerable and disasters like early •supporting livelihood and economic recovery to affected poor households warning systems. areas during disasters 50% by 2034 High poverty Conduct 100% ● To undertake a mapping Social cash transfer/ Emergency •Creating a compressive list of social protection levels mapping exercise on exercise on social Cash Transfer programmes. social assistance assistance programmes •Use GIS mapping tools to visualise programme coverage programmes and and identify gaps. document their •Analyse beneficiary data to understand demographics, profiles by 2034 need and coverage High poverty ● Promoting equal Public Social Welfare Scheme •Educate staff and volunteers on disability etiquette , access to appropriate levels rights and support services and affordable basic To safeguard and social services, •To advocate for the disabled representation in decision promote the realisation devices and other making roles of the right to an assistance for adequate standard of disability-related To provide financial literacy education and link them to living for people living needs organizations offering financial assistance. with disabilities by ● Promoting 50% aside 3034 participation of persons with disabilities at all levels of governance. ● Promoting access to persons with Page 239 of 356 disabilities and their families living in situations of poverty to adequate training, and financial assistance

3.1.7 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Development Strategy Programmes Activities objectives To improve Human Provision of adequate Recruitment of Seven (8) ● Advertising resource from 2 to 10 staff to extension Community Development ● Interviews in Mbala District by services. Assistant ● Orientation of staff 2034. ● Deployment of staff in sub centers To improve Provision of adequate Construction of Eight (8) Houses ● Side identification accommodation to accommodation to Community Development ● Site clearing Community Community Assistants. ● Laying of a foundation Development Development Assistants. ● Super structure construction Assistants from 2 to ● Roofing 9 in Mbala District ● Finalising by 2034. ● Handover ceremony ● Invitation of bids ● Receipt and open of bids Procurement of Seven (7) ● Evaluation of bid by Evaluation committee Motorbikes to Community members Development Assistant ● Award of contract by procurement Committees Page 240 of 356 ● Notification and offer of contract to successful supplier/contractor ● Contract signing ● Supply/execution of works To increase the Provision of adequate Identification of beneficiaries ● Meetings with the District Food Security Pack number of support to Food security Listing and Sensitization of and Area Food security pack committee beneficiaries in Food pack programmes in beneficiaries ● Mobilisation of beneficiaries Security Pack Mbala District. Training of selected beneficiaries ● Data entry of beneficiaries Programme from Receiving and Distribution of ● Hire of storage shed 2,124 to 8,000 in farming inputs ● Hire of transport Mbala District by Crop performance ● Monitoring of Beneficiaries 2034 Post-harvest ● Cooking Demonstration Food processing ● Food storage and preservation Alternative Livelihood Intervention To increase the Provision of starter up Provision of Grants to targeted ● Awareness and sensitization number of capitals to vulnerable beneficiaries ● Listing of beneficiaries beneficiaries in the women in Mbala Training of Community Based ● Lottery Support Women District Volunteers ● Data entry of beneficiaries Livelihood Formation of Savings groups ● Progress reports (GEWEL) Training in Life and Business ● Quarterly reports Programme from skills 1,337 to 5,452 in Weekly mentorships Mbala District by 2034. Page 241 of 356 Improvement of Formation of savings Training in Financial literacy ● Sensitization of beneficiaries financial literacy in Groups among targeted Provision of Grants to targeted ● Data capturing Village banking beneficiaries beneficiaries ● Weekly monitoring of beneficiaries programme among Formation of Savings groups ● Progress reports targeted beneficiaries Training in Life and Business ● Share out activity by 2034 skills Weekly mentorships

3.1.8 FORESTRY Development Strategies Program Activities Objective To reduce the annual Promote satellite Nursery establishment ● Sourcing of seeds deforestation rate Community nurseries ● Soil collection from 300,000 ha per ● Pot filling year to 295,000 ha by ● Sowing 2034. ● Weeding ● Planting out ● Train farmers in Beekeeping promote of beekeeping development Identification of potential beekeepers forest-based enterprises enterprise ● Procurement of beekeeping tools and equipment Page 242 of 356 ● Awareness raising meeting Form community Establishment of community ● Sketch map production forestry management forestry management group ● Letter of interest groups ● Boundary negotiation ● Election of interim office bearers ● Constitution formulation ● Production of electronic maps ● Formulation forest management plans ● Recognition stage ● Agreement stage ● Project launch ● Implementation of management plan ● Land clearing Promote Plantation Plantation Establishment ● Stumping establishment and expansion ● Pilling ● Ploughing ● Squaring ● Planting out ● Weeding ● Pruning ● Thinning Page 243 of 356 Sustainable harvesting Forest Protection ● Train farmers in the use of efficient or improved of wood and non-wood braziers or stoves forest products charcoal ● Conduct boundary Controlled burning Forest management ● clearing or reopening Law Enforcement ● Conduct mobile blitz highway patrols To reduce the high Allocate forest officers ● Conduct public awareness meet levels of illegal on check- points ● Arrests trafficking of forest ● Persecution product in Mbala Promote public ● Forest Inspections district through awareness meetings on ● Licensing strengthened law forest licences enforcement by 2034 Promote community forestry management Enhance ● Forest boundary reopening To reduce the high monitoring and Forest protection and ● Beaconing forest encroachment surveillance management ● Prevention of Early burning from 75% to 50% by Promote sustainable 2034 agriculture Strengthening the enforcement of existing forest laws Promote community Page 244 of 356 forestry management and participation Conduct awareness campaigns on the importance of forests Introduce alternative livelihoods Implement strategic sustainable land use planning in specific areas ● Requests and specification To enhance extension Construction of office Construction of office block and ● Procurements service delivery block storage facility. ● Equipment Hand over among 90% of rural Purchase of land cruiser communities by 2034 Purchase of field field vehicle vehicle Page 245 of 356

3.1.9 HOUSING AND SOCIAL SERVICES Development objectives Strategy Programs Activities To upgrade 1 the informal Lobbying for financial resources Upgrading of the three ● Conducting a Socio-economic survey settlement in the district by from Government and other funding unplanned settlements of ● Mapping of the area earmarked for 2034 agencies to implement the Mbala District upgrading upgrading of informal settlements ● Household registration and numbering of houses ● Advocating and implementing acquisition of occupancy licences for all the three (3) informal settlements ● Implementing effective urban planning To construct 3 modern Formation of Community Hub Sites Constructing multi- ● Establishing community sports hub sites sports facilities and establish which are central venues within the purpose district sports ● Facilitating for registration and accreditation sustainable programs that community that offer sport-specific facilities of Sports Associations/clubs widen the impact of sport training and competition (They are while providing pathways located, owned, and run by the ● Conduct Capacity building workshops on for young Zambians to community they serve). Sports regulations enforcement and resources enrich their lives through mobilisation participation, leadership, and ● Conduct talent identification shows education by 2034 To provide adequate and Construction and rehabilitation of Infrastructure development of ● Identification of key stakeholders to support modern Public Infrastructure modern market shelters, bus public amenities. the construction of modern public (3 Markets shelters, 1 stations, storage facilities, council infrastructure Library, 1 Preschool, market shops, ablution blocks, ● Holding of meeting on engagement of Storage facility e.t.c) by modern library and 1*2 Preschool stakeholders to make informed decisions on 2034 classroom block sustainable infrastructure development ● Engaging the community to apply for CDF Engaging in Public Private to fund construction of the infrastructure. Partnerships (PPP) ● Holding PPP engagement meeting Page 246 of 356 Formulate a deliberate policy to allocate 5% of local revenue towards market infrastructure To promote local tourism in Advocate for provision by creating Marketing local tourism ● Identification of tourist sites the district from 12% to 50% an enabling business environment ● Identification of key stakeholders by 2034 that will attract tourist investors ● Attending Tourism expo shows from within and outside the district ● Attending and participating in Agriculture, of Mbala Investment and Tourism Shows ● Attending annual commemoration events ● Holding PPP engagement meeting ● Formation of Mbala District Local Tourism Investment Plan To promote 1 local Advocate for provision by creating Marketing local traditional ● Identification of various cultures traditional culture by 2034 an enabling business environment culture ● Identification of key stakeholders that will attract cultural investors ● Attending culture expo shows from within and outside the district ● Attending and participating in traditional of Mbala ceremonies ● Attending annual commemoration events ● Holding PPP engagement meeting ● Formation of Mbala District Cultural Commemoration Plan Page 247 of 356

3.2 IMPLEMENTATION PLAN

3.2.1 Agricultural Sector Development To Enhance Human Development by 2033 GOAL Objective Economic Transformation and Job Creation by 2030 Main Strategy Infrastructure Development Program Agricultural Infrastructure Development Project Cost ZMW Proposed project TARGET YRS RESPONSIBL sources of output E funding 1 2 3 4 5 Construction of 6,500,000 10 camp 650,000 650,000 650,000 650.000 650.000 MOA-Mbala camp houses GRZ/ Donors houses constructed Rehabilitation 1,600,000 GRZ/ Donors 8 camp houses 200,000 200,000 200,000 200,000 200,000 MOA-Mbala of camp houses rehabilitated Page 248 of 356 Construction of 2,200,000 GRZ/ Donors 2 1,100,000 1,100,000 MOA-Mbala Agri-business Agribusiness Marketing centres Centre in constructed Mwamba and Central blocks Construction of 1,700,000 GRZ/ Donors 2 irrigation 850,000 850,000 MOA-Mbala irrigation facilities facilities (weirs) constructed Conduct 540,000 GRZ/ Donors 10,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 MOA-Mbala trainings on farmers GAP trained in GAP Creation of new 60,000 GRZ/ Donors 5 new camps 30,000 30,000 MOA-Mbala agriculture created camps Promote Value 45,000 GRZ/ Donors 5 crop value 15,000 15000 15,000 MOA-Mbala Chain chains integration prompted Total 12,645,000 Page 249 of 356

3.2.2 FISHERIES AND LIVESTOCK DEVELOPMENT Development Goal Economic Transformation and Job Creation by 2034 Objective Industrialised and diversified economy Main strategy Improved Agriculture production and productivity Program Infrastructure development Project Cost LOCATION Proposed sources of Project output Target Yrs. Responsible ZMW funding 1 2 3 4 5 Livestock Service Centre (Tier 1+) 9, 900, Kazimolwa, GRZ/LA/CP Livestock service 1, 100, 2, 2, 200, 2, 200, 2 200, MFL 000 Nsunzu, Lwandi, centre constructed 000 200,000 000 000 000 Mwambezi, Mwamba, Intala and Motomoto Slaughterhouse Facilities 6, 500, Kazimolwa, GRZ/LA/CP Slaughter House 1, 300, 1, 300, 1, 300, 1, 300, 1, 300, MFL 000 Nsunzu, Lwandi, Facilities 000 000 000 000 000 Mwambezi, constructed Kalambo, Mwamba, Intala, Kawimbe & Moto moto Housing for Camp Extension staff 7, 150, Kazimolwa, Nsunzu GRZ/LA/ CP Housing for camp 1, 300, 1, 950, 1,300, 1,300, 1,300, MFL 000 (2), Lwandi (2), extension staff 000 000 000 000 000 Mwambezi (2), constructed Kalambo, Mwamba, Intala (1) Motomoto (1) Aquaculture Service Centres 3,000,00 Moto moto and GRZ/LA/ CP Aquaculture 0 0 1,500,0 1,500,0 0 MFL 0 Lwandi wards Service Centers 00 00 Constructed Total 23, 950, 000 Development Goal Economic Transformation and Job Creation by 2034 Objective Industrialised and diversified economy Main strategy Improved agriculture production and productivity Page 250 of 356 Program Disease Control Project Cost Proposed sources of Project Output Target Yrs. Responsible ZMW funding 1 2 3 4 5 Foot and Mouth Disease (FMD) 1, 750, Intala, Nsunzu, FMD vaccination 350, 000 350, 000 350, 350, 350, 000 MFL vaccination activity 000 Lwandi, Kalambo, GRZ/ CP activity 000 000 Mwamba & conducted twice Kawimbe wards yearly Contagious Bovine 875, 000 Intala, Nsunzu, CBPP vaccination 175, 000 175, 000 175, 175, 175, 000 MFL Pleuropneumonia (CBPP) Lwandi, Kalambo, GRZ/ CP activity 000 000 vaccination activity Mwamba & conducted Kawimbe wards Total 2, 625, 000 Development Goal Economic Transformation and Job Creation by 2034 Objective Industrialised and diversified economy Main strategy Improved Agriculture Production and Productivity Program Research and diagnostics Project Cost location Proposed sources of Project output Target Yrs. Responsible ZMW funding 1 2 3 4 5 Trans boundary animal disease 1, 000, Nsunzu, Lwandi, GRZ/ CP TADs 200, 000 200, 000 200, 200, 200, 000 MFL (TADs) surveillance 000 Mwambezi, surveillance 000 000 Kalambo, Mwamba, conducted Kazimolwa, Intala, Kawimbe & Moto moto Total 1, 000, 000 Development Goal Economic Transformation and Job Creation by 2034 Objective Industrialised and diversified economy Page 251 of 356 Main strategy Improved agriculture production and productivity Program Extension support Project Cost location Proposed sources of Project output Target Yrs. Responsible ZMW funding 1 2 3 4 5 Procure motor bikes 1, 500, Nsunzu, Lwandi, GRZ/ LA/CP Motor bikes 300, 000 300, 000 300, 300, 300, 000 MFL 000 Mwambezi, procured 000 000 Kalambo, Mwamba, Kazimolwa, Intala, Kawimbe & Moto moto Procurement of Motor Vehicles 3,000,00 District GRZ/LA/CP Motor Vehicles 0 0 1,500,0 1,500,0 0 MFL 0 Procured 00 00 Total 4, 500, 000 Development Goal Economic Transformation and Job Creation by 2034 Objective Industrialised and diversified economy Main strategy Improved agriculture production and productivity Program Livestock Development. Project Cost location Proposed sources of Project output Target Yrs. Responsible ZMW funding Approxi 1 2 3 4 5 mately Animal health delivery 1,000.00 Nsunzu, Lwandi, GRZ/ Donors Construction of 200,000.0 200,000. 200,000 200,000 200,000.0 MFL

0.00 Mwambezi, crush pen posts in 0 00 .00 .00 0 Kalambo, Mwamba, wards Kazimolwa, Intala, Kawimbe & Moto moto Rangeland Establishment 5,700.00 Nsunzu, Lwandi, GRZ/ Established 350,000 450,000 450,000 400,000 450,000 MFL 0 Mwambezi, Donors improved Kalambo, Mwamba, rangelands and Kazimolwa, Intala, over-sown Page 252 of 356 Kawimbe & Moto moto Total 17,600.0 2,650.000. 2,850.00 2,850.0 2,845.0 2,850.000 00.00 00 0.00 00.00 00.00 .00 Development Goal Economic Transformation and Job Creation by 2034 Objective Industrialised and diversified economy Main strategy Improved agriculture production and productivity Program Fisheries and Aquaculture Development Project Cost Location Proposed sources of Project output Target Yrs. ZMW funding Responsible 1 2 3 4 5 Aquaculture Extension and 363,000 Nsunzu, Lwandi, GRZ/ Donors Fish Farmers 55000 68.000 70,000 80,000 90,000 Department Advisory Services Mwambezi, Trained of Fisheries Kalambo, Mwamba, Kazimolwa, Intala, Kawimbe & Moto moto 210,000 Nsunzu, Lwandi, GRZ/ Donors Awareness and 30,000 35,000 45,000 50,000 50,000 Department Mwambezi, sensitization of Fisheries Kalambo, Mwamba, campaigns Kazimolwa, Intala, conducted on Kawimbe & Moto economic values moto and importance of fresh water resource 210,000 Nsunzu, Lwandi, GRZ/ Donors Strengthened 30,000 35,000 45,000 50,000 50,000 Department Mwambezi, Community of Fisheries Kalambo, Mwamba, Fisheries Kazimolwa, Intala, Management Kawimbe & Moto Structures moto 150,000 Nsunzu, Lwandi, GRZ/ Donors Fishers Trained in 10,000 20,000 30,000 40,000 50,000 Department Mwambezi, Co-Management of of Fisheries Capture Fisheries Extension and Kalambo, Mwamba, Fisheries Advisory Services Kazimolwa, Intala, Resources Page 253 of 356 Kawimbe & Moto moto Total 170,8000 265,000 240,068 345,000 380,000 410,000 , 3.2.3 EDUCATION Development Goal To Reduce Poverty And Vulnerability By 2034 objective To Enhance And Improve Education And Skills Development Main Strategy Provision Of Skills Development / Improve Education And Infrastructure Development Programme Procurement of 9108 Desks Page 254 of 356 Cost (ZMK All Nine Propos Project Target Years Wards ed output source of )K13,662,00 fundin 0 g Desks procured MOE COOP ERATI NG Project PART K13,662,0 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Imple NERS - 00 menting Agency CDF Programme Construction of 25staff houses ie3 bedroomed Cost Location Propos Project Target Years (ZMK) ed output source Project 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Imple of menting Agency fundin g Page 255 of 356 Construction of 25 staff 15000.000 All Nine MOE ] Staff 3000000 1500000 3000000 3000000 MOE houses i.e. 3 bedroom Wards COOPE houses RATIN constructe G d PARTN ERS - CDF Programme Construction of 30 (1x3} Classroom Blocks Cost Location Propos Project Target Years (ZMK) ed output source Project 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Imple of menting Agency fundin g Page 256 of 356 Construction of 30 (1x3} 15600000 All Nine MOE ] CRB 1560000 15600000 1560000 MOE Classroom Blocks Wards COOPE constructe 0 RATIN d G PARTN ERS - CDF Programme Procurement of 2 land cruiser Vehicles Cost Location Propos Project Target Years (ZMK) ed output source Project 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Imple of menting Agency fundin g 1,500,000 1,500,000 Page 257 of 356 Procurement of 3 land 3,000,000 At the MOE ] vehicles cruiser Vehicles Ministry of COOPE procured Education RATIN DEB office G PARTN ERS - CDF Programme Procurement of teaching and learning materials for 45,174 learners Cost Location Propos Project Target Years (ZMK) ed output source Project 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Imple of menting Agency fundin g Page 258 of 356 Procurement of teaching 50,000,000 Kazimolwa, MOE ] learning 15,000,0 15,000,000 10,000,0 10,000,00 MOE and learning materials Nsunzu, COOPE and 00 00 0 for 45,174 learners Lwandi, RATIN teaching Mwambezi, G materials Kalambo, PARTN procured Mwamba, ERS - Intala, CDF Kawimbe & Motomoto

3.2.4 HEALTH Development GOAL Objective To increase infrastructure by 20434 from 29 to 37 Main Strategy Expansion of healthcare infrastructure capacity Programme Construction of health facilities, mini-hospitals and staff houses Project Cost Proposed project TARGET YRS RESPONSIBL ZMW sources of output E funding 1 2 3 4 5 Construction of 2,522,000 CDF, MoH, 3 Heath 800,000 840,000 882,000 MoLG/MoH health facilities Cooperating facilities Partners, constructed Community Page 259 of 356 Construction of 2,262,816 CDF, MoH, 4 staff houses 525,000 551,250 578,813 607,753 MoLG/MoH staff houses Cooperating constructed Partners, Community Construction of 6,000,000 CDF, MoH, 2 mini 6,000,000 MoLG/MoH mini hospitals Cooperating hospitals Partners, constructed Community Total 9,284,816 Development To Enhance Human Development by 2034 GOAL Objective To increase the percentage of institutional deliveries by 2033 from 73% to 90% Main Improving access to safe motherhood Strategy Programme Construction of maternity annexes and mothers’ waiting shelters Project Cost ZMW Proposed project TARGET YRS RESPONSIBLE sources of output funding 1 2 3 4 5 Construction 30,170,875 CDF, MoH, 4 maternity 7,000,000 7,350,000 7,717,500 8,103,375 MoLG/ MoH of maternity Cooperating annexes annexes Partners, constructed Community Page 260 of 356 Construction 1,640,000 CDF, MoH, 3 waiting 800,000 840,000 882,000 MoLG/ MoH of mothers Cooperating shelters waiting shelter Partners, constructed Community Total 31,810,875 Development To Enhance Human Development by 2033 GOAL Objective To increase the number of incinerators for infection prevention by 2034 from 13 to 26 Main Strategy Enhancing health care waste management Programme Construction of incinerators Project Cost Proposed project output TARGET YRS RESPONSI ZMW sources of BLE funding 1 2 3 4 5 Construction of 344,810 CDF, MoH, 4 incinerators 80,000 84,000 88,200 92,610 MoLG/ MoH incinerator Cooperating constructed Partners, Community Total 344,810 Page 261 of 356 Development To Enhance Human Development by 2034 GOAL Objective To increase the number of health facilities with access to safe and clean water by 2033 from 21 to 35 Main Strategy Enhancing access to clean water and sanitation Programme Mechanisation of water systems in health facilities Project Cost Proposed project output TARGET YRS RESPONSIBL ZMW sources of E funding 1 2 3 4 5 Construction of 452,563 CDF, MoH, 6 water 105,000 110,250 115,76 121,551 MoLG/MoH water reticulation Cooperating reticulation 3 system Partners, systems Community constructed Total 452,563 Development To Enhance Human Development by 2034 GOAL Objective To improve lighting for improved service provision by 2033 from 12 to 35 health facilities Main Strategy Enhance access to energy for night health service Programme Procurement of solar systems for health facilities Page 262 of 356 Project Cost Proposed project output TARGET YRS RESPONSIBL ZMW sources of E funding 1 2 3 4 5 Procurement and 203,654 CDF, MoH, 4 solar system 47,250 49,613 52,093 54,698 MoLG/ MoH installation of solar Cooperating procured and system Partners, installed Community Total 248,654 Development To Enhance Human Development by 2034 GOAL Objective To improve transport for effective service provision by 2033 from 7 to 37 Main Strategy Strengthening last mile health service delivery (outreach) and enhance ambulance service Programme Procurement of motorbikes for health facilities and vehicles for ambulance and monitoring Project Cost ZMW Proposed project output TARGET YRS RESPONSI sources of BLE funding 1 2 3 4 5 Procurement of 4,270,000 CDF, MoH, 3 vehicles 2,800,000 1,470,000 MoLG/Mo vehicles Cooperating procured H (ambulances and Partners, utility) Community Procurement of 1,810,253 CDF, MoH, 20 motorbikes 420,000 441,000 463,050 486,203 MoLG/Mo motorbikes Cooperating procured, 5 per H Partners, year Community Page 263 of 356 Total 6,480,253 Development 4 To Enhance Human Development by 2034 GOAL Objective To provide medical equipment for improved quality service provision by 2033 Main Strategy Provision of medical equipment Programme Procurement of medical equipment Project Cost Proposed Project output TARGET YRS RESPO ZMW sources of NSIBLE funding 1 2 3 4 5 Procurement of 50,440 CDF, GRZ, 6 oxygen 16,000 16,800 17,640 MoLG/ Oxygen cooperating concentrators MoH concentrator partners procured; 2 per year Procurement of 51,722 CDF, GRZ, 20 suction 12,000 12,600 13,230 13,892 MoLG/ suction machine cooperating machines MoH partners procured, 5 per year Procurement of 44,205 CDF, GRZ, 10 dopplers 8,000 8,400 8,820 9,261 9,724 MoLG/ dopplers cooperating procured MoH partners Procurement of 336,000 CDF, GRZ, 6 examination 112,000 112,000 112,000 MoLG/ delivery beds cooperating beds procured MoH partners Page 264 of 356 Procurement of 170,910 CDF, GRZ, 6 examination 54,214 56,925 59,771 MoLG/ examination beds cooperating lights procured MoH partners Procurement of 46,968 CDF, GRZ, 6 examination 8,500 8,925 9,371 9,840 10,332 MoLG/ examination lights cooperating lights procured MoH partners Procurement of 165,769 CDF, GRZ, 50 mattresses 30,000 31,500 33,075 34,729 36,465 MoLG/ mattresses cooperating procured: 10 per MoH partners year Procurement of 27,629 CDF, GRZ, 25 weighing 5,000 5,250 5,513 5,788 6,078 MoLG/ weighing scales cooperating scales procured; MoH partners 5 per year Procurement of 55,256 CDF, GRZ, 25 wooden 10,000 10,500 11,025 11,576 12,155 MoLG/ height boards cooperating height boards MoH partners procured: 5 per year Procurement of 55,256 CDF, GRZ, 6 microscopes 10,000 10,500 11,025 11,576 12,155 MoLG/ microscope cooperating procured MoH partners Procurement of 165,769 CDF, GRZ, 70 baby 30,000 31,500 33,075 34,729 36,465 MoLG/ baby height cooperating weighing scales/ MoH board/weighing partners height board scale procured Total 1,169,924 Page 265 of 356 Development To Enhance Human Development by 2034 GOAL 4 Objective To improve utilization of health services by adolescent by 2033 from 5 youth friendly corners to 10 Main Strategy Enhance access to HIV services for the youth Programme Construction of youth friendly corners Project Cost Proposed project output TARGET YRS RESPONSIBLE ZMW sources of funding 1 2 3 4 5 Construction of 362,051 CDF, GRZ, 5 youth 84,000 88,200 92,610 97,241 MoLG/MoH youth friendly Cooperating friendly corners corners partners constructed Total 442,051 Development GOAL 4 To Enhance Human Development by 2034 Objective To enhance Infection Prevention and Control (IPC) in all Health Facilities in Mbala by procuring bins and liners by the year 2033 Main Strategy Enhance waste management Programme Procurement of bins and bin liners Project Cost Proposed sources of project output TARGET YRS RESPONSIBLE ZMW funding 1 2 3 4 5 Page 266 of 356 Procurement of 159,139 CDF, GRZ, 500 colour coded 28,800 30,240 31,752 33,340 35,007 MoLG/MoH colour coded cooperating partners bins procured bins Procurement of 82,885 CDF, GRZ, 4500 colour 15,000 15,750 16,538 17,364 18,233 MoLG/MoH colour coded bin cooperating partners coded bin liners liners procured Procurement of 27,352 CDF, GRZ, 99 buckets 4,950 5,198 5,457 5,730 6,017 MoLG/MoH transparent cooperating partners procured buckets Total 269,376 Development 4 To Enhance Human Development by 2034 GOAL Objective To enhance Water Quality Monitoring activities to all health facilities in Mbala by the year 2033 Main Strategy Streamlining water quality monitoring in service provision Programme Procurement of water reagents Project Cost Proposed Project output TARGET YRS RESPONSIB ZMW sources of LE funding 1 2 3 4 5 Procurement of 110,513 CDF, GRZ, Reagents for water 20,000 21,000 22,050 23,153 24,310 MoLG/ MoH water reagents Cooperating analysis procured partners Total 110,513 Page 267 of 356 Development 4 To Enhance Human Development by 2034 GOAL Objective To enhance effective operation of cold chain equipment in health facilities through provision of cold chain equipment by the year 2033 Main Strategy Strengthening cold chain infrastructure for immunization programmes Programme Procurement of solar batteries and cold chain equipment tools box Project Cost ZMW Proposed sources project output TARGET YRS RESPONSIBLE of funding 1 2 3 4 5 Procurement of 218,460 CDF, MoH, 8 cold chain 66,000 72,600 79,860 MoLG/MoH solar batteries Cooperating equipment solar Partners, batteries Community procured Procurement of 16,800 CDF, MoH, 2 tools box 8,000 8,800 MoLG/MoH cold chain Cooperating procured equipment tools Partners, box Community Total 235,260 Page 268 of 356 Development GOAL 4 To Enhance Human Development by 2034 Objective To reduce malaria incidence from 360/ 1 000 in 2023 to 180/1,000 by end of 2033 in all ages Main Strategy Strengthening malaria prevention Programme Conduct IRS and ITN distribution Project Cost Proposed project TARGET YRS RESPONSIBLE ZMW sources of output funding 1 2 3 4 5 To conduct 2,516,777 Cooperating 9 IRS 483,620 493,292 503,158 513,221 523,486 MoLG/ MoH Indoor Residual partners campaigns Spraying conducted campaigns Conduct ITN 650,000 CDF, GRZ, ITNs 300,000 350,000 MoLG/ MoH mass cooperating distributed distribution partners Conduct ICCM 125,000 GRZ, 9 ICCM 25,000 25,000 25,000 25,000 25,000 MoLG/ MoH & Change cooperating orientation agents trainings partners phases conducted Total 3,291,777

3.2.5 HOUSING AND SOCIAL SERVICES Development Goal To Enhance Human Development by 2034 objective To upgrade all the informal settlements in the district by 2034 Main Strategy Lobbying for financial resources from Government and other funding agencies to implement the upgrading of informal settlements Page 269 of 356 Programme Upgrading of the three unplanned settlements of Mbala District Cost (ZMK) Location Proposed source of Project output Target Years Project funding 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Implementing Agency Land and House K3,000,000 Maround Compound MLGRD/ Local Three (3) ✔ TC, DHSS, CCDO, Empowerment to Overspill Compound Development Fund, upgraded and SSO/Local Authority Women and other Chulungoma Local Authority DF, sustainable vulnerable groups Compound Habitat for settlements through Humanity formalisation of unplanned settlements Development Goal To Enhance Human Development by 2034 objective To increase decent and affordable housing units in order to meet the growing demand in the informal settlements by 2034 Main Strategy Lobbying for financial resources from Government and other funding agencies to facilitate development of decent and affordable housing units Programme Improving decent housing units in the three informal settlements of Mbala Cost (ZMK) Location Proposed source of Project output Target Years Project funding 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Implementing Agency Page 270 of 356 Provision of K15,000,000 Maround Compound MLGRD/ Local 100 low-cost ✔ TC, DHSS, CCDO, Decent and Overspill Compound Development Fund, houses SSO/Local Authority Affordable Chulungoma Local Authority DF, constructed Housing Units in Compound Habitat for Improvement Humanity settlements objective To construct modern sports facilities and establish sustainable programs that widen the impact of sport while providing pathways for young Zambians to enrich their lives through participation, leadership, and education by 2034 Main Strategy Formation of Community Hub Sites which are central venues within the community that offer sport-specific training and competition (They are located, owned, and run by the community they serve). Programme Establishing community sports hub sites in the 9 wards of the district Cost (ZMK) Location Proposed source of Project output Target Years Project funding 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Implementing Agency Constructing K10,000,000 MSYA, MLGRD/ 9 Sports Hubs ✔ TC, DHSS, CCDO, SSO/Local multi-purpose Local Development Created Authority district sports facilities Fund, Local Authority, CDF, Donors Page 271 of 356 Development Goal To Enhance Human Development by 2034 objective To provide adequate and modern Public Infrastructure (Markets shelters, Library, Preschool, Storage facility etc.) by 2034 Main Strategy Construction and rehabilitation of modern market shelters, bus stations, storage facilities, council market shops, ablution blocks, modern library and 1*2 Preschool classroom block and engaging in Public Private Partnerships (PPP) Programme Infrastructure development of public amenities. Cost (ZMK) Location Proposed source of Project output Target Years Project funding 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Implementing Agency Construction K80,000,000 Selected parts of MIH, MLGRD/ Modern ✔ TC, DHSS, CCDO, DES, and Mbala District Local Development market shelter SSO/Local Authority rehabilitation of modern market Fund, Local constructed at shelters, bus Authority, CDF, Town market stations, storage facilities, Donors Modern bus council market station shops, ablution blocks, modern constructed library and 1*2 9 storage Preschool classroom block facilities by 2034 constructed in 9 wards Modern library constructed Page 272 of 356 Preschool classroom block constructed Development Goal To Enhance Human Development by 2034 objective To improve revenue for the Local Authority through increased public amenities by 2034 Main Strategy Construction of modern affordable houses and self-belt shops built by council and engaging in Public Private Partnerships (PPP) Programme Infrastructure development of council properties Cost (ZMK) Location Proposed source of Project output Target Years Project funding 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Implementing Agency Construction of K70,000,000 Selected parts of MIH,MLGRD/ 20 Housing ✔ TC, DHSS, CCDO, CDO, Council Mbala District Local Development units DES, SSO/Local Authority Infrastructure Fund, Local Constructed Authority, CDF, 100 Council Donors Shops Constructed Page 273 of 356 Development Goal To Enhance Human Development by 2034 objective To promote local tourism in the district by 2034 Main Strategy Advocate for provision by creating an enabling business environment that will attract tourism investors from within and outside the district of Mbala Programme Formation of Mbala District Local Tourism Investment Plan and participation in tourism shows Cost (ZMK) Location Proposed source of Project Target Years Project funding output 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Implementing Agency Marketing local K15,000,000 MLGRD/ Local ✔ TC, DHSS, CCDO, CDO, tourism Development Fund, SSO/Local Authority Local Authority, CDF, Donors Development Goal To Enhance Human Development by 2034 objective To promote local tourism in the district by 2034 Main Strategy ● Advocate for provision by creating an enabling business environment that will attract cultural investors from within and outside the district of Mbala Page 274 of 356 Programme Formation of Mbala District Cultural Commemoration Plan and participation in traditional shows Cost (ZMK) Location Proposed source of Project Target Years Project funding output 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Implementing Agency Marketing local K5,000,000 MLGRD/ Local ✔ TC, DHSS, CCDO, CDO, traditional Development Fund, Cultural SSO/Local Authority ceremonies Local Authority, Commemorati CDF, Donors on Plan Established

3.2.6 WATER AND SANITATION Development Goal To enhance access to Water Supply and Sanitation by 2034 Objective To enhance access to clean and safe water for all households by 2034 Main Strategy Provision of safe and clean water for domestic use through increasing boreholes from 447 to 1,001 Programme Drilling and Construction of Boreholes Cost (ZMW) Location Proposed Project Target Years Project (Ward) source of output 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/ funding Implementi ng Agency Page 275 of 356 Drilling and 25,850,000 Kazimolwa CDF, 554 5,130,000 6,190,000 7,330,000 8,470,000 9,610,000 DWRD, Construction of , Mwamba, MWDS, boreholes WatSan Boreholes 108 Mwambezi, Cooperating drilled and boreholes Kalambo, partners constructed MotoMoto, Intala, Kawimbe, Nsunzu, Lwandi Development Goal To enhance access to Water Supply and Sanitation by 2034 Objective To enhance access to clean and safe water for all households by 2034 Main Strategy Rehabilitation of non-functional boreholes from 49 to 0 Programme Drilling and Construction of Boreholes Cost Location Proposed Project output Target Years Project (ZMW) (Ward) source of 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Implementing Agency funding Rehabilitation of Kazimolwa, CDF, 49 boreholes 1,470,000 DWRD, WatSan Boreholes 1,470,00 Mwamba, MWDS, rehabilitated 0 Mwambezi, Page 276 of 356 Kalambo, Cooperatin MotoMoto, g partners Intala, Kawimbe, Nsunzu, Lwandi Development Goal To enhance access to Water Supply and Sanitation by 2034 Objective Climate resilience through water harvesting by 2034 Main Strategy Enhance water harvesting for domestic, commercial, and agricultural use Programme Construction of 1 Dam Cost Location Proposed Project output Target Years Project (ZMW) source of 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Implementing Agency funding Construction of 1 10,000,0 Mbala CDF, 1 dam constructed 10,000,000. MWDS, DWRD Dam 00.00 MWDS, 00 Cooperatin g partners Page 277 of 356 Development Goal Objective Increased protection of Groundwater resources by 2034 Main Strategy Enhance Groundwater protection through Aquifer and Recharge zone identification and mapping Programme Aquifer and Groundwater recharge zone identification and mapping Cost Location Proposed Project output Target Years Project (ZMW) source of 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Implementing Agency funding Aquifer Mapping 1,000,00 Mbala CDF, Aquifers identified and 1,000,000.0 MWDS, DWRD

0.00 MWDS, mapped 0 Cooperatin g partners Groundwater 1,000,00 Mbala CDF, Groundwater recharge 1,000,000.0 recharge zones 0.00 MWDS, zones identified and 0 identification and Cooperatin mapped protection g partners Page 278 of 356

3.2.7 SOCIAL WELFARE Development Goal: REDUCE POVERTY AND VULNERABILITY BY 2034 objective To increase number of social cash transfer beneficiaries from 11,701 to 27,000 Main Strategy Provision of regular and timely awareness on requirements of social cash transfer target group to potential beneficiaries Programme Social cash transfer Cost (ZMK) Location Proposed source Project output Target Years Project of funding 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible Agency Identifying and All the Cwacs GRZ/ Donor Vulnerable MCDSS,MGCD, MoHA, selecting households 63 63 63 63 63 CPs, CSOs vulnerable identified and households. selected in all the Cwacs Enumeration All the Cwacs GRZ/ Donor Enumeration 63 63 63 63 63 MCDSS,MGCD, MoHA, conducted in all CPs, CSO the Cwacs Tracking 70,000 All the Cwacs GRZ/ Donor Beneficiary 63 63 63 63 63 MCDSS,MGCD, MoHA, beneficiary households CPs, CSO households progress tracked progress in all the Cwacs Page 279 of 356 Training 100,000 All the Cwacs GRZ/ Donor Beneficiary 63 63 63 63 63 MCDSS,MGCD, MoHA, beneficiaries in training in CPs, CSO financial literacy literacy conducted in all the Cwacs Development Goal: TO REDUCE POVERTY AND VULNERABILITY BY 2034 objective To strengthen measures to mitigate impact of disasters like early warning systems. Main Strategy Provision of support in response to natural disasters or shocks to people at risk of rapid deterioration in economic and social well- being and security. Programme Public Social Welfare Scheme Cost (ZMK) Location Proposed source Project Target Years Project of funding output 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible Agency Develop a risk 80,000 Mbala Boma GRZ/ Donors Risk 1 MCDSS, DMMU, CPs, management Management DMMU, Constituency strategic plan Strategic plan Office, District developed Administration. Page 280 of 356 Beneficiaries 100,000 All the Cwacs GRZ/ Donors Beneficiaries 63 63 MCDSS MoI, District Sensitizations Sensitizations Administration, CPs conducted in all Cwacs Beneficiaries 120,000 All the Cwacs GRZ/ Donors Beneficiaries 63 63 63 MCDSS,DMMU, CPs, capacity building capacity MSME building done Development Goal: TO REDUCE POVERTY AND VULNERABILITY BY 2034 objective To establish one (1)social protection programmes database by 2034 Main Strategy conduct a mapping exercise on social assistance programmes and document their profiles Programme Public Social Welfare Scheme Cost (ZMK) Location Proposed source Project Target Years Project of funding output 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Implementing Agency Develop an 100,000 Mbala Boma GRZ/ Donors electronic 1 MCDSS,DMMU, CPs, DMMU, electronic information MoF information management Page 281 of 356 management system system developed Use GIS mapping 50,000 Mbala Boma GRZ/ Donors social 1 1 1 MCDSS, Local Authority tools to visualise protection social protection programmes programmes visualised using GIS Development Goal: TO REDUCE POVERTY AND VULNERABILITY BY 2034 objective To reduce 50% vulnerability levels amongst households by 2034 Main Strategy Facilitate equal access to appropriate and affordable basic social services. Programme Public Social Welfare Scheme Cost (ZMK) Location Proposed Project Target Years Project source of output 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible Agency funding Conduct 200,000 All the Cwacs GRZ/ Donors Vulnerability 63 63 63 63 63 MCDSS,DMMU, CPs, vulnerability assessments Line Ministries assessments. conducted in all Cwacs. Page 282 of 356 provide financial 150,000 All the Cwacs GRZ/ Donors financial 63 63 63 MCDSS,MSME, CPs, literacy education literacy education provided in all Cwacs Sensitization on 150,000 All the Cwacs GRZ/ Donors Sensitization 63 63 MCDSS, LA, CPs, rights and on rights and Labour Office entitlements entitlements conducted in all Cwacs Development Goal: TO REDUCE POVERTY AND VULNERABILITY BY 2034 objective To enhance protection of women and children undergoing the criminal justice system. Main Strategy To construct Social Protection Infrastructure Programme Public Social Welfare Scheme Cost (ZMK) Location Proposed source Project Target Years Project of funding output 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible Agency Page 283 of 356 Planning and 48,750 MCDSS, CPs, , MHUD, local design authority Sites preparations 325,000 Mbala Boma GRZ/ Donors infrastructure 1 1 1 1 1 Sites prepared MCDSS, CPs, , MHUD, local authority Foundation work 650,000 Mbala Boma GRZ/ Donors Foundation 1 1 1 1 1 MCDSS, CPs, , MHUD, local work done authority Framing 700,000 Mbala Boma GRZ/ Donors Framing done 1 1 1 1 1 MCDSS, CPs, , MHUD, local authority Installations of 800,000 Mbala Boma GRZ/ Donors 1 1 1 1 1 MCDSS, CPs, , MHUD, local electrical, authority plumbing and HVAC systems Finishing work 750,000 Mbala Boma GRZ/ Donors 1 1 1 1 1 MCDSS, CPs, , MHUD, local authority Page 284 of 356 Development Goal: TO REDUCE POVERTY AND VULNERABILITY BY 2034 objective To ensure enhanced coordination and coherence amongst social protection programmes Main Strategy Establish a district Social Protection Coordination committee. Programme Public Social Welfare Scheme Cost (ZMK) Location Proposed source Project Target Years Project of funding output 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible Agency Define Committee 90,000 Mbala Boma GRZ/ Donors 1 mandate and MCDSS, CPs, , District objectives Administration, local authority Establish 50,000 Mbala Boma GRZ/ Donors 1 MCDSS, CPs, , District governance Administration, local authority structure develop a 90,000 Mbala Boma GRZ/ Donors 1 MCDSS, DMMU, CPs, , coordination District Administration, local framework authority conduct 90,000 Mbala Boma GRZ/ Donors 1 1 MCDSS, DMMU, CPs, , stakeholder District Administration, local consultations authority Page 285 of 356 Development Goal: TO REDUCE POVERTY AND VULNERABILITY BY 2034 objective To ensure 100% coordination and coherence amongst social protection programmes Main Strategy Design and develop a district Single Registry for beneficiaries of social protection programmes. Programme Public Social Welfare Scheme Cost (ZMK) Location Proposed Project output Target Years Project source of 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible Agency funding designing 50,000 Mbala Boma GRZ/ Donors Designing done 1 MCDSS, DMMU, CPs, , District Administration, local authority Developing 100,000 Mbala Boma GRZ/ Donors Development done 1 MCDSS, DMMU, CPs, , District Administration, local authority Implementation 70,000 Mbala Boma GRZ/ Donors Implementation 1 MCDSS, DMMU, CPs, , done District Administration, local authority Development Goal: TO REDUCE POVERTY AND VULNERABILITY BY 2034 objective To ensure 100% coordination and coherence amongst social protection programmes Main Strategy Design and develop a district Single Registry for beneficiaries of social protection programmes. Page 286 of 356 Programme Public Social Welfare Scheme Cost (ZMK) Location Proposed Project output Target Years Project source of 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible Agency funding designing 50,000 Mbala Boma GRZ/ Donors Designing done 1 MCDSS, DMMU, CPs, , District Administration, local authority Developing 100,000 Mbala Boma GRZ/ Donors Development done 1 MCDSS, DMMU, CPs, , District Administration, local authority Implementation 70,000 Mbala Boma GRZ/ Donors Implementation 1 MCDSS, DMMU, CPs, , done District Administration, local authority

3.2.8 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Goal To reduce poverty and vulnerability by 2034 objective To enhance access to affordable social services Main Strategy Improvement of social services to the vulnerable in Mbala District by 2034 Programme Recruitment of Seven (7) Community Development Assistants Page 287 of 356 Cost Location Proposed Project Target Years (ZMK) source of output funding Project 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Implementi ng Agency Recruitment of Kazimolwa, MCDSS 7 4 2 1 MOE Community Nsunzu, Community Development Mwambezi, Developme Assistants Kalambo, nt Mwamba, Assistants Intala & recruited Moto moto Programme Construction of Eight (8) Staff Houses to Community Development Assistants to reach the beneficiaries. Cost Location Proposed Project Target Years Project (ZMK) source of output 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Implementi funding ng Agency Construction of staff K4,800,000 Kazimolwa, MCDSS 8 Staff K1,200,000 K1,200,00 K1,200,000 K1,20 55,320,000 MOE houses Nsunzu, & houses 0 0,000 MOE Mwambezi, COOPER constructed Kalambo, ATING Mwamba, PARTNE Intala, RS - CDF Kawimbe & Moto moto Programme Procurement of Nine (9) Motorbikes for Community Development Assistants Page 288 of 356 Cost Location Proposed Project Target Years Project (ZMK) source of output 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Implementi funding ng Agency Procurement of K675,000 Kazimolwa, MCDSS Nine (9) K225,000 K225,000 K225,000 53,280,000 MOE Motorbikes for Nsunzu, COOPER Motorbikes MOE Community Lwandi, ATING for Development Mwambezi, PARTNE Community Assistants Kalambo, RS - CDF Developme Mwamba, nt Intala, Assistants Kawimbe & procured Moto moto Programme Food Security pack Programme Cost Location Proposed Project Target Years Project (ZMK) source of output 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Implementi funding ng Agency To increase the Centrally Kazimolwa, MCDSS Number of 3,000 3,000 2,000 MOE number of costed Nsunzu, & beneficiarie MOE beneficiaries in the Lwandi, COOPER s on the Food Security pack Mwambezi, ATING Food from 2,124 to 8,000 Kalambo, PARTNE Security in Mbala District by Mwamba, RS - CDF pack 2034. Intala, increases Kawimbe & from 2,124 Moto moto to 8,000. Page 289 of 356 Programme Support Women Livelihood (GEWEL) Project Cost Location Proposed Project Target Years Project (ZMK) source of output 1 2 3 4 funding To increase the K10,500,000 Kazimolwa, MCDSS Number of K3,500,000 K3,500,00 K3,500,00 number of Nsunzu, & women 0 0 beneficiaries in Lwandi, COOPER assisted Support Women Mwambezi, ATING with Grants Livelihood Kalambo, PARTNE and formed (GEWEL)Program Mwamba, RS - CDF savings me Intala, groups to Mbala District from Kawimbe & enhance 1,337 to 5,452 by Moto moto Nutrition 2034 activities using a user- friendly technology. Support Women Livelihood (GEWEL) Project Programme Page 290 of 356 Target Years Proposed Cost Project Location source of Project (ZMK) output 1 2 3 4 funding Improvement of financial Kazimolwa 600 women literacy in , Nsunzu, assisted Village banking Lwandi, MCDSS with Grants programme Mwambezi, & and formed among targeted K1,500,00 Kalambo, COOPER savings K500,000 K500,000 K500,000 beneficiaries by 0 Mwamba, ATING groups to 2034 Intala, PARTNE enhance Kawimbe RS - CDF Nutrition & Moto activities. moto

3.2.9 FORESTS, ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT Development Reduction of Annual Deforestation Rate Goal Objective To reduce the annual deforestation rate from 300,000 ha per year to 298,000 ha by 2034 Main Strategy Promote establishment of community forestry nurseries Programme Nursery establishment Location Project output Target Years Page 291 of 356 Project Cost Proposed 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Imple (ZMK) source of menting Agency funding Establishment of 500,000 100 000 110,000 120,000 130,00 140,0 0 00 8 satellite tree nurseries in all the wards Kawama , Number of Mwamba and CDF, GRZ seedlings raised FORESTRY, londe village COUNCIL and DMMU Beekeeping 500,000 Kaluluzi,masa 100,000 110,000 120,000 130,00 140,0 0 00 development mba and Number of chalele village groups trained FORESTRY, DES CDF, GRZ and COUNCIL Establishment of 150,000 Landula 150,000 165,000 181,500 199,65 219,6 0 15 10 forest natural village, Forest natural regeneration masamba, CDF, GRZ regeneration Town Clerk, DES areas(FNR) lwiimbo plots and DPH village established outward bound Page 292 of 356 Development Promote sustainable plantation establishment and expansion Goal : Objective To reduce deforestation by establishing 50 hectares of pine plantation, contributing to sustainable forest management by 2034 Main Strategy:2 Promote plantation expansion Programme Plantation establishment and management Cost Location Proposed Project output Target Years Project (ZMK) source of 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Imple funding menting Agency Establish 10 300,000 Number of 300,000 330,000 363,000, 39 0 hectares 6, hectares Exotic plantation 00 Chila forest established 0 plantation CDF, GRZ Forestry / other partners Establish 5 100,000 Chila Number of 100,000 110,000 120,000 13 0 agroforestry plots 0, plantation site woodlots 00 established 0 Forestry, Council CDF, GRZ Page 293 of 356 Development Enhanced Extension Service Delivery by 2034 Goal Objective To enhance extension service delivery among 90% of rural communities by 2034 Main Advance forestry extension services through procurement of land cruiser pick and construction of the office block Strategy:2 Programme Cost Location Proposed Project output Target Years Project (ZMK) source of 1 2 3 4 5 Responsible/Imple funding menting Agency Purchase of 1 800,000 Landcruiser 800,000 0 0 0 0 land cruiser procured pick up District office Forestry, CDF, GRZ Town Council, DES and DPH Construction of 150,000 150,000 0 0 0 0 Forestry District Forestry Number of office block and storage facility old office offices Forestry and CDF, GRZ constructed partners Page 294 of 356

3.2.10 TOURISM Development Diversify the Local Economy and promote Job Creation by 2034 GOAL 1 Objective To increase the tourism products and services in the district by 2034 Main strategy Tourism Product Development in Mbala through PPP Programme Tourism product development Project Activities Cost ZMW Proposed project TARGET YRS RESPONSIB sources of output LE funding 1 2 3 4 5 1. 1.Develop and Marking and K150 000 GRZ/ 10 heritage 10,000 20,000 50,000 50,000 20,000 Ministry of Identification of LA/Local sites marked Tourism promote Local Heritage Communiti and diversification Sites in and es documented around Mbala of tourism Conduct products detailed research on heritage 2. sites, marking camping sites, fencing the sites, document heritage sites in Mbala 3. Localise Moto K500 000 GRZ/LA/P Museum 150 000 150 000 100 000 100 000 Ministry of Moto museum rivate exhibitions Tourism exhibitions in sector/Loc reviewed, Archaeology, al gaps filled, History, Communiti research Ethnography es conducted and Natural and local History heritage documented Page 295 of 356 -Conduct research in Archaeology, History and Ethnography, review the existing museum exhibitions, collect objects for research and exhibitions and document local histories Promote cultural K50 000 GRZ/LA/P Cultural 10 000 10 000 10 000 20 000 Ministry of festivals and rivate festivals and Tourism exhibitions sector/Trad exhibitions annually itional covered and Leadership promoted /Local Communiti es Documentation K50 000 GRZ/LA/P Local 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 Ministry of and promotion rivate traditional Tourism of Traditional sector/Trad ceremonies Ceremonies in itional of the Mbala Leadership Mambwe /Local Lungu Communiti documented es Development of K500 000 GRZ/LA/P Adrenaline 500 000 Ministry of adrenaline rivate tourism Tourism tourism products sector products Page 296 of 356 at Kalambo falls developed at and Mount Kalambo Nsunzu falls and Mount Nsunzu Documentation K50 000 GRZ/LA/P Traditional 50 000 Ministry of of Intangible rivate Mambwe Tourism cultural heritage sector/Trad Lungu Songs in form of itional and dances Traditional Leadership documented songs and /Local dances among Communiti the Mambwe es Lungu Development of K70 000 GRZ/LA/P Adventure K70 000 Ministry of adventure rivate tourism Tourism tourism products sector developed at Moto Moto around Museum, Mbala Kalambo falls, district Chisanza area, Old prison, Mount Nsunzu area, Zombe fortification and other heritage sites Production and Produce and K150 000 GRZ/LA/P Calendars 30 000 30 000 30 000 30 000 30 000 Ministry of distribution of distribute rivate produced and Tourism museum calendars sector distributed calendars and Page 297 of 356 other publicity materials Grading and Grade and K50 000 GRZ/LA/P Classified 50 000 Ministry of classification classify rivate and graded Tourism of Accommodation sector hospitality Accommodati establishments industry in on in Mbala Mbala establishments District in Mbala Create an up- Create ICH K30 000 GRZ/LA/P Mambwe 30 000 Ministry of to-date inventory for the rivate Lungu ICH Tourism inventory of Mambwe Lungu sector inventory intangible People created cultural Heritage in Mbala Promote the Promotion of K150 000 GRZ/LA/P Vingwengwe 25 000 50 000 25 000 50 000 Ministry of inscription and the recognition rivate music and Tourism recognition of of Mambwe sector/Loc insimba Kawimbe Lungu al dance vingwengwe Namwanga Traditional recognized music and Vingwengwe Leadership by UNESCO insimba dance and Insimba / Local as a world as Intangible dance as an ICH Communiti heritage Cultural master piece es masterpiece Heritage under UNESCO master piece by UNESCO Public Private -Encourage 900 000 GRZ/LA/P Established 250 000 450 000 200 000 Ministry of Partnership local businesses rivate tour Tourism Investments to invest in tour sector operators into the operating and NHCC Tourism business leases old Page 298 of 356 Sector in - Lease the old prison to Mbala District prison which is TATA under NHCC to the Tanganyika Abercorn Tourism Association TATA to promote tourism in Mbala Developing Identify and 100 000 GRZ/LA/P 45 100 000 Ministry of the Moto Moto train community rivate Community Tourism Museum tour guides sector tour guides EcoTourism under the Moto identified Products at Moto Museum and trained Londe, Luse Eco/Ethno in tour lwamfumu and tourism project guiding St Paul’s in in Mbala 10 New Mbala Procure bicycles bicycles under under the the Moto Moto Moto Moto Museum Museum Eco/Ethno Eco/Ethno tourism project tourism in Mbala project in Mbala procured Promoting Sensitising, 50 000 GRZ/LA/P 67 50 000 Ministry of Eco-Tourism identification rivate Community Tourism products at and training sector members Kalambo falls community trained in , Uningi Plains members in Ethno and Ethno and Eco Page 299 of 356 and Lake tourism Eco tourism Chila management management Construction of 250 000 GRZ/LA/P Presence of 6 250 000 Ministry of 6 Chalets at the rivate chalets Tourism museum for sector tourists wishing to stay near the Eco and Ethno tourism project area Training local 50 000 GRZ/LA/P Local 50 000 Ministry of community rivate community Tourism members in sector members quality crafts trained in and souvenirs quality production crafts and souvenirs production Identification of 20 000 GRZ/LA/P Heritage trail 5000 5000 5000 5000 Ministry of the heritage trail rivate connecting Tourism connecting sector different different sites in sites in the the project area project area identified Formation of 30 000 GRZ/LA/P Crafts clubs 30 000 Ministry of crafts clubs and rivate and Tourism cooperatives, sector cooperatives organise formed capacity Capacity building through building to provision of enhance skills artists skills enhancement provided Page 300 of 356 training to the artistes, linking Local the craftsmen craftsmen and women to and women local and linked to international local and markets and international empowerment markets and funds. access to empowerme nt funds. Increase the Records of 25 000 GRZ/LA/P Number of 25 000 Ministry of number of number of local rivate local tourists Tourism Domestic visitors to the sector at Moto Tourist Museum and Moto Arrivals at other sites Museum and Moto Moto determined and other tourists museum, made available sites Kalambo falls to the established and other stakeholders tourist sites Increase the Records of 25 000 GRZ/LA/P Number of 25 000 Ministry of number of number of rivate international Tourism international international sector tourists at arrivals per visitors to the Moto Moto year in Mbala Museum and Museum and other sites other tourists determined and sites made available established to the stakeholders Prolong the Improve tourism 10 000 GRZ/LA/P Tourism 10 000 Ministry of Average facilities in rivate services and Tourism Length of stay Mbala sector Page 301 of 356 of Tourists facilities (Days) in improved Mbala Establishing Establish an 40 000 GRZ/LA/P Information 40 000 Ministry of Information rivate Centre Tourism information centre for sector established centre tourists Decentralisatio Construction of 200 000 GRZ/LA District 50 000 50 000 50 000 50 000 Ministry of n of the a District Tourism Tourism operations of Tourism Office Office the Tourism Constructed sector in Mbala through the creation of the District Tourism office Total 3 450 000 Objective To develop, promote and market the Mbala District tourism potential as one package and improve on the marketing strategies by 2034 Main strategy Develop effective tourism promotions and improving levels of tourism marketing strategies Programme Tourism promotion and marketing Project Activitie Cost Proposed sources project TARGET YRS RESPONSIB s ZMW of funding output LE 1 2 3 4 5 Mark, develop Develop K170 GRZ/LA A detailed 50,000 120,000 Ministry of and promote a 000 Mbala Tourism tourist detailed District attractions docume Tourism through nt Profile tourism profiling Document marketing and all the published packaging the tourist and shared attractio Page 302 of 356 district tourism ns with attractions. available stakeholders in Mbala Produce films and docume ntaries to advertise the rich tourist attractio ns available in Mbala Market the Market K40 000 GRZ/LA Ecotourism 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 Ministry of eco/ethno the Eco project Tourism tourism project Tourism marketed locally and project internationally available in Mbala Sponsor a Producti K200 GRZ/Private IEC 50 000 50 000 50000 50 000 Ministry of series of on of 000 Sector/LA materials Tourism tourism IEC produced and promotion material shared with programmes s such as the general on local media brochure public s and Mbala postcard Tourism s as potential promoti advertised on onal both the print and Page 303 of 356 material electronic s media Print T shirts on tourism promoti on Identific ation of tourism -sites for investme nts -Site profiling - Televisi on docume ntaries -Radio program s - Newspa per articles Print and Print K150 GRZ/Private Billboards 150 000 Ministry of mount tourism and 000 Sector/LA printed and Tourism billboards in mount mounted strategic places promoti onal Page 304 of 356 billboard s of the Moto Moto Museum and other tourist sites in strategic places Linking Develop K10 000 GRZ/Private local 10 000 Ministry of Stakeholders local Sector/LA marketing Tourism to appropriate initiative strategies in Marketing marketin place Media g strategie s Establish and Encoura K900 Private Sector/LA Hospitality 900 000 Ministry of increase ge local 000 industry Tourism accommodatio business expanded n facilities es through PPP through the HCAZ to expand the accomm odation facilities Formation of a Formati K20 000 District Mbala 20 000 Ministry of steering on of the Administration/LA/ District Tourism committee to Mbala Private Sector Tourism Page 305 of 356 market the District Steering tourism Tourism Committee potential of theSteering formed district Committ ee Creating Come K50 000 District A District 10 000 20 000 10 000 10 000 Ministry of District up with Administration/LA/ Tourism Tourism Tourism a Private Sector Package in Package District place and through Tourism successfully stakeholder Package linked to the engagements - Link Northern the Tourism district Circuit and package marketed as to the one package Northern Tourism Circuit Procure ICT Design K250 GRZ/LA/Private Mbala 250 000 Ministry of equipment for Mbala 000 Sector district Tourism the promotion district tourism of tourism tourism website, website social media and platforms social and online media advertisemen platform ts designed s and made On-line available advertise with accurate ments information Total Page 306 of 356 Objective To create a conducive environment for the local people to participate in the management of wildlife through the creation of a local game management area in Mbala by 2034 Main strategy Promoting the sustainable utilization of natural resources through the creation of a local Game Management area in Mbala Programme Creating and stocking of wildlife in Zombe chiefdom through Wildlife Management and Capacity Building Project Activitie Cost Proposed sources project TARGET YRS RESPONSIB s ZMW of funding output LE 1 2 3 4 5 Stock wildlife Commu K450 GRZ Local Game 450 000 Chamber of in Mbala at nity 000 management Commerce mwene sensitiza area created President Zombe’s Area tions, Ministry of near Kalambo Identific Tourism falls site ation of Local 1. the area, Traditional fencing leadership off the Local area and authority stocking of wildlife .Train local Identific K250 GRZ Local people 250 000 Chamber of community ation of 000 trained in Commerce members in commun wildlife President wildlife ity management Ministry of management member Tourism s to be Local trained Traditional and leadership impleme Local ntation authority of the actual training Page 307 of 356 in local Game Manage ment Total 700 0000 Page 308 of 356

4.0 PART FOUR: SPATIAL DEVELOPMENT FRAMEWORK The Spatial Development Framework (SDF) for Mbala District is a strategic plan designed to guide the spatial distribution of land uses within the district. It aligns with the vision, goals, and objectives of the Integrated Development Plan (IDP), ensuring that developmental policies and goals are effectively applied to the physical space within the IDP area. The Spatial Development Framework for Mbala District is formulated based on a situation analysis conducted under the Planning Survey and Issues Report section of the IDP. It is informed by the assessment of three distinct development scenarios, which were devised based on needs evaluations. Scenario one: Agricultural Productivity Scenario The district’s economy is predominantly driven by agriculture, which provides livelihoods for about 70% of its residents. The primary crops grown include maize, beans, cassava, potatoes, and various vegetables. The district also engages in livestock rearing, with cattle, goats, and chickens being the most common. Page 309 of 356 Map Showing the Agricultural Areas of Mbala Source: Mbala Municipal Council Planning Department, 2024 Employment: Agriculture is the main source of employment, supporting both the formal and informal sectors. Community Support: Mbala town acts as a regional trade hub, supporting rural communities and contributing to the district’s socio-economic growth Diverse Crops: The cultivation of a variety of crops ensures food security for the district’s population. This diversity helps mitigate the risk of food shortages due to crop failure. Infrastructure Improvements: Agricultural activities often lead to improvements in infrastructure, such as roads and storage facilities, which benefit the entire community. Support for Rural Communities: The agricultural sector supports rural communities by providing essential goods and services, enhancing overall quality of life. Agro-Processing: There are opportunities for investment in agro-processing, which can add value to agricultural products and create additional employment1. Tourism Potential: The district’s agricultural landscape also has the potential to attract agro- tourism, further boosting the local economy. Page 310 of 356 Scenario Two: Commercial Tourism Scenario Mbala District has significant potential for commercial tourism, thanks to its rich natural and cultural heritage. Tourism can create numerous jobs in hospitality, transportation, and tour guiding, boosting the local economy. Increased tourist arrivals can lead to higher revenue from accommodation, food services, and entry fees to attractions. Tourism can drive community development by funding local projects and improving living standards. Map Showing the Commercial-Tourism of Mbala Source: Mbala Municipal Council Planning Department, 2024 Kalambo Falls: One of the tallest waterfalls in Africa, Kalambo Falls is a major attraction. It offers breath-taking views and opportunities for hiking and nature photography. Moto Moto Museum: This museum showcases the cultural and historical heritage of the region, attracting history enthusiasts. Page 311 of 356 Nsunzu Mountain: Known for its scenic beauty, Nsunzu Mountain is a popular spot for trekking and adventure tourism. Lake Chila: A serene lake that provides opportunities for fishing, boating, and relaxation. Tanganyika Victoria Memorial Institute: The institute is a significant cultural and historical site in Mbala, reflecting the region’s colonial history and its ongoing commitment to preserving cultural heritage. Scenario Three: Agro-Tourism (Agritourism) Scenario The third scenario is a mix of the two Scenarios “Agriculture and Tourism” thereby referred to as Agro-tourism, it can create an additional revenue stream for farmers by attracting tourists to their farms. Visitors may be interested in farm tours, farm-to-table dining experiences, and purchasing fresh produce directly. Agro-tourism allows tourists to learn about traditional farming practices, local food production, and cultural heritage. It fosters a deeper appreciation for the local way of life. By making traditional farming and local food production part of the tourist experience, Agritourism helps preserve and promote indigenous knowledge and practices. Page 312 of 356 Source: Mbala Municipal Council Planning Department, 2024 Mbala’s strategic location as a transit town and its proximity to Mpulungu Port, which provides trade links across Lake Tanganyika, further bolster its potential for economic development. Overall, with targeted investments and strategic planning, Mbala can significantly enhance its tourism and agricultural sectors, contributing to the region’s socio-economic growth. The Chosen Scenario For Mbala District being an Agricultural and Tourism district, the third scenario would be the Agro-Tourism (Agritourism) Scenario. Mbala district is already an agricultural zone, the agricultural sector is seen as an engine of socio-economic growth for the district. The district acts as a regional trade hub and supports rural communities by providing valuable trade and services. Mbala is also linked to nearby Mpulungu port, which provides trade links across Lake Tanganyika Port thus there is potential for Tourism growth. Mbala is also part of the planned Northern tourist circuit, home to Kalambo falls (the 2nd tallest waterfalls in Africa), the Moto Moto museum, Nsunzu Mountain and historic sites. Thus the combination of these two Page 313 of 356 scenarios is best for Mbala district, it being that they are the main economic activities of the district. This will boost the economics of the district as well as lead to the improvement of the poor road infrastructure especially the feeder roads, underdeveloped hospitality services and Tourism infrastructure development. Upgrading and expansion of the Zombe- Kasesha border Post to a one stop border Post is underway, this will also enhance revenue collection and boost trade between Zambia and Tanzania as well boost the agricultural and Tourism sector in the district. LOCAL AUTHORITY FINANCIAL PLAN The local authority financial plan is key in this exercise in that, it tends to give an institution direction to ensure that sustainable management and proper and effective allocation of resources is attained, through budget preparation and implementation.it is for this reason that a revenue assessment and projection was carried out as part of IDP preparation for the period of five (5) years that is 2024-2028. Key findings REVENUE Local taxes and fees and charges are the main sources of revenue for Mbala Municipal Council, and represent 85% of the locally generated revenue, as can be seen on the table below in the year 2023. The local taxes comprise of personal levy and property rates for both residential and commercial properties within Mbala District. while fees and charges consist of plot premiums and applications, communication mast levies, crop levy, rental income, market, bus and toilet fees and other fees. The local authority depends mainly on grants from the central government in the form of Local Government Equalization Fund (LGEF) which represents 74% of the overall budget excluding Constituency Development Fund (CDF). These funds are spent on personal emolument. REVENUE BUDGET PERFORMANCE FOR THE YEAR 2023 Item Budgeted Amount Actual Collection Collection % 2023 2023 Local Taxes 1,314,338.40 1,120,009.32 85.2 Fees & Charges 2,700,423.60 2,293,204.52 84.9 Page 314 of 356 Licences 62,516.00 145,046.00 232.0 Levies 420,625.80 312,303.08 74.2 Permits 376,190.00 198,549.00 52.8 Other Receipts 5,728.06 Own Source Revenue 4,874,093.80 4,074,839.98 83.6 LGEF 14,999,610.00 12,943,972.66 86.3 Other Grants 510,000.00 500,000.00 98.0 CDF 28,300,000.00 28,282,192.65 99.9 National Support 43,809,610.00 41,726,165.31 95.2 Grand Total 48,683,703.80 45,801,005.29 94.1 Source: Mbala Municipal Council (Finance Department) 2024 EXPENDITURE The expenditure for the recurrent budget for the year 2023 solely depends on the income that the council generates locally and externally. The funds are spent according to the budget and financial guidelines. Page 315 of 356 Source: Mbala Municipal Council (Finance Department) 2024 From the table above, the total expenditure for the year 2022 was K20, 906,860.41 while for 2023 was K42, 285,109.82, representing an increase of 51%. This is attributed to an increase in the CDF allocation and most 2022 bursaries, loans and grants were disbursed in 2023 including community projects were implemented in the following year. Under Non- Financial Assets -It is important to note that 64% of the overall performance represents Community Development Fund (CDF) which includes; community projects, bursaries, loans for the youths and women and grants. 27% of the overall budget represents personnel Emoluments, this entails that the whole grant (LGEF) is spent on salaries plus part of the locally generated income. The council has no control over this budget line as deployment of staff is done by the Local Government Service Commission under the Ministry of Local government and rural development. While other goods and services which include office material, motor vehicle and building maintenance costs, travel and training allowances, committee meetings and requisites, Page 316 of 356 represent 8% of the overall budget and other payments which include statutory obligations, salary arrears, terminal benefits and other liabilities, represents 1% of the actual budget. Note that the budgeted amount under liabilities does not represent the total Debt of the council. DEBT Mbala Municipal council’s debt is K30, 226,115.39 as at 31st December 2023.it is important to note that the debt is historical. However, the council has plans to clear it off once the block making project, liquor distributing business and the grasshopper Inn which is currently being renovated is fully operational. The local authority will ensure that profits from these businesses are committed to paying salaries at gross, unlike the “status quo” which has led to huge penalties and legal charges among others, as can be seen on the table below. The council has also signed Memorandum of understanding with the institutions that it owes and payment plans are in place. Category Closing Balance (ZMK) Statutory Obligations 19,940,945.15 Supplier Of Goods & Services 347,882.17 Personal Emolument 8,637,270.07 Others(MADISON,ZSIC,NHIMA Etc) 1,300,018.00 TOTAL 30,226,115.39 Source: Mbala Municipal Council (Finance Department) 2024 REVENUE AND EXPENDITURE FORECASTS LOCAL TAXES These include personal levy, property rates both commercial and residential. The forecast here is that the main valuation roll will be updated in the year 2026 and most of the properties that Page 317 of 356 were captured as undeveloped in the previous roll would have been developed leading to the increase in local taxes at 5-10 percent per annum. FEES & CHARGES Mbala District will have more business opportunities especially with the opening of Kaseshya border which is likely to be fully operational in the year 2026. Land for property commercial use (shops) has been identified awaiting approval from the Ministry of lands. The projection is that vaults like application forms, market, bus and toilet fees, farm produce and other fees and charges are likely to increase at the rate of 5-30 percent per annum. LICENCES Liquor licence is issued every after three (3) years, meaning if the last issuance was 2022 the next will be in 2024 and 2027 respectively. This projection is based on the actual performance, database and liquor licensing act, 2011. LEVIES Business levy will increase at 5% per annum, due to the increase in business activities following the opening of the Zombe Border. PERMITS Under this fault, the projection is that business houses will increase following the increase in levies as stated above, at the rate of 2 to 5% per annum. NATIONAL SUPPORT Local Government Equalization Fund (LGEF), Constituency Development Fund (CDF), roads grant, Local Government Equalisation Fund and other grants are projected based on the budget guidelines. Page 318 of 356

5.0 PART 5: MONITORING AND EVALUATION FRAMEWORK

5.1.1 FISHERIES AND LIVESTOCK DEVELOPMENT Project Activity Key Indicator Baseline Target Years Source of Performance Definition Information Indicator 1 2 3 4 5 Construction of Site Survey Number of sites Number of sites 0 2 2 2 2 1 Survey Report Livestock Service surveyed identified Centers (LSC) Procurement Number of Letter of award 0 2 2 2 2 1 Contract File Contracts awarded available Site Hand over Site possession Commencement 0 2 2 2 2 1 Contract File certificate order issued available Project Execution Number of LSC constructed & 0 2 2 2 2 1 Hand Over Report structures completed constructed Project Monitoring Number of Number of Field 0 2 2 2 2 1 Field Report File inspection reports Reports Project Evaluation Number of Number of Minutes 0 2 2 2 2 1 Minutes from PSC Meetings held Commissioning Number of Number of Reports 0 1 1 1 1 1 Departmental meetings Reports Construction of Site Survey Number of sites Number of sites 0 2 2 2 2 1 Survey Report Slaughter Facilities surveyed identified (SF) Procurement Number of Letter of award 0 2 2 2 2 1 Contract File Contracts awarded available Site Hand over Site possession Commencement 0 2 2 2 2 1 Contract File certificate order issued available Page 319 of 356 Project Execution Number of S.F constructed & 0 2 2 2 2 1 Hand Over Report structures completed constructed Project Monitoring Number of Number of Field 0 2 2 2 2 1 Field Report File inspection reports Reports Project Evaluation Number of Number of Minutes 0 2 2 2 2 1 Minutes from PSC Meetings held Commissioning Number of Number of Reports 0 1 1 1 1 1 Departmental meetings Reports Site Survey Number of sites Number of sites 0 4 4 1 1 1 Survey Report Construction of surveyed identified Houses for Camp Procurement Number of Letter of award 0 4 4 1 1 1 Contract File Extension Staff Contracts awarded available Site Hand over Site possession Commencement 0 4 4 1 1 1 Contract File certificate order issued available Project Execution Number of Camp Houses 0 4 4 1 1 1 Hand Over Report structures constructed & constructed completed Project Monitoring Number of Number of Field 0 4 4 1 1 1 Field Report File inspection reports Reports Project Evaluation Number of Number of Minutes 0 4 4 1 1 1 Minutes from PSC Meetings held Commissioning Number of Number of Reports 0 1 1 1 1 1 Departmental meetings Reports Foot and Mouth Project Execution Number of FMD FMD vaccination 0 2 2 2 2 2 Hand Over Report Disease vaccination vaccinations conducted conducted Project Monitoring Number of Number of Field 0 2 2 2 2 2 Field Report File inspection reports Reports Project Evaluation Number of Number of Minutes 0 2 2 2 2 2 Minutes Meetings held Page 320 of 356 Commissioning Number of Number of Reports 0 1 1 1 1 1 Departmental meetings Reports Contagious Bovine Project Execution Number of CBPP CBPP vaccination 0 1 1 1 1 1 Hand Over Report Pleuropneumonia vaccination conducted (CBPP) vaccination conducted Project Monitoring Number of Number of Field 0 1 1 1 1 1 Field Report File inspection reports Reports Project Evaluation Number of Number of Minutes 0 1 1 1 1 1 Minutes Meetings held Commissioning Number of Number of Reports 0 1 1 1 1 1 Departmental meetings Reports Surveillance of Trans Project Execution Number of TADs TADs surveillance 0 2 2 2 2 2 Hand Over Report boundary Animal surveillance conducted Diseases (TADs) conducted Project Monitoring Number of Number of Field 0 2 2 2 2 2 Field Report File inspection reports Reports Project Evaluation Number of Number of Minutes 0 2 2 2 2 2 Minutes Meetings held Commissioning Number of Number of Reports 0 1 1 1 1 1 Departmental meetings Reports Procurement Number of Letter of award 0 1 1 1 1 1 Contract File Motor bikes for Contracts awarded available Camp Extension Project Execution Number of Motor Motor bikes 0 2 2 2 2 2 Hand Over Report Staff bikes procured procured and delivered Commissioning Number of Number of Reports 0 1 1 1 1 1 Departmental meetings Reports Site Survey Number of sites Number of sites 0 0 0 1 1 0 Survey Report surveyed identified Page 321 of 356 Construction of Procurement Number of Letter of award 0 0 0 1 1 0 Contract File Aquaculture Service Contracts awarded available Centres Site Hand over Site possession Commencement 0 0 0 1 1 0 Contract File certificate order issued available Project Execution Number of Aquaculture Service 0 0 0 1 1 0 Hand Over Report structures Centers constructed constructed & completed Project Monitoring Number of Number of Field 0 0 0 1 1 0 Field Report File inspection reports Reports Project Evaluation Number of Number of Minutes 0 0 0 1 1 0 Minutes from PSC Meetings held Commissioning Number of Number of Reports 0 0 0 1 1 0 Departmental meetings Reports Aquaculture Undertake Number of Sensitization 0 1 2 3 4 Training Report Extension and sensitization sensitization meetings conducted Advisory Services meetings for fish meetings in best management farmers in best conducted in best practices in management management aquaculture practices in practices in aquaculture aquaculture Conduct trainings for Number of fish Fish farmers trained 245 50 5 50 50 50 Field Report File fish farmers in best farmers trained in in best management 0 management best management practices in practices in practices in aquaculture aquaculture aquaculture Conduct Number of Sensitization 0 3 3 3 3 3 Field Report File sensitization sensitization meetings conducted meetings on meetings on Formulation and Formulation and conducted on Strengthening Strengthening Formulation and Community Community Strengthening Fisheries Fisheries Community Management Fisheries Structures Page 322 of 356 Management Management Structures Structures Capture Fisheries Conduct awareness Number of Awareness and 0 1 2 3 4 5 Field Report File Extension and and sensitization awareness and sensitization Advisory Services campaign on sensitization campaign conducted economic values and campaign on economic values importance of fresh conducted on and importance of water resources economic values fresh water and importance of resources fresh water resources Motor Vehicles for Procurement Number of Letter of award 0 0 0 1 1 0 Contract File District Staff Contracts awarded available Project Execution Number of Motor Motor Vehicles 0 0 0 1 1 0 Hand Over Report Vehicles procured procured and delivered Commissioning Number of Number of Reports 0 0 0 1 1 0 Departmental meetings Reports Page 323 of 356

5.1.2 TOURISM Monitoring and Evaluation Plan, Including Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) Development Goal # 1: Diversify the Local Economy and promote Job Creation by 2034 Development objective: To develop and rehabilitate new tourism related infrastructure at the Museum and around the district to improve service delivery by 2034 Priority area Activity Key Indicator Baseline Target Years Source of Performance Definition Information Indicator 1 2 3 4 5 Rehabilitation of Number of Rehabilitated 0 1 Reports from the Moto Moto museums museum building Local Authority, Museum(MMM) rehabilitated at Moto Moto MMM Physical check Establish new, Rehabilitation of Number of Rehabilitated 0 2 3 3 3 Reports from rehabilitate and museum houses museum houses Moto Moto LA, MMM maintain existing rehabilitated museum houses Physical check tourism related infrastructure Installation of Number of CCTV procured 0 6 Reports from CCTV at the CCTV installed and installed Provincial Museum at the museum Tourism Office (PTO), MMM Page 324 of 356 Construction of a Number of Modern 0 1 Reports from Conference centre Modern conference centre Local Authority, conference constructed MMM, Physical centres check constructed Upgrading of Number of roads Presence of tarred 0 4 Reports from roads leading to upgraded to roads in the Local Authority, the museum and bituminous district MMM, Physical other tourists sites standards check Paving of car parks Number of car Presence of paved 0 1 1 Reports from at the museum and parks paved and car parks at the Local Authority, other tourist sites opened museum and other MMM, Physical tourists attractions check Improvement of Number of Additional 0 1 Reports from water and ablution blocks ablution block and Local Authority, sanitation at the constructed, bore improved water MMM, Physical museum holes drilled and and sanitation at check water pumps the museum installed at the museum Page 325 of 356 Construction of Number of A new building to A temporal 1 Reports from research Library Research Library house the research room Provincial buildings Library at housing the Planning Office constructed MotoMoto research (PPO), MMM , Museum Library LA, physical check Development of a Number of Community None 0 0 0 0 1 Reports from community Mambwe-Lungu museums PTO, MMM museum Community collecting, Museums preserving and exhibiting the Mambwe-Lungu cultural heritage in the district Construction of Number of New buildings to 8 rooms out 2 4 4 2 Reports from Office Blocks at Office blocks house offices at of 21 MMM, LA Moto moto constructed at Kalambo Falls and required at Museum and at Moto Moto Moto Moto Moto Moto Physical check Kalambo Falls site Museum and Museum Museum. Kalambo Falls None at Kalambo Falls Installation of fire Number of fire Fire fighting 4 6 6 6 6 Reports from fighting fighting equipment PTO, MMM, equipment equipments installed physical check Page 326 of 356 Installed at the museum Maintenance of Number of Repaired 1 1 Reports from the power power Generator PTO, MMM, generator Generators physical check maintained Construction of a Number of children’s None 1 Reports from children’s gallery children’s galleries PTO, MMM, galleries constructed at the physical check constructed at the museum museum Establishment of a Number of Cultural and crafts None 1 Reports from culture and crafts culture and crafts centres established PCO, MMM, centre centres in the district physical check established Construction of a Number of Conservation None 1 Reports from conservation conservation laboratory PTO, MMM, laboratory at the laboratories constructed at the physical check museum constructed museum Construction of a Number of store Storeroom A small 1 Reports from store room rooms Constructed at the room is MMM, physical constructed museum check Page 327 of 356 used as store room Construction of an Number of Education hall None 1 Reports from education hall at educational halls constructed at the MMM, physical the museum constructed museum check Development objective: To promote local tourism by increasing the tourism products and services in the district by 2034 Priority Activity Key Indicator Baseline Target Years Source of area Performance Definition Information Indicator 1 2 3 4 5 Marking and Identification of Number of sites Number of site 15 2 3 2 3 NHCC Local Heritage Sites: surveyed identified, survey marked and reports Conduct detailed research on documented sites, marking camping sites, Reports fencing the sites, document from PTO, heritage sites in Mbala MMM Page 328 of 356 Tourism Localise Moto Moto museum Number of Localised Archaeologica 1 Reports product exhibitions in Archaeology, Local exhibitions l 30% done; from History, Ethnography and Archaeological , ethnographical Provincial development Natural History Ethnographical 50% done and Tourism and public Historical 5% Office -Conduct research in history (PTO), Moto Archaeology, History and exhibited at Moto Ethnography, review the Moto Moto Museum existing museum exhibitions, Museum (MMM) collect objects for research and exhibitions and document local histories Promote cultural festivals and Number of Promotion of 0 4 4 Reports exhibitions annually Cultural cultural festivals from festivals and exhibitions Provincial promoted Tourism Office (PTO), Moto Moto Museum (MMM) Page 329 of 356 Documentation and promotion Number of Traditional 0 1 1 1 1 1 Reports of Traditional Ceremonies in Traditional ceremonies from Mbala Ceremonies documented Provincial documented Tourism Office (PTO), Moto Moto Museum (MMM) Development of adrenaline Number of Adrenaline 0 1 2 3 4 5 Reports tourism products at Kalambo adrenaline tourism from LA, falls and Mount Nsunzu tourism products at MMM products Kalambo falls Physical developed and Mt Nsunzu check developed Documentation of Intangible Number of A record of 0 1 2 3 4 5 Reports cultural heritage (ICH) in form Songs and Mambwe Lungu from LA, of Traditional songs and dances ICH MMM dances among the Mambwe- documented Physical lungu check Development of adventure Number of Adventure 0 1 2 3 4 5 Reports tourism products at Moto Moto adventure tourism from LA, Museum, Kalambo falls, tourism products MMM Chisanza area, Old prison, products developed in Physical Mount Nsunzu area, Zombe developed in Mbala District check fortification and other heritage Mbala District sites Page 330 of 356 Produce and distribute Number of Calendars 50 5 5 5 5 50 HCAZ calendars calendars produced and 0 0 0 0 produced and distributed MMM distributed PTO LA TATA Grading and classification of Number of Accommodatio None 1 1 1 1 1 Reports Accommodation Accommodation n establishments from LA, establishments in Mbala establishments classified and MMM classified and graded Physical graded check Create ICH inventory for the Number of local local Mambwe None 5 5 5 Reports Mambwe Lungu people Mambwe Lungu Lungu ICH from LA, ICH created and MMM documented documented Physical check Promotion of the recognition Number of Traditional Partially done 1 Reports of Mambwe-lungu and traditional music and dance from LA, Namwanga Vingwengwe and music and recognized by MMM Insimba dance as an ICH dances UNESCO Physical master piece under UNESCO recognized by check UNESCO Page 331 of 356 Sensitise local businesses to Number of local Local tour None 1 1 1 Reports invest in tour operating businesses adapt operators in from LA, business tour operation Mbala MMM business Physical check Lease the old prison which is Number of Old Old prisons Ongoing Reports under NHCC to the prisons leased to leased to TATA from LA, Tanganyika Abercorn Tourism TATA TATA, Association TATA to promote NHCC, tourism in Mbala MMM Physical check Identify and train community Number of local 45 Local Village None 1 3 Reports tour guides under the Moto Village Tour tour guides at 5 0 from LA, Moto Museum Eco/Ethno Guides Londe, St. Pauls MMM tourism project in Mbala identified and and Kalambo Physical trained Falls villages check trained Procure bicycles under the Number of 10 bicycles 8 1 MMM Moto Moto Museum Bicycles procured 0 Physical Eco/Ethno tourism project in procured check Mbala Page 332 of 356 Sensitising, identification and Number of 3 trained None 2 3 Reports training community members community community from MMM, in Ethno and Eco tourism members trained groups in Etno Community management in Ethno and and Eco Developmen Eco tourism Tourism at t (CD), management Londe, St. Pauls Local and Kalambo Community Falls villages and 2 youth groups in Mbala town Construction of Chalets at the Number of Six Chalets None 6 Reports museum chalets constructed at from LA, constructed at the museum MMM the museum Physical check Training local community Number of Sixty seven None 6 Reports members in quality crafts and trained Community 7 from MMM, souvenirs production community members Community members in trained in crafts Developmen quality crafts and souvenir t (CD), and souvenir production Local production Community Identification of the heritage Number of Heritage trails 3 1 1 1 Reports trails connecting different sites heritage trails connecting from LA, in the project area connecting different sites MMM identified Page 333 of 356 different sites Physical identified check Formation of crafts clubs and Number of Investment in 30 None 1 1 1 Reports cooperatives and capacity crafts clubs and community and 0 0 0 from MMM, build them in tourism skills, cooperatives youth led Community and link them to local and capacity built groups in Developmen international markets and and linked to tourism related t (CD), empowerment funds. local and industries at Local international Londe, St. Pauls Community markets and and Kalambo empowerment Falls villages funds and Mbala town Records of number of local Number of local Local visitors at 370 1000 Reports visitors to the Museum and visitors at the the museum and 0 from LA, other sites determined and museum and other tourism MMM made available to the other tourism sites known Physical stakeholders sites check Records of number of Number of International 50 300 Reports international visitors to the international visitors at the from LA, Museum and other sites visitors at the museum and MMM determined and made available museum and other tourism Physical to the stakeholders other tourism sites recorded check sites recorded and determined and determined Page 334 of 356 Establish an Information Number of Presence of None 1 Reports centre for tourists Information information from MMM centres at centres physical Kalambo Falls check and Moto Moto Museum Construct a district tourism Number of District tourism None 1 Reports office in Mbala District District tourism office from LA, offices constructed in physical constructed Mbala check Page 335 of 356 Development objective 3: To develop, promote and market the Mbala District tourism potential as one package and improve on the marketing strategies by 2034 Priority area Activity Key Performance Indicator Definition Baseli Target Years Source of Indicator ne Information 1 2 3 4 5 Come up with a Number of A detailed Mbala District None 1 Reports from LA, detailed Tourism Tourism inventory Tourism profile and NHCC, Chamber of inventory profiling developed inventory on tourist Commerce, MMM all the tourist businesses and attractions of Physical check attractions Mbala district in place and available in Mbala shared with stakeholders Market the Eco Number of Ecotourism project marketed The 1 1 1 1 Reports from LA, Tourism project Ecotourism project Chamber of available in Mbala projects marketed is its Commerce, MMM initial Physical check stage Page 336 of 356 Tourism Production of IEC Number of IEC IEC materials produced and 0 5 5 5 5 5 Reports from LA, promotion and materials such as materials such as shared with the general NHCC, Chamber of marketing brochures and brochures and public Commerce, MMM postcards as postcards as Physical check promotional promotional materials materials produced Print T shirts on Reports from LA, tourism promotion Number of tshirts NHCC, Chamber of printed Commerce, MMM Mbala Tourism potentials Physical check advertised Identification of 0 50 50 50 50 50 tourism -sites for Number of investments -Site tourism sites Reports from LA, profiling - identified for Tourism sites identified for NHCC, Chamber of Television investments, investments, profiling and Commerce, MMM documentaries profiling and television documentaries, Physical check television and Radio programs, 10 -Radio programs documentaries, Newspaper articles Radio programs -Newspaper and Newspaper articles articles Page 337 of 356 Print and mount Number of Billboards printed and 5 3 3 3 3 Reports from LA, promotional billboards printed mounted NHCC, Chamber of billboards of the and mounted Commerce, MMM Moto Moto Physical check Museum and other tourist sites in strategic places Come up with local Number of local local marketing strategies in 0 2 Reports from LA, initiative on marketing place NHCC, Chamber of marketing initiatives initiated Commerce, MMM strategies Physical check Encourage local Number of local Increase in the number and 0 1 1 1 Reports from LA, businesses through businesses ready type of lodging facilities NHCC, Chamber of the HCAZ to to expand their Commerce, MMM expand the accommodation Physical check accommodation facilities facilities Page 338 of 356 Formation of the Number of Mbala District Tourism 0 2 3 4 5 Reports from LA, Mbala District steering Steering Committee formed NHCC, Chamber of Tourism Steering committees Commerce, MMM Committee formed Physical check Come up with a Number of tourist A District Tourism Package 0 2 3 4 Reports from LA, District Tourism attractions in the in place and successfully NHCC, Chamber of Package district advertised linked to the Northern Commerce, MMM and linked to the Tourism Circuit and Physical check - Link the district Northern Tourism marketed as one package package to the Circuit Northern Tourism Circuit Design Mbala Number of Presence of the Mbala 0 2 3 4 5 Reports from LA, district tourism District websites district tourism website, NHCC, Chamber of website and social and social media social media platforms Commerce, MMM media platforms platforms designed and established Physical check, designed and ZANIS established Page 339 of 356 Development objective 4: To create a conducive environment for the local people to participate in the management of wildlife through the creation of a local game management area in Mbala by 2034 Strategies Activity Key Indicator Baseline Target Years Source of Frequency Performance Definition Information Indicator 1 2 3 4 5 Establish a wildlife Community Number of local Local Game None 1 Reports from management area sensitization, game management LA, NHCC, in Mbala District Identification of the management area created Chamber of area, fencing off the areas in Mbala Commerce, area and stocking of MMM Physical wildlife in Mbala at check mwene Zombe’s Area near Kalambo falls site Identification and Number of local Local people None 30 Reports from training of community people trained trained in LA, ZAWA. members in Game and wildlife wildlife NHCC, Chamber wildlife Management management management of Commerce, MMM Physical check Page 340 of 356 Procurement of Number of Contracts 0 1 Reports from materials and game Contracts awarded LA, ZAWA, animals awarded NHCC, Chamber of Commerce, MMM Physical check Local Game Site Hand Number of Handover 0 1 Handover over Handover Reports Reports from Reports submitted LA, ZAWA, NHCC, Chamber of Commerce, MMM Physical check Fencing of the Number of Local Contractors 0 3 Hand Over Identified site Contractors contracted Reports from engaged LA, ZAWA, NHCC, Chamber of Commerce, MMM Physical check Page 341 of 356 Project Monitoring Number of Consolidated 0 2 3 4 Reports from monitoring Project LA, NHCC, Reports Monitoring Chamber of Reports Commerce, submitted MMM Physical check Evaluation Meetings Number of Minutes 0 2 3 4 5 Reports from Minutes submitted LA, NHCC, Chamber of Commerce, MMM Physical check

5.1.3 HEALTH HEALTH 2024 Monitoring and Evaluation Plan, Including Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) DEVELOPMENT GOAL: To Enhance Human Development by 2034 Objective: To increase accessibility to health services through increased health facility infrastructure by 2034 from 29 to 38 Strategies Programmes Programme Target Target Target Target Target Indicator Source of Frequency Output Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Information Expansion of Construction of Health facilities 1 1 1 Number of Departmental 3 healthcare health facilities procured health facilities reports infrastructure constructed capacity Construction of Staff houses 1 1 1 1 Number of staff Departmental 4 staff houses constructed houses reports constructed Page 342 of 356 Construction of Mini hospital 1 Number of mini Departmental 1 mini hospitals constructed hospitals reports constructed 4 Improving access Construction of Maternity 1 1 1 1 Number of Infrastructure Annually for to safe maternity annexes maternity Reports four years motherhood annexes constructed annexes constructed Construction of Mothers 1 1 1 Number of Infrastructure Annually for mothers waiting waiting shelters mothers reports four years shelter constructed waiting shelters constructed Objective: To increase the number of incinerators for infection prevention by 2034 from 13 to 26 Enhancing health Construction of Number of 1 1 1 1 Number of Annually for care waste incinerator incinerators incinerators four years management constructed constructed Objective: To increase the number of health facilities with access to safe and clean water by 2034 from 21 to 35 Enhancing access Construction of Water 1 1 1 1 No. of water Infrastructure Annually for to clean water and water reticulation reticulation reticulation reports three years sanitation system systems systems constructed constructed Objective: To improve transport for effective service provision by 2034 from 7 to 37 Page 343 of 356 Strengthening last Procurement of vehicles 1 1 No of vehicles Transport reports Annually mile health service vehicles procured procured delivery (ambulances and (outreach) and utility) enhance ambulance service Procurement of Motorbikes 5 5 5 5 No of Transport reports Annually motorbikes procured motorbikes procured Objective: To improve lighting for improved service provision by 2034 from 12 to 35 health facilities Enhance access to Procurement and Solar system 1 1 1 1 No. of solar Infrastructure Annually energy for night installation of procured and system Reports health service solar system installed procured and installed 4Objective: To improve utilization of health services by adolescent by 2034 from 5 youth friendly corners to 10 Enhance access to Construction of Youth friendly 1 1 1 1 No. of youth Infrastructure Annually HIV services for youth friendly corners friendly corners Reports the youth corners constructed constructed Objective: To enhance effective operation of cold chain equipment in health facilities through provision of cold chain equipment by the year 2034 Strengthening Procurement of Cold chain 2 2 2 2 No. of cold Infrastructure Annually cold chain solar batteries equipment solar chain Reports infrastructure for batteries equipment solar immunisation procured batteries programmes procured Page 344 of 356 Procurement of Tools boxes 1 1 No. of tools Infrastructure Annually cold chain procured box procured Reports equipment tools box Objective: To reduce malaria incidence from 360/ 1 000 in 2023 to 180/1,000 by end of 2034 in all ages Strengthening To conduct IRS campaigns 1 1 1 1 1 No. of IRS Malaria Reports Annually malaria prevention Indoor Residual conducted campaigns Spraying conducted campaigns Conduct ITN ITNs 1 1 No. of ITN Malaria reports Annually mass distribution distributed campaigns conducted Conduct ICCM ICCM 1 1 1 1 1 ICCM Malaria reports Annually & Change agents orientation orientation trainings phases phases conducted conducted Page 345 of 356

5.1.4 EDUCATION AND SKILLS DEVELOPMENT Monitoring and Evaluation Plan, Including Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) To Reduce Poverty And Vulnerability By 2034 To reduce 9108 desks deficit to zero by 2034 Strategies Programmes Programme Target Target Target Target Target Indica Source of Frequ Output Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 tor Informati ency on -Provision of adequate Procurement of Desks desks in all schools. Desks procured 1 No of Once Desks procur ed Departme ntal reports To reduce the pupil book ratio from 1 to 5 to 1 to 1 by 2034 Provision of equitable, Procurement of teaching learning and 2 3 4 5 No of Annua inclusive and quality and learning materials teaching teachin lly for teaching/ Learning materials g and four materials to promote procured Learni years effective learning. ng Departme materi ntal als reports procur ed Page 346 of 356 To reduce staff houses deficit from461 to 436 by 2034 Provision of adequate staff Provision of adequate Staff houses 2 3 4 5 No of Annua accommodation for staff accommodation for constructed staff Departme lly for teachers. teachers. houses ntal four constr reports years ucted To reduce the Classroom block deficit from 296 to 266 by 2034 Provision of adequate Provision of adequate CRBs 2 3 4 No of Departme Annua Classroom blocks for all Classroom blocks for all constructed CRBs ntal lly for the schools. the schools. Constr reports three ucted years To improve service delivery by procuring adequate vehicles from 1 to 3 vehicles by 2034 Provision of adequate Provision of adequate vehicles 2 3 No of Administr Two transport to enable transport to enable procured Vehicl ation years improvement of service improvement of service es report delivery in the schools delivery in the schools procur 2023 ed To reduce school dropout rate from 23 to 31 by 2034 increase awareness in the increase awareness in awareness 2 3 No of District Two communities on the the communities on the increased in comm Guidance years importance of education importance of education communities unity and sensiti counsellin zation g Report meetin 2023 gs held Page 347 of 356

5.1.5 WATER AND SANITATION Development Goal: Development Objective: To enhance access to clean and safe water for all households by 2034 Strategies Programmes Programme Output Target Target Targe Targe Targe Indicator Source of Frequency Year 1 Year 2 t Year t Year t Year Informatio 3 4 5 n Provision of safe and Drilling and 554 boreholes drilled 30 30 30 30 30 No. of Quarterly clean water for domestic Construction of and constructed Boreholes use through increasing Boreholes drilled Department boreholes from 447 to and al Reports 1,001 constructe d Development Objective: To enhance access to clean and safe water for all households by 2034 Rehabilitation of non- Rehabilitation 49 boreholes 49 No. of Department functional boreholes of boreholes rehabilitated boreholes al Reports from 49 to 0 rehabilitat ed Development Objective: Climate resilience through water harvesting by 2034 Construction of 1 dam constructed 1 Dam Department Monthly Enhance water 1 Dam constructe al Reports harvesting for domestic, d commercial, and agricultural use Page 348 of 356

5.1.6 SOCIAL WELFARE Development Goal: TO REDUCE POVERTY AND VULNERABILITY BY 2034 Development Objective: To increase number of social cash transfer beneficiaries from 11,701 to 27,000 Strategies Programmes Programme Output Target Target Targe Targe Targe Indicator Source of Frequency Year 1 Year 2 t Year t Year t Year Informat 3 4 5 ion Provision of regular and Social cash Vulnerable 63 63 63 63 63 Number of ZISPIS Annual predictable transfers to transfer households identified enumerated the beneficiaries. and selected in all the beneficiarie Cwacs s Development Goal: TO REDUCE POVERTY AND VULNERABILITY BY 2034 Development Objective: To Strengthening measures to mitigate impact of disasters like early warning system Strategies Programmes Programme Output Target Target Targe Targe Target Indicator Frequency Year 1 Year 2 t Year t Year Year 5 3 4 Provision of support in Public Social Risk Management 1 Risk Once response to natural Welfare Strategic plan managem disasters or shocks to Scheme developed. ent people at risk of rapid Strategic deterioration in economic plan Page 349 of 356 and social well-being and Beneficiaries 63 63 increased biannual security. Sensitizations awarenes conducted in all s Cwacs Beneficiaries 63 63 63 Improved biannual capacity building knowledg done e Development Goal: TO REDUCE POVERTY AND VULNERABILITY BY 2034 Development Objective: To reduce vulnerability levels amongst households by 2034 Strategies Programmes Programme Output Target Target Targe Targe Targe Indicator Source of Frequency Year 1 Year 2 t Year t Year t Year Informatio 3 4 5 n Facilitate equal access to Public Social vulnerability 63 63 63 63 63 vulnerabil Zispis Once appropriate and Welfare assessments ity affordable basic social Scheme conducted assessmen services. ts report financial literacy 63 63 63 63 63 Attitude DEBS annual education provided change Report Page 350 of 356 Sensitization on 63 63 Improved Field biannual rights and human reports entitlements rights conducted knowledg e Development Goal: TO REDUCE POVERTY AND VULNERABILITY BY 2034 Development Objective: To ensure enhanced coordination and coherence amongst social protection programmes Strategies Programmes Programme Output Target Target Targe Targe Target Indicato Source of Frequency Year 1 Year 2 t Year t Year Year 5 r Informatio 3 4 n Establish a district Social Public Social Committee mandate 1 1 Committ Committee Biannual Protection Coordinating Welfare and objectives ee report Committee. Scheme definition and review Operatio n report Governance 1 1 1 1 1 Committ Yearly Structure established ee organisa tion structure Page 351 of 356 Coordination 1 Committ Once framework develop ee framewo rk stakeholder 1 1 Meeting biannual consultations done minutes

5.1.7 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT To reduce poverty and vulnerability by 2034 Development Objective: Enhance access to affordable social services Strategies Programmes Programme Output Target Target Targe Targe Targe Indicator Source of Frequency Year 1 Year 2 t Year t Year t Year Informatio 3 4 5 n Provision of adequate Recruitment of Eight (8) Community 3 3 1 Improved Manageme Yearly staff to extension services Community Development extension nt report Development Assistants recruited services Assistants Construction of Eight (8) Staff 3 3 1 1 Construct Infrastructu Quarterly Provision of adequate Staff Houses Houses ed staff re report accommodation to houses Community Development Assistants Page 352 of 356 Procurement of Nine (9) Motorbikes 3 3 1 1 1 Adequate Procureme Yearly Procurement of Motorbikes for procured for food nt report security Motorbikes for Community pack Community Development program Development Assistants Assistants Food Security Number of 3,000 3,000 1,000 1,000 Icreased Food Yeraly Provision of adequate Pack beneficiaries number of Security support to the food Programme the number of increased to 8,000 beneficari Pack report security pack programme in mbala District. beneficiaries es increased from 2,124 to 8,000. Page 353 of 356

5.1.8 FORESTS, ENVIRONMENT AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT Development Goal: Reduction of Annual Deforestation Rate Development Objective: To protect forests from degradation by raising and planting 100,000 diverse range of tree seedlings by 2034 Strategies Programmes Programme Output Target Targe Targe Targe Targe Indicator Source of Frequen Year 1 t Year t Year t Year t Year Information cy 2 3 4 5 Promote Nursery Number of seedlings 20,000 40,000 20,000 20,000 Number of Tree nursery 5 establishment of establishment raised community report community forestry groups nurseries identified Sourcing of assorted Number of kgs 1 Receipts Nursery report 5 seeds purchased Soil collection Number of tonnes of 1 Tonnes of Nursery report 5 soil collected soil collected Pot -filling Number of pots filled 1 Pots filled Nursery report 5 Seed sowing Number of pots sown 1 2 3 4 5 Seed Sown seeds 5 germinated reports Tending operation Number of 1 2 3 4 5 Number of Nursery Report 5 inspection done Field Reports Planting out Number of seedlings 1 5 Number of Seedling 5 distributed planted . hectares distribution planted report Development Objective: To reduce deforestation by establishing 50 hectares of pine plantation contributing to sustainable forest management by 2034 Land clearing Number of Hectares 1 2 3 4 5 Number of Field report 5 cleared site survey Page 354 of 356 Plantation Stumping Number of hectares 1 Number of Field reports 1 stumped casuals establishment and employed management Ploughing Number of hectares 1 Hectares Field reports 1 ploughed ploughed Squaring Number of hectares 1 Number of Field reports 1 squared hectares squared Planting Out Number of hectares Hectares Field reports planted planted Weeding Number hectares 2 Number Plantation 1 weeded hectares Reports weeded Pruning Number of trees 2 3 4 Number of Plantation 3 pruned hectares reports Page 355 of 356 Page 356 of 356